Document:

Transitional Services Agreement dated as of August 31, 2007

 EXHIBIT 10.3 
 TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 THIS TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT (this
“Agreement”) is made as of August 31, 2007, by and between ARCELOR S.A., a Luxembourg corporation with an address at 19, avenue de la Liberté, L-2930 Luxembourg (“Arcelor”) and NOBLE EUROPEAN
HOLDINGS B.V., a private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap) organized under the laws of the Netherland with an address at 28213 Van Dyke Avenue, Warren, Michigan 48093 USA (“Noble BV”). 
 Recitals 
 A. Noble International,
Ltd. (“Noble”) and Arcelor have entered into a Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 15, 2007 (the “Purchase Agreement”), providing, among other things, for the acquisition by Noble of the laser-welding assets
and certain related liabilities of Arcelor (the “TBA Business”) in exchange for cash, a subordinated promissory note and 9,375,000 shares of common stock of Noble (the “Acquisition”). Execution and delivery of this
Agreement is a condition to the effectiveness of the Acquisition. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Purchase Agreement. 
 B. At the request of certain commercial lenders, Noble, Noble BV, Noble TSA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Noble, LLC”)
and Arcelor have entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement on the date hereof whereby Noble assigned its contractual rights under the Purchase Agreement with regard to purchasing TB Holding, BV, a private limited liability company
(besloten vennotschap) organized under the laws of the Netherlands to Noble BV and Noble assigned its contractual rights in the Purchase Agreement with regard to purchasing Tailor Steel America, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company to Noble,
LLC. 
 C. In order to provide a smooth transition of the TBA Business from Arcelor to Noble BV, the parties desire to enter into an interim
arrangement for the provision of certain transition services on the terms and conditions set forth herein. 
 Terms of Agreement

 Accordingly, the parties hereby agree as follows: 
 1. General Cooperation. During the term of this Agreement, the parties shall use their reasonable efforts to cooperate with each other with a view to achieving a smooth transition following the Acquisition,
including (a) permitting Noble BV to manage the TBA Business efficiently while integrating the TBA Business into Noble BV’s business, and (b) permitting Arcelor to fulfill any contractual or other obligations not transferred to Noble
BV that would, but for the Acquisition, have been be fulfilled by Arcelor through the TBA Business. 
 2. Services to be Provided.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (a) Arcelor, directly or through one or more of its Affiliates, shall provide to Noble BV the corporate, financial, legal, human resources, accounting, controlling, administrative, on-site
support, payroll management, training, SAP software and maintenance support, software and hardware supply, support and 

 
maintenance, network access and other services and support described on Schedule A to this Agreement (collectively, the “Arcelor
Services”), in each case, on the same terms and conditions as such services were provided to the Group Members effective as of January 1, 2007; and (b) Noble BV, directly or through one or more of its Affiliates, shall provide to
Arcelor all such reasonable transition services as Arcelor and its Affiliates need or that are desirable in order to fulfill any contractual or other obligations not transferred to Noble BV that would, but for the Acquisition, be fulfilled by
Arcelor or its Affiliates with use of the personnel and assets of the TBA Business and the other services and support (if any) described on Schedule B to this Agreement (collectively, the “Noble BV Services”, and together with
the Arcelor Services, the “Services”). The Arcelor Services are services which Arcelor, directly or through one or more of its Affiliates, provided to the TBA Business during the 24 months prior to the date of this Agreement. Each
of Noble BV (with respect to the Arcelor Services listed on Schedule A) and Arcelor (with respect to the Noble BV Services listed on Schedule B) acknowledges and agrees that the services listed are, to the best of its knowledge and belief, all of
the services it will require the other party to perform under this Agreement. 
 3. Transition. During the term of this Agreement,
each party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Arcelor Services or the Noble BV Services, as applicable, independently of the other party as soon as reasonably practicable. Arcelor shall provide such assistance as may be
reasonably requested by Noble BV to transition the Arcelor Services to Noble BV or a third party provider. Noble BV shall provide such assistance as may be reasonably requested by Arcelor to transition the Noble BV Services to Arcelor or a third
party provider. Arcelor shall terminate, at no cost to Noble BV, all agreements between any Group Member, on one hand, and Arcelor or any of its non-Group Member Affiliates, on the other hand, under which the Arcelor Services were provided prior to
the date hereof. 
 4. Compensation for Arcelor Services. In consideration for the Arcelor Services, Noble BV shall pay to Arcelor the
prices invoiced by Arcelor from time to time, which prices shall equal the prices paid by the Group Members for such services as of January 1, 2007; provided, that the aggregate amount charged to Noble BV for the Arcelor Services for
each of the first two years of the Term shall not exceed €3,300,000 (the “Maximum Annual Fee”). During the first six months of the Term, Arcelor shall pay any and all one-time fees payable to third-party providers in connection
with the transition of the Arcelor Services to Noble BV, and such costs shall be included in the Maximum Annual Fee. Thereafter, Arcelor may charge to Noble BV, and Noble BV shall reimburse Arcelor for, any such one-time fees payable to third-party
providers without regard to the Maximum Annual Fee. Arcelor shall invoice Noble BV at least quarterly for the Arcelor Services. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Schedule A to this Agreement, all amounts due under this Section 4
shall be paid by Noble BV within 30 days after the end of the month in which the Arcelor invoice is issued. 
 5. Compensation for Noble
BV Services. In consideration for the Noble BV Services, Arcelor shall pay to Noble BV the prices invoiced by Noble BV from time to time, which prices shall not exceed the direct internal cost (excluding overhead) actually incurred by Noble BV
to provide such Noble BV Services, without mark-up. Noble BV shall invoice Arcelor at least quarterly for the Noble BV Services. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Schedule B to this Agreement, all amounts due under this Section 5
shall be paid by Arcelor within 30 days after the end of the month in which the Noble BV invoice is issued. 
  

 - 2 - 

 6. Performance Standard. Each party shall provide, or cause its Affiliates to provide, the Arcelor
Services or Noble BV Services in accordance with all applicable laws and otherwise in the same general manner as the same or similar services were provided in connection with the TBA Business immediately prior to the date of this Agreement.

 7. Employee Obligations. Except as expressly set forth in the Purchase Agreement or the Schedules hereto, each party and its
Affiliates (a) shall be solely responsible for payment of compensation to their employees for the provision of services hereunder; (b) shall be solely responsible for maintenance of and payment for such party’s employee benefits
including retirement plans, health insurance and life insurance; (c) shall be solely responsible for any injury to such employees suffered in the course of providing services hereunder other than injuries arising from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of employees or agents of the other party, compensation for which shall be the sole responsibility of such other party; and (d) shall have full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions
imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax laws with respect to such party’s or its Affiliates’ employees. 
 8. Audit of Books and Records. 
 (a) During the Term and for a period of 9 months thereafter, each
party (the “Audited Party”) and its Affiliates shall permit the other party (the “Auditing Party”) and its Affiliates and the Auditing Party’s employees, auditors and other representatives to have reasonable
access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to the books and records of the Audited Party and its Affiliates, to the extent such access is reasonably required to verify the accuracy of the amounts charged by the Audited
Party or its Affiliates pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 of this Agreement. Audits pursuant to this Section 8(a) may be requested no more frequently than once per calendar year. 
 (b) If an audit pursuant to Section 8(a) reveals an overcharge, and the Audited Party or its Affiliates do not successfully justify any charge
questioned by such audit, the Audited Party or its Affiliates shall promptly pay to the Auditing Party or its Affiliates the amount of such overcharge, together with interest from the date of receipt of such overcharge to the date of payment at a
rate per annum equal to LIBOR, plus 100 basis points. (For purposes of this Agreement, “LIBOR” means, at the time in question, the rate per annum appearing on Barron’s Online Money Rates
(http://online.barrons.com/public/page/mlab_money_rates.html) (or any successor Internet site) as the latest LIBOR Interbank Rate in U.S. dollars for a six-month term.) In addition, if any such audit reveals an overcharge of more than 10% of
the audited invoices in the aggregate for the audited period, the Audited Party or its Affiliates shall promptly reimburse the Auditing Party or its Affiliates for the actual out-of-pocket cost of such audit (including auditor’s fees).

  

 - 3 - 

 (c) Upon request by either party, the parties shall meet promptly upon the completion of any audit or the
issuance of an interim or final report to the parties following such audit (but in no event more than 15 days after the later thereof). The parties shall develop and agree upon an action plan to address and resolve any issues discovered through such
audit within 30 days, unless a shorter resolution time is mutually agreed to by the parties in writing, and shall implement any remedial action required to avoid the making of overcharges in the future. 
 (d) During the Term and for a period of 9 months thereafter, the Audited Party and its Affiliates shall permit the Auditing Party and its employees,
auditors and other representatives to have reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to books and records and appropriate personnel of the Audited Party and its Affiliates with respect to the TBA Business,
to the extent such access is reasonably requested by the Auditing Party in order to permit the evaluation of, and any required reporting, certifications and attestations with respect to, internal controls, processes and systems in connection with
the provision of the Services for purposes of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as it may be amended from time to time. Nothing in this Section 8(d) shall require an Audited Party to maintain its books and records relating to the
Services in a manner inconsistent with the manner that it maintains its books and records with respect to its other businesses. If the Auditing Party requests a change to the Audited Party’s internal controls, processes or systems, the Auditing
Party shall bear the cost of any change that is agreed to by the Audited Party. 
 9. Coordination Meetings. The parties agree to meet
not less frequently than quarterly to discuss the Services as well as problems that arise in connection with the Services. Each party agrees to provide the other party reasonable advance notice of any issues to be addressed at such coordination
meetings. Each party shall be represented at these meetings by an executive authorized to resolve disputes that may arise under this Agreement or in connection with the Services. These meetings may overlap with coordination meetings required under
other Ancillary Agreements. 
 10. Confidentiality Obligations. 
 (a) During the Term and thereafter, each party and its Affiliates shall maintain the confidentiality of all confidential and proprietary information of
the other party and its Affiliates (collectively, “Confidential Information”) and shall not disclose such Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the other party, except for (i) disclosures that are
required by applicable law, (ii) disclosures that are required to enforce the rights of such party under this Agreement, and (iii) disclosures to any of such party’s Affiliates or other representatives and agents that such party
reasonably believes needs to know such Confidential Information to perform its obligations hereunder; provided, that, before any disclosure is made pursuant to applicable law, the disclosing party shall, if permitted by applicable law, give
advance written notice of such disclosure to the other party so that such other party may seek a protective order against such disclosure. In the absence or unavailability of any such protective order, the disclosing party shall take all reasonable
and lawful actions to seek confidential treatment for such disclosure and, to the extent practicable, to minimize the extent of such disclosure. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties and their Affiliates shall utilize the same methods and
practices in the protection of the other’s Confidential Information as each utilizes in protecting its own Confidential Information. 
  

 - 4 - 

 (b) Upon the earlier of the expiration of this Agreement or the written request of the owner of the
Confidential Information, (i) all Confidential Information received by a party and its Affiliates shall be returned to the owner thereof; (ii) no copies of Confidential Information shall be retained by any receiving party or any of its
Affiliates; and (iii) no receiving party nor any of its Affiliates shall thereafter utilize the Confidential Information of the other party in any respect whatsoever. 
 (c) The parties shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 10 by their respective Affiliates, representatives and agents. The parties’
obligations under this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 
 11. Termination. 

(a) Unless the parties mutually agree to extend the term of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on
the date hereof and shall continue for a period of three years for all Arcelor Services and Noble BV Services other than Arcelor Services that are information technology-related services which shall continue for a period of four years. 

(b) Noble BV may terminate any Arcelor Service, in whole or in part, prior to the expiration of the Term, by providing to Arcelor written notice of
termination not less than 90 calendar days (or any shorter period to which Arcelor has consented in writing) before the effective date of such termination, in which case the provision of such Arcelor Service hereunder shall terminate at the end of
the period specified in such notice; provided, that termination of any or all Arcelor Services shall not operate as a termination of this Agreement. 
 (c) Arcelor may terminate any Noble BV Service, in whole or in part, prior to the expiration of the Term, by providing Noble BV written notice of termination not less than 90 calendar days (or any shorter period to
which Noble BV has consented in writing) before the effective date of such termination, in which case the provision of such Noble BV Service hereunder shall terminate at the end of the period specified in such notice; provided, that
termination of any or all Noble BV Services shall not operate as a termination of this Agreement. 
 (d) Subject to the provisions of
Section 12 of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated by either party if: 
 (i) the other party is in material
breach of any provision of this Agreement; provided that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement for breach shall notify the other party in writing of such breach and provide such other party with 30 calendar days to cure such breach;
or 
 (ii) (A) the other party files a petition for bankruptcy or is otherwise declared or adjudicated to be bankrupt or
insolvent, (B) a petition for bankruptcy is filed against the other party and such petition is not dismissed within 90 calendar days, or (C) either party discontinues its business or voluntarily submits to, or is ordered by a bankruptcy
court to undergo liquidation pursuant to Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any successor thereto. 
  

 - 5 - 

 (e) Termination of this Agreement shall not release any party from any obligation accrued prior to the
date of such termination. 
 (f) The agreements set forth in Section 4 (Compensation for Arcelor Services), Section 5 (Compensation
for Noble BV Services), Section 8 (Audit of Books and Records), Section 10 (Confidentiality), Section 12 (Indemnification) and Section 13 (Miscellaneous) hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 12. Indemnification. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party and the other party’s shareholders,
Affiliates, and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, controlling persons and agents (each an “Indemnified Party”), from and against all claims asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by such
Indemnified Party, directly or indirectly, by reason of, arising out of or resulting from (a) the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by such party in this Agreement or (b) the gross negligence or willful misconduct on
the part such party or any of its Affiliates, employees, agents, representatives or licensees in connection with the performance of such party’s obligations under this Agreement. Any such indemnification shall be subject to the procedures set
forth in Section 14.6 (Procedure for Indemnification Claims) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 13. Relationship of Parties. The
parties understand and agree that this Agreement does not make either of them an agent or legal representative of the other for any purpose whatsoever. No party is granted by this Agreement any right or authority to assume or create any obligation
or responsibilities, express or implied, on behalf of or in the name of any other party, or to bind any other party in any manner whatsoever. The parties expressly acknowledge that (a) the parties and their respective Affiliates are independent
contractors in all respects, including with respect to the provision of the Arcelor Services and the Noble BV Services; and (b) the parties are not partners, joint venturers, employees or agents of or with each other. 
 14. No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, and nothing herein expressed or implied shall give
or be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable rights. 
 15. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications that are required or may be given to Noble BV or Arcelor pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement shall be given in accordance with Section 17.3 (Notices) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 (b) Entire
Agreement. This Agreement (including the Schedules attached hereto) contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 (c) Waivers and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended only by a written instrument
signed by all of the parties. The provisions hereof may be waived only in writing signed by the party or parties waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any such right, power or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right,
power or privilege. 
  

 - 6 - 

 (d) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement for any reason shall be held to be illegal,
invalid or unenforceable, such illegality shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never been included herein. 
 (e) Assignment; Binding Effect; Benefit. No assignment by any party of its rights nor delegation by any party of its obligations under this
Agreement shall be permitted unless the other party consents in writing thereto, except that Noble BV may, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Arcelor, assign any or all of Noble BV’s rights, interests and obligations under this
Agreement to any assignee of Noble BV’s rights under the Purchase Agreement, provided that no such assignment shall relieve Noble BV of any obligation hereunder. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 
 (f) Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall
be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of France other than conflict of laws principles thereof directing the application of any law other than that of France. The provisions of Section 17.7, subsections (b),
(c), (d) and (e) (Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial), of the Purchase Agreement are hereby incorporated in this Agreement, mutatis mutandis, as if fully set forth herein. 
 (g) Interpretation. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question
of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this
Agreement. 
 (h) Rules of Construction. All definitions shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase
“but not limited to.” “Or” shall be disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive. All references herein to Sections and Schedules shall be deemed references to Sections of and Schedules to this Agreement unless the context otherwise
requires. Words such as “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement and to the Schedules, taken as a whole. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any
reference in this Agreement to any agreement shall mean such agreement as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. The captions to Sections and subdivisions thereof shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

 (i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts,
and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 [Signature Page Follows] 
  

 - 7 - 

 Execution 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed and delivered this Transition Services Agreement as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	ARCELOR S.A.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 - 8 - 

 SCHEDULE A 
 TO TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 Arcelor Services 
 Attached. 
  

 - 9 - 

 SCHEDULE B 
 TO TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 Noble BV Services 
 Attached. 
  

 - 10 - 

 SCHEDULE A 
 TO TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 Arcelor Services 
 This Schedule A sets forth a summary description of the Arcelor Services to be provided under the terms of this Agreement and is comprised of the
following parts: 
 a. Part I which is a non-exclusive and illustrative description of the Arcelor Services; and 

b. Part II which contains more detailed descriptions of those services described on Part I and written descriptions of certain oral
arrangements for services not described on Part I. 

 Confidential 
  

			
	

	 	List of Contracts* with Arcelor entities

  

  

																	
	#	  	 Service
	  	 ATB party
	  	 Arcelor party
	  	 Written
document
	  	 Document
 collected
	  	 Signature date
	  	 End date
	  	 2007 Cost
(BP)

	1	  		  	TB Lorraine	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
		  	8 Corporate Service Contracts	  	Sidmar	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
		  	including services in: Financial, Legal, Human Resources	  	TB Genk	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
		  	+	  	TB Zaragoza	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	€500K
		  	8 Sector fee contracts (support	  	TB Bremen	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
		  	on accounting, controlling and	  	TB Senica	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
		  	other sector level issues)	  	TSA	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
	16	  		  	LWB	  	Arcelor SA	  	Yes	  	No	  	Perpetual	  	Perpetual	  	
	17	  		  	TB Gent	  	Sidmar	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Renewed yearly	  	Renewed yearly	  	€1012K
	18	  	4 administrative and on-site	  	TB Genk	  	Sikel	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Renewed yearly	  	Renewed yearly	  	€665K
	19	  	support contracts	  	TB Bremen	  	Arcelor Bremen	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Renewed yearly	  	Renewed yearly	  	€305K
	20	  		  	TB Zaragoza	  	Arcelor Spain	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	Renewed yearly	  	Renewed yearly	  	~€40K
	21	  	1 Payroll Management contract	  	TB Lorraine	  	USP	  	Yes	  	Bill	  	No info	  	No info	  	€36K
	22	  	1 Training contract	  	TB Zaragoza	  	Arcelor Univ	  	Yes	  	No	  	No info	  	No info	  	0
	23	  		  	TB Lorraine	  	Arcelor Systems	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	End 2006	  	End 2007	  	
	24	  	5 SAP software support and	  	Sidmar	  	Arcelor Systems	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	End 2006	  	End 2007	  	
	25	  	maintenance contracts	  	TB Genk	  	Arcelor Systems	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	End 2006	  	End 2007	  	~€200K
	26	  		  	TB Zaragoza	  	Arcelor Systems	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	End 2006	  	End 2007	  	
	27	  		  	TB Senica	  	Arcelor Systems	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	End 2006	  	End 2007	  	
	28	  	4 Office soft & hardware supply,	  	TB Lorraine	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	No info	  	No info	  	
	29	  	support and maintenance	  	Sidmar	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	No info	  	No info	  	
	30	  	contracts	  	TB Genk	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	No info	  	No info	  	
	31	  		  	TB Senica	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  	Yes	  	No info	  	No info	  	
	32	  		  	TB Lorraine	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  		  		  		  	~€550K
	33	  	7 Network access	  	Sidmar	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  		  		  		  	
	34	  	Agreements (no written	  	TB Genk	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  	N.A	  	N.A	  	N.A	  	
	35	  	contract)	  	TB Senica	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  		  		  		  	
	36	  		  	TB Zaragoza	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  		  		  		  	
	37	  		  	TB Bremen	  	Arcelor Techno.	  	Yes	  		  		  		  	

  

					
	=> 37 contracts and agreements	 	TOTAL	 	€3.3M

 Note: (*) These contracts do not include services covered by the steel supply & service agreement,
nor the supply of energy, transport to customers and insurance 

 SCHEDULE A 
 TO THE TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 Part II 
 ARCELOR SERVICES 
  

	A.	Services Provided by Arcelor Steel Belgium N.V. (Genk Site) to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk N.V. B 

  

	B.	Services Provided by Arcelor Bremen GmbH to Arcelor Tailored Blank Bremen 

  

	C.	Services Provided by Steel Service Center of ArcelorMittal to Arcelor Tailored Blank Senica in connection with lease for industrial premises 

  

	D.	Legal Services Provided by ArcelorMittal Legal Affairs to TBA Companies 

  

	E.	Human Resources Services and Various Support to TBA Companies 

  

	F.	Services Provided by Arcelor Atlantique et Lorraine et al. to ATB Lorraine 

  

	G.	Services Provided by Arcelor Spain Holding SL to Arcelor Tailored Blank Zaragoza 

  

	H.	IT Services 

 Appendix 1 – ATB Corporate 

Appendix 2 – ATB Gent 
 Appendix 3
– ATB Bremen 
 Appendix 4 – ATB Senica 
 Appendix 5 – ATB Lorraine 
 Appendix 6 – List of People to be Contacted 
 Appendix 7 – ArcelorMittal Information Security Policies 

 A. SERVICES PROVIDED BY ARCELOR STEEL BELGIUM N.V. (GENK SITE) TO ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK GENK N.V.

 1: Delivery of externally purchased natural gas 
 - Terms and conditions: same as those of the Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) contract with Distrigas. 
 - Measurement: 
  

	 	•	 	 The meter reading at the purchase point of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) is used as reference for the monthly billing for the consumption of gas by Arcelor
Tailored Blank Genk 

  

	 	•	 	 The warehouse clerks of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) records this meter reading every first work day of the month and send it on to the bookkeeping office at
Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). 

  

	 	•	 	 They then transmit these data to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

 - Fee: Costs in proportion to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk’s consumption with respect to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s total consumption, increased by 10% as compensation for the fixed costs sustained
by Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). The cost of natural gas is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 2: OWB processing, as follows:1 
 - Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk may give an order to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) for the processing of
steel coils (SP-quality) on the rewinding inspection line at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). This processing may consist of: 
  

	 	•	 	 Rewinding of steel coils 

  

	 	•	 	 Inspecting of steel coils 

  

	 	•	 	 Oiling of steel coils 

  

	 	•	 	 Edge cutting of steel coils 

  

	 	•	 	 Client coil shaping (slitting, welding) of steel coils 

 - Planning: 
  

	 	•	 	 Orders must be communicated with 14 days notice to the planning department at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) 

  

	 	•	 	 These coils are planned for the end of an Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) SP campaign 

 - Price: 
  

	 	•	 	 Processing of the coils on the rewinding line: unit price per processed ton 40 €/ton; including oil applied 

  

	 	•	 	 Packing costs: calculated per coil in accordance with the desired packing code and the applicable price list of the packing company 

 With respect to the foregoing, any services provided under the Steel Supply and Arcelor Auto Services Agreement are excluded from the Transition Services Agreement.

  

 2 

 3: Delivery of Demineralized water 
 Delivery of demineralized water, as follows: 
 - Purchase point: 
 Outside at the storage tank demiwater N001R 
 - Collecting:

  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk notifies the production team leaders in advance. 

  

	 	•	 	 The quantities of water taken are transmitted to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s guest team leader. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) installations are left in proper order, care is taken that water does not flow away needlessly. 

- Price: free of charge to the extent that collection remains restricted to a maximum of 1 m3/week; collections exceeding 1 m3/week to be paid at 10
€/m3. Any cost of demineralized water is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement.

 4: Delivery of fuel oil 
 Delivery of fuel, as follows: 
 - Purchase point: 
 Pump at the height of gate 231 of the coil warehouse 
 - Inventory/use measurement: 
  

	 	•	 	 Inventory/use measurement is be done on weekdays between 08:00 and 16:00 hours. Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk must be accompanied by an Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk
Site) warehouse clerk who must be advised in advance. 

  

	 	•	 	 The tanked quantities each time are recorded by the warehouse clerk, signed for receipt by Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk and transmitted to Arcelor Steel Belgium
(Genk Site)’s bookkeeping service. 

 - Price: spot price on the day of delivery. The cost of fuel oil is not included in the annual
cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 5: Delivery of Externally
Provided Electricity2 
 Delivery of electricity
as follows: 
 - Counter positions: 
  

	 	•	 	 The meter readings of active and reactive energy in the rooms at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) to be used as reference for calculating the invoice for
electricity use by Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

  

	 	•	 	 The electricity office at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) to record these meter readings every first working day of the month and send them on to the bookkeeping
office at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). 

  

	 	•	 	 This office to then transmit these data to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

 - Price: 75.5 €/MWh The cost of electricity is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
  

 3 

 6: Use of physics lab 
 - Limited use, as follows, of the physics lab at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) for the following applications: 
  

	 	•	 	 Performing Ericson tests 

  

	 	•	 	 Performing tensile tests 

  

	 	•	 	 Making a metallographical cross-section 

 Permission
to use the lab and accessory apparatus must be separately requested for each occasion from the responsible executives at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) (J. Bollen and S. Engelsen), who provide a written permit specifying the stipulations
(validity period, type of application, hours allowed, supervision or guidance on the part of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) personnel required or not, permitted consumption of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) goods, etc.). In case of urgent or
unexpected need for use of the physics lab, the consent of the aforementioned executives must still be requested in advance. If this should happen outside of the normal office working hours, the consent may only be given by the engineer on duty.

 Each time that Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk effectively wants to make use of this, the production team leaders present must be advised and the written
consent must be submitted. The names of the Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk persons present are recorded, together with the nature and duration of the activities performed. 
 Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk sends trained and competent operators. The Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) premises are left neat and clean. All refuse is placed in the locations designated for that purpose. Any
consumption of goods is communicated to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). 
 - Price: 
  

	 	•	 	 per intervention: fixed cost of 50 €/hour of use (hours to be rounded up to the higher unit) 

  

	 	•	 	 assistance by Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) personnel: 30 €/hour 

 7: Spare parts warehouse 
 Limited use of the spare parts warehouse at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site), as
follows: 
 - Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk follows Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s internal procedure. 
 - Access to the warehouse must be restricted to week days from 08:00 to 16:00. Outside of these hours access may only be granted for urgent reasons by Arcelor Steel
Belgium (Genk Site)’s engineer on duty via the production team leaders. 
 - Price: actual purchase price of the spare parts taken + 15% The cost of
spare parts is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 8: Stocking pallets with blanks 

 Use of the Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) coil warehouse in order to temporarily store pallets with blanks, as follows: 
  

 4 

 - Terms and Conditions: 
  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk each time contacts Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) (shipping office) in advance in order to ascertain whether there is storage
capacity available at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). 

  

	 	•	 	 The quantities and the time periods are fixed in advance (a maximum of 2 months). 

 - Transportation: 
  

	 	•	 	 Transportation of these pallets between Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk and Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site), both bringing them in and picking them up, is handled by
Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk with lift fork devices belonging to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

  

	 	•	 	 The normal routine at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) may not be compromised during this process. 

  

	 	•	 	 This transportation preferably takes place between 08:00 and 16:00 hours, at times when no rail cars are present in Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s storage
hall. 

 - Location: 
  

	 	•	 	 A limited number of zones between the columns of column row C may be made available if needed. 

  

	 	•	 	 The normal passageways must at all times be kept free for both personnel, rail cars and trucks. 

 - Protection: 
  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk ensures that the stored goods are safely left in place. 

  

	 	•	 	 There may be no risk with regard to the safety of personnel. 

  

	 	•	 	 Any protective devices against moisture and dust are installed by Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

 - Price: 300 €/month per zone between 2 columns that is used. 
 9: Road Salt 
 - Inclusion of the roads and the parking lot at Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk in Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) road
salt rounds. 
 Contact person: 
 All practical appointments regarding spreading of the salt to be made via the Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) coordinator, Mr. L. Van Reusel 
 - Price: 20% of the total spreading cost (purchase of road salt and hours of spreading service) The cost of road salt is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 10: Use of the First Aid station 
 Availability of First Aid
services to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk, as follows: 
 - The use of the Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) First Aid station to be allowed in exceptional
cases of urgent basic assistance where no direct intervention of a physician is required. The station may also be used for consultations with the company doctor. 
 - Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s production team leaders who are present must be advised in advance. 
  

 5 

 - Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk to always have the injured person assisted by a trained and competent industrial
consultant. This does not relieve Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk from its obligation to prepare a First Aid station of its own. 
 - Price: 30 €/treatment
or consultation 
 11: On-Site Transportation 
 On-site transportation services, as follows: 
 - The moving of Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk’s rail cars from place to place on the company
grounds of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) and Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk is handled by personnel members and equipment of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). The central dispatching of all rail cars is handled by the clerks of the shipping
service at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). All contact with the N.M.B.S. for the bringing in and picking up of rail cars is done by the clerks of the shipping service at Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). This manner of operating is necessary
because Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk does not have a direct connection to the railroad network of the N.M.B.S. and is therefore not considered a client by the N.M.B.S. 
 - Price: 
  

	 	•	 	 50% of all direct costs of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) 

  

	 	•	 	 any demurrage charged by the NMBS to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) and caused by rail cars intended for Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk: to be invoiced to Arcelor
Tailored Blank Genk. The cost of demurrage is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 

 12: Security 
 Security services, as follows: 
 - Security service for the company grounds is handled by security guards of an external firm (presently GROEP 4 Securitas). These guards perform the following tasks, among others, for Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk: 
  

	 	•	 	 Reception of visitors; 

  

	 	•	 	 Inspection of vehicles and persons; 

  

	 	•	 	 Management of incoming and outgoing freight transport; 

  

	 	•	 	 Central dispatching 

 - Price:  1/3 of the costs of the security firm + 15% as coverage for costs
associated with the security station. 
 13: Infrastructure 
 Use of infrastructure, as follows: 
 - The road infrastructure, property of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site), is made
available to Arcelor Tailor Blank Genk. 
 - Price: 
  

	 	•	 	 25% of the total direct costs that Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) spends on track work, work on lighting, ... 

  

	 	•	 	 10% of the total direct costs that Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) spends on maintenance work on public gardens and canals. 

  

 6 

 14: Delivery of municipal (external) water 
 Delivery of municipal water as follows: 
 - Terms and Conditions: the same as those of the Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)
contract with VMM. 
 - Measurement: 
  

	 	•	 	 The meter reading on the meter at the purchase point of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) is used as reference for the monthly billing for the consumption of water
by Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk 

  

	 	•	 	 The warehouse clerks of Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site) record this meter reading each first work day of the month and send it on to the bookkeeping office at
Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site). 

  

	 	•	 	 They shall then transmit these data to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk. 

 - Price: in proportion to Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk’s consumption with respect to Arcelor Steel Belgium (Genk Site)’s total consumption. The cost of municipal water is not included in the annual cap under
Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 15: Copying 
 Services regarding copying of plans, as follows: 
 - Rates: 
  

	 	•	 	 A0: 5 € 

  

	 	•	 	 A1: 4 € 

  

	 	•	 	 A2: 3 € 

  

	 	•	 	 A3/A4: 2 € 

  

 7 

 C. SERVICES PROVIDED BY ARCELOR BREMEN GmbH (“ABG”) TO ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK BREMEN
(“ATBB”) 
 NOTE: Prices for the services described in Items C.1 through C.12 appear after Item C.12. 
 1: Supply of Outside Resources/Applicable Terms of Delivery 
 ABG permits ATBB to use the facilities of ABG listed below: 
  

	 	a)	internal plant road network and access to the rail network 

  

	 	b)	weighing facilities at the entries to the plant 

  

	 	c)	electric power network 

  

	 	d)	pipes 

  

	 	e)	sewer lines and canals 

  

	 	f)	telecommunications 

 In connection with its existing third-party supply
agreements, ABG supplies ATBB with the amounts of electricity, natural gas and drinking water required by ATBB. To that extent, the terms of delivery agreed between ABG and the suppliers of these media and the normal delivery restrictions also apply
to ATBB. ATBB may inspect the specific terms of delivery and the delivery restrictions. 
 If ATBB no longer wants to be supplied by ABG with electricity,
natural gas or drinking water, or if ABG is not, or will in the future no longer be, authorized to supply electricity, natural gas and drinking water to ATBB, ABG allows ATBB to procure its own supply of the respective media. ATBB indemnifies ABG
against all costs incurred as a result of the construction and operation of corresponding supply facilities. 
 2: Delivery of Resources Produced by
the Plant 
 ABG delivers the purified water that ATBB requires for its operations from ABG’s own internal network. 
 The purified water to be delivered under paragraph 1 shall be delivered over the existing pipes of the plant network and shall be measured using new meters still to be
installed by ATBB. 
 3: Scope of Delivery/Delivery Restrictions 
 The resources described in sections 1 and 2 are delivered using existing production facilities, pipe networks, transformer substations and cable networks in accordance with the capability and capacity of ABG. A
prerequisite, in particular, is that ABG continues to be supplied under its existing contractual relationships with its providers. 
 In the event of damage
to the production facilities/transformer substations used for the media purchased by ABG or to the pipe networks/cable networks on the plant site, ABG is released from its obligation to supply ATBB with the aforementioned media for the interruption
period. To that extent, ATBB has claims for damages or compensation against ABG only if ABG has failed to exercise the care that it applies in its own affairs. 
  

 8 

 ABG informs ATBB of any damage sustained by its production facilities/transformer substations or pipe network/cable
network. Furthermore, ABG does everything necessary to restore operability of the affected facilities. Any maintenance work required is coordinated in advance with ATBB and is performed expeditiously. 
 ATBB informs ABG in a timely manner if its requirements are expected to increase significantly. ABG delivers the additional amounts required, unless operational concerns
prevent it from doing so. Any costs that may accrue in connection with the delivery of additional amounts is borne by ATBB. 
 ATBB is familiar with the meaning of the  1/4-hour billing maximum in connection
with the electricity supply agreement between the electric utility and ABG and the effect this has on the price of electricity. It is also familiar with the standard operational control measures taken by ABG, such as disconnecting individual power
consumers. At this time, ATBB is not participating in the automatic disconnection procedure. ABG reserves the right to include ATBB in the automatic disconnection procedure if necessary and to charge it for all the consequences of exceeding the
 1/4-hour billing maximum that are attributable to the electricity consumption of ATBB. 

4: Other Resources 
 At the request of ATBB ABG may supply
ATBB with other resources to the extent possible and after prior coordination. ATBB is responsible for installing the required line networks. 
 5:
Waste Disposal 
 ATBB conducts its domestic sewage through a line directly into the public sewage system. 
 The terms and conditions for waste disposal are as follows: 
 - Trash

 ATBB shall purchase a suitable container at its own expense. Trash is collected by a third-party company selected by ABG (currently Nehlsen) up to 3 times
per week if necessary. ATBB coordinates collection frequency with the environmental department of ABG. An allocation key defined based on the number of containers and collections is used for billing purposes. 
 - Recyclable materials (cardboard, oil, cardboard packaging) 
 ATBB purchases
two suitable containers at its own expense. Recyclables are collected every two weeks on Thursdays by a third-party company selected by ABG (currently Nehlsen). ABG may change the collection day if necessary for organizational reasons. An allocation
key defined based on the number of containers and collections is used for billing purposes. 
 - Batteries (including button batteries, starter batteries,
etc.) 
 ABG supplies ATBB with a suitable container at no charge. Batteries are collected as needed at ATBB’s request by the environmental department of
ABG. Collection and disposal are free of charge for ATBB as long as the battery vendors are required by law to accept the used batteries at no charge. 
  

 9 

 - Oil-containing supplies (e.g. cleaning rags) 
 ATBB has two containers within the plant (referred to as ASP800s), which are emptied as needed. Collection is at ATBB’s request, or regularly if necessary, by ABG’s service department
[Einsatzbetrieb]. Disposal costs are billed based on the average weight of a completely filled bin. The average weight is determined by ABG during the first two months after signature of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 - (Old) lumber 
 Old
lumber is collected by the transportation service of ABG. At the request of ATBB the transportation service provides a suitable container (dumpster with a capacity of 4.4 m3) for transport, which ATBB is to fill with the (old) lumber within a reasonably short period. If the time normally required to fill the container is significantly exceeded, ATBB shall pay rent for the container to
ABG. ABG is entitled to use recyclable (old) lumber free of charge for its own purposes after collection. At the time of collection, the weight of the (old) lumber is determined and recorded on a weight card. The disposal costs are billed based on
the weights determined. 
 - Toner (e.g. toner cartridges, ink ribbons) 
 ATBB purchases a suitable bin at its own expense and shall label it accordingly. Toner is collected by ABG only as needed at ATBB’s request. Collection and disposal are free of charge to ATBB as long as the toner
materials are accepted by a recycling company free of charge. 
 - Other types of waste (e.g. fluorescent tubes) 
 The disposal of other types of waste by ABG may be agreed from time to time on a case-by-case basis. ATBB ensures disposal as required by law. 
 6: Transportation 
 ABG provides the transportation services by
rail or truck that are necessary for the operations of ATBB at the request of ATBB and performs the transshipment in the [Hüttenhafen] requested by ATBB within a scope that is operationally reasonable. 
 7: Weighing 
 Incoming and outgoing deliveries for and from
ATBB may be weighed on the plant-owned scales, which are certified by the Board of Weights and Measures. The weight cards are provided to ATBB and are valid for internal as well as external transportation between ATBB and third parties. 

If ATBB uses its own scales for weighing, ATBB provides the weight information to ABG. 
  

 10 

 8: Other Services 
 ABG provides ATBB with the following services of its technical service departments: 
  

	 	•	 	 Energy maintenance 

  

	 	•	 	 Service Center electrical 

  

	 	•	 	 Service Center mechanical 

  

	 	•	 	 Crane maintenance 

  

	 	•	 	 Construction 

  

	 	•	 	 Quality Assurance services (TQ) 

 ATBB has the right
to procure material from ABG’s warehouses and spare parts stockrooms within a scope that is operationally reasonable for ABG. 
 If ATBB desires
additional services, ABG shall meet its requests to the extent possible. 
 9: Flat Cost Fee 
 ABG provides the following services to ATBB within the scope of its existing capacities: 
  

	•	 	 services of the fire department for regular fire fighting, including ambulance service (preventive fire protection measures, e.g., inspection of fire extinguishers
are not included in this flat fee and is billed when these services are provided) 

  

	•	 	 inclusion of ATBB in the emergency management of the site 

  

	•	 	 plant security 

  

	•	 	 use of general plant facilities (plant road network, including snow clearance, etc.) weighing facilities 

  

	•	 	 upon request advice and support by ABG personnel regarding waterways, waste disposal, emissions, noise, hazardous materials and work safety

  

	•	 	 the plant’s internal telephone network 

  

	•	 	 messenger/mail service 

  

	•	 	 use of the cafeteria 

  

	•	 	 use of Lotus Notes server and IT services, such as VPN and fixed lines, etc. 

 Other services (e.g., health services, landscaping, work safety) are billed when these services are provided. 
 10:
Spheres of Responsibilities 
 The boundaries of the spheres of responsibility between the facilities of ABG and those of ATBB as well as the delivery
points for the delivery of resources are determined based on the criteria of ownership and use and as identified in planning documents. 
 11:
Compliance with Statutory Provisions and Other Regulations 
 In connection with its activities on the plant site, ATBB complies with the relevant
federal and state laws, regulations and government ordinances and directives. ATBB also complies with accident prevention regulations, accepted engineering standards and the accident prevention and other relevant environmental and safety regulations
applicable in this connection. 
  

 11 

 12: Plant Inspections 
 ATBB complies with the plant regulations of ABG and submits to the standard inspections by plant security. This also applies to incoming and outgoing shipments of material. 
 ATBB complies with the instructions of the environmental department of ABG to the extent that ATBB’s activities affect the interests of ABG. 
  

			
	PRICES	 	AS OF JANUARY 2007
		
	Price for drinking water	 	2.35 €/m3

 This is the actual purchase price paid by ABG, including costs of internal conduction as determined by ABG’s
cost center accounting. The price does not include the sewage charge, which is to be billed separately. The price is adjusted monthly. The cost of drinking water is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services
Agreement. 
  

			
	Price for domestic sewage	 	2.79 €/m3

 This is the actual sewage charge paid by ABG as determined by ABG’s cost center accounting. The price is
adjusted monthly. The amount of sewage is determined based on the amount of drinking water delivered. 
  

			
	Price for electricity	 	36.96 €/MWh

 The electricity price is based on the purchase price paid
by ABG, including costs of internal conduction as determined by ABG’s cost center accounting. The price is adjusted monthly. The electricity price is based on a power consumption of 400 kW ( 1/4-hour maximum). This is based on an annual consumption of 3.0 million kWh/a. If there is an appreciable change in the annual consumption (deviation of
±10%), the  1/4-hour maximum to be redefined by common agreement. The cost of electricity is not included
in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 For purposes of monthly billing, a preliminary electricity
price shall be estimated at the beginning of each calendar year. The final electricity price to be determined and settled at the beginning of the following calendar year. 
  

			
	Price of electricity tax (environmental tax)	 	12.30 €/MWh

 The then applicable electricity tax (environmental tax)—the currently reduced rate is 12.30 €/MWh—
is billed in addition to the electricity price. The cost of the electricity tax is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
  

 12 

			
	Price of EEG charge (charge under the Renewable Energy Act)	 	8.90 €/MWh

 The EEG charge to be billed in addition to the electricity price. The EEG charge is not included in the annual cap
under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
  

			
	Price for natural gas	 	23.38 €/MWh

 This is the actual purchase price paid by ABG, including internal conduction costs as determined by ABG’s
cost center accounting. The price is adjusted monthly. The cost of natural gas is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
  

			
	Price of energy tax on natural gas	 	3.66 €/MWh

 The energy tax on natural gas to be billed in addition to the natural gas price. The energy tax is not included in
the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
  

			
	Price for purified water	 	7.89 €/1000 m3

 These are the actual full costs incurred by ABG, including internal conduction costs as determined by ABG’s
cost center accounting. The price is adjusted monthly. This price does not include the sewage charge, which is to be billed separately only if the purified water is discharged through ABG’s own sewage system. 
  

			
	Price for sewage	 	7.95 €/1000 m3

 This is the actual sewage charge paid by ABG, including internal costs for conducting the sewage into the Weser as
determined by ABG’s cost center accounting. The price is adjusted monthly. The amount of sewage is based on the amount of purified water delivered. 
 Prices for the disposal of trash and recyclables 
 Trash and recyclables are removed by a third-party company selected by ABG. The invoice
issued by that company is charged to ATBB. 
 Prices for the disposal of oil-containing supplies 
 Oil containing supplies are disposed of by the service department of ABG at the request of ATBB or regularly if required. Disposal costs are billed based on the average
weight of a completely filled bin. The average weight is determined by ABG during the first two months after the date of the Transition Services Agreement. Transportation costs are billed separately. 
 Price for the disposal of old lumber 
 Old lumber is disposed of by
the transportation department of ABG. The disposal costs are billed based on the determined weights. Transportation costs are billed separately. 
 Prices
for transportation services 
 These prices are applicable for calendar year 2007 and are reviewed annually and adjusted to reflect the actual full costs
as determined by ABG’s cost center accounting. 
  

 13 

			
	Plant railroad	  	0.24€/tkm
		
	Transport operations, including driver:	  	
		
	 •     Wheel loader
	  	€81.68/h
		
	 •     Dump truck
	  	€62.44/h
		
	 •     Tractor
	  	€43.22/h
		
	 •     Trailer
	  	€4.00/h
		
	 •     Other vehicles
	  	per agreement

 Prices for technical services 
 Based on use. Technical services are billed based on the “full costs of actual rates” as determined by ABG’s cost center accounting. Any machine hours are billed based on actual use. 
  

			
	Flat cost fee in accordance with section 9	 	€4,400/month

 Against payment of a monthly flat cost fee ATBB may use the services listed in section 9. The monthly flat fee is
based on 53 employees. If the number of employees changes by ±20%, the flat fee shall be adjusted accordingly. In addition, the monthly flat fee shall be reviewed annually and adjusted based on the following escalator clause: 
  

	 	•	 	 80% through personnel costs. Escalation is based on the development of the union wage rate, wage group 7 of the collective bargaining agreement applicable to ABG,
basis €11.53/h (January 2007). 

  

	 	•	 	 20% through cost of materials. Escalation is based on the Consumer Price Index for Germany published on the web site of the German Federal Statistical Office
www.destatis.de (January 2007: 110.9). 

 Prices for materials in stock 
 Moving average of the book value plus 10% administrative costs. 
 Prices
of other services 
 Based on use. The price is coordinated with the respective department of ABG. 
 13: Occupational Health Services 
 ABG makes occupational
health services available to ATBB employees, particularly under § 3 of the German Occupational Health and Safety Act (ASiG), to include the following services: 
  

	 	•	 	 Occupational safety committee meetings 

  

	 	•	 	 Plant inspections 

  

	 	•	 	 Workstation inspections 

  

	 	•	 	 Counseling if a job change is necessary for health reasons and integration and re-integration of the handicapped in the work process 

 

	 	•	 	 Comments on all occupational health questions 

  

	 	•	 	 First aid organization within the plant 

  

 14 

	 	•	 	 Preventive screenings, particularly pursuant to § 3(1) No. 2 of the German Occupational Health and Safety Act and § 15 and 16 of the German Hazardous
Substances Regulation (GefStoffV) and BGV A 2 and BGI 504 (selection criteria for special occupational health screenings). 

 Occupational
health services are provided by the plant physician working for ABG and/or by his deputy, who has corresponding qualifications. The plant physician is authorized to perform preventive screenings. 
 ATB retains the plant physician in accordance with § 2 of the German Occupational Health and Safety Act and BGV A 2 “Plant Physicians” (version of
01 July 2005) for the minimum number of hours defined therein. Accordingly, the required service hours of the plant physicians are as follows: 
 Group A (including metal workers): 0.6 hrs. per year and employee 
 Group B (all sectors except those listed in Group A or C): 0.5
hrs. per year and employee 
 Group C (business and administrative sector): 0.2 hrs. per year and employee 
 The non-specific preventive occupational health screenings are included in these service hours. These screenings currently include, for example:

 G 23 Obstructive respiratory disease 
 G 24 Skin disorders (except skin cancer) 
 G 25 Driving, controlling and monitoring jobs 
 G 37 Jobs using display terminals 
 G 41 Work
involving the risk of falling 
 The specific occupational health screenings (e.g. screenings for G 7 “carbon monoxide,” G 15
“chromium,” G 20 “noise,” G 26 “respiratory protection,” G 30 “heat,” G 39 “welding smoke,” or G 42 “infection hazards”) are not included in the service hours (in accordance with the
Federal Minister of Labor and Social Affairs). For these services, the following additional service hours are estimated: 
 0.38 hrs. per
year and employee for Group B (2007) 
 0.0 hrs. per year and employee for Group C (2007) 
 At 01 July 2007 there were 53 employees, 42 in Group B and 11 in Group C. Accordingly, for calendar year 2007, the service hours total 23.20 (per
year). 
 The required service hours are reviewed once a year (in January) and adjusted if necessary. For this purpose, ATBB notifies ABG of the number of
its employees as of 31 December of each year on its own initiative by 15 January at the latest (even if there has been no change). 
 For the
following year, ATBB retains the plant physician for the defined minimum number of hours in accordance with BGV A 2 no later than by 31 December of the previous year. 
  

 15 

 14: Other Medical Services 
 The services of ABG further include other medical services, including the following: 
  

	 	•	 	 Primary care office hours, including physical therapy with infrared light therapy, inhalation therapy and drug therapy for minor infections, sprains, etc. provided
that the medications are available in stock 

  

	 	•	 	 Vaccinations 

  

	 	•	 	 Pre-employment medical examinations, including medical examinations of minors as provided for under the German Youth Protection Act 

  

	 	•	 	 Training of first aid personnel of ATB 

  

 16 

 D. SERVICES PROVIDED BY STEEL SERVICE CENTER OF ARCELORMITTAL (“A3S”) TO ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK SENICA
(“ATB Senica”) IN CONNECTION WITH LEASE FOR INDUSTRIAL PREMISES  
 A3S is the owner of Industrial premises situated in Senica, province of
Trnava, Slovakia (“Industrial Leasehold Premises”). 
 ATB Senica rents and leases a part
(with the following dimensions: 30 meters of width, 60 meters of lengths and 9 meters of height) of this Industrial Leasehold Premises, at a rate of 60 €/m2/year. 
 ATB Senica uses and occupies the Industrial Leasehold Premises for Industrial Manufacturing purposes only
and for no other purpose. 
 A3S provides the following services: 
 PHONE: installation and maintenance of telephone service at least for 4 lines, and furnishing of the phone numbers. 
 IT: installation and
maintenance of IT cable service and furniture of the available network channels. Service fees required for the installation of these utilities are covered by A3S. 
 GAS, ELECTRIC AND WATER: A3S provides the gas, electrical and water installation and the monthly costs during the period of Industrial lease contract. A3S provides a separate electrical meter for the electrical consumption of production
line. The cost of gas, electricity and water is not included in the annual cap under Section 4 of the Transition Services Agreement. 
 SAFETY and
SECURITY: A3S provides safety and security of Industrial premises. Fire extinguisher, smoke detectors are provided by A3S and installed in this industrial premises. A3S maintains its appliance including testing periodically and replacing all safety
equipment and batteries as recommended by the manufacturer and applicable law. In the event the detector is missing or inoperative, ATB Senica has an affirmative duty to notify A3S immediately. 
 CLEANING: A3S keeps and maintains the cleaning and the Leasehold Premises, parking, toilets, offices, and locker room area in a clean and sanitary condition at all
times. Any related service cost is covered by A3S. ATB Senica keeps and maintains the manufacturing area. 
 1. ATB Senica pays for the electrical
consumption of production equipments (welding line, shear centre etc.) and monthly phone and internet charges. 
 2. A3S provides a locker room for
workers of ATB Senica. Any service fees required for the installation of these utilities and maintenance to be covered by A3S. 
 3. A3S provides
parking spaces for 10 motor vehicles in the parking lot at a space to be designated by A3S. Any rules or regulations established by A3S relating to parking are strictly observed by TB Senica and may be subject to change at A3S’s discretion.

 4. A3S provides for the necessary repairs and maintenance of the Industrial Leasehold Premises. ATB Senica does not provide nor arrange for any
repair or maintenance of the Leasehold Premises, and A3S is not responsible or liable to ATB Senica, or to any other person, for the costs of any repair or maintenance provided or arranged by ATB Senica. 
  

 17 

 5. A3S provides garbage containers. A recycling container is also provided to ATB Senica for paper, glass, and
plastic and aluminum cans. 
  

 18 

 E. LEGAL SERVICES PROVIDED BY ARCELORMITTAL LEGAL AFFAIRS (“AMLAF”) TO TBA COMPANIES 

1. Day-to-day and general assistance 
 AMLAF carries out
and deal with legal matters on behalf of and for the TBA Companies, including commercial law, company law, merger & acquisitions, real estate law, labour law, environmental law, etc. 
 2. Litigation 
 AMLAF deals with litigation, i.e:
litigation with customers, suppliers, public authorities, resulting from accidents, occupational illness, injury, transport, debt collection, insolvency, etc. 
 A litigation report which describes outstanding cases (company involved, status, type and summary, coverage by insurance policy, provisions set up) is available upon request. AMLAF gives its opinion about the reserves which have to be set
up in the TBA Company’s accounts. 
  

 19 

 F. HR SERVICES AND VARIOUS SUPPORT TO TBA COMPANIES 
 1. Payroll, etc. 
 Services of Colette Quéva, Guido
Van Assche and Roseline Meulemann to the HR manager of TBA, Béatrice Morel, for the starting implementation of the payroll of the company Noble Metal Processing Belgium and the starting implementation of the payroll of the establishment of
the company ATB Lorraine in Saint-Denis. 
 Carrying out of the payroll of ATB Lorraine by USP Montataire and the establishment of Saint-Denis 
 Payroll–related management and labor law counseling provided to Arcelor Tailored Blank Zaragoza by Arcelor España SA 
 2. Training 
 Access to the vocational training of
ArcelorMittal University 
 Client Team School 
 3. International Mobility Platform 
 Management of Expatriates 
 4. Other Services 
 Offices at Saint-Denis + Dalkia services (mail service, management of grounds,
photocopying, electrical maintenance, ...) 
 Employment-related medical and infirmary services at Saint-Denis 
 Corporate dining services at Saint-Denis 
 Car rental management 

 

 20 

 G. SERVICES PROVIDED BY ARCELOR ATLANTIQUE ET LORRAINE ET AL. TO ATB LORRAINE 
 1. Industrial Safety Services. 
 Arcelor Atlantique et
Lorraine Florange offers its industrial safety services (annual extinguisher verification, anti-intrusion rounds, periodic safety/evacuation exercises) and makes available firefighting services for all planned interventions and in case of casualty.
(38,000 euros per year in 12 equal monthly payments.) 
 2. Medical Service. 
 Arcelor Atlantique et Lorraine Florange offers its work-related medical services and accident management (infirmary, ambulance, examinations, certain
vaccinations, etc.). (145 euros per person, in equal quarterly installments.) 
 3. Travel Services. 
 ATB Lorraine benefits from car rental reservation services, airplane and train ticketing services and hotel reservation services linked to the contract
between Arcelor and the travel agency retained by Arcelor. 
 4. Arcelor Human Resources Services. 
 ATB Lorraine benefits from payroll and monthly reporting to social institutions and mutual insurance companies, annual reporting to the institutions
TDS-DAS, DADS et CRC, planning, handicapped declarations, IRR, IPP, profit sharing, FCP and [bonus] CET placement. 
 5. Services by the Unité de
Service Partagée Mobilité et Recruitment (USMR) of Florange in the framework of PSE started in May 2007 (there remain some personnel to reclassify). 
 6. Tax accounting services by the Unité de Service Partagée Comptabilité (USPC) are offered for 2008 only, with regard to fixed assets (depreciation, dispositions, audit), deferred tax, tax consolidation for 2007.

 7. Industrial food services by Services Généraux de Florange (SGE). 
  

 21 

 H. SERVICES PROVIDED BY ARCELOR SPAIN HOLDING SL TO ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK ZARAGOZA 
 1. Legal Services 
 Legal advice, other than labor law

 2. Tax Services 
 Tax affairs counseling

  

 22 

 I. IT SERVICES 
 IT Services 
  

 23 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

			
	 1. SERVICES DELIVERED BY ARCELOR TECHNOLOGIES
	  	29
		
	 1.1. LIST OF SERVICES
	  	29
		
	 1.1.1. Service catalogue
	  	29
		
	 1.1.2. Application Infrastructure Services
	  	29
		
	 1.1.3. Network Services
	  	33
		
	 1.1.4. Technologies Enabler Services
	  	33
		
	 1.2. SLA
	  	35
		
	 1.3. Price – Compensation rules
	  	36
		
	 2. Services Delivered By Arcelor Systems
	  	37
		
	 2.1. List of Services
	  	37
		
	 2.1.1. Applications in scope
	  	37
		
	 2.1.2. Recurrent maintenance
	  	37
		
	 2.1.3. Evolutive maintenance
	  	37
		
	 2.2. SLA
	  	37
		
	 2.3. Price
	  	38
		
	 3. Additional Services Delivered by Arcelor Systems to ATB Gent
	  	38
		
	 3.1. List of Services
	  	38
		
	 3.1.1. Applications in scope
	  	38
		
	 3.1.2. Services
	  	39
		
	 3.2. SLA
	  	39
		
	 3.3. Price
	  	40
		
	 4. Services Delivered by Arcelor Steel Belgium N.V. (Genk Site)
	  	40
		
	 4.1. List of services
	  	40
		
	 4.2. Price
	  	40
		
	 APPENDICES TO THE IT SECTION OF SCHEDULE A
	  	41
		
	 APPENDIX 7 TO THE IT SECTION OF SCHEDULE A:
	  	48

  

 24 

			
	 ARCELORMITTAL INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES
	  	48
		
	 1. INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES FRAMEWORK
	  	49
		
	 1.1 Background
	  	49
		
	 1.2 Scope
	  	49
		
	 1.3 Key actors
	  	49
		
	 Corporate information Security Officer
	  	49
		
	 Local Information Security Officer
	  	49
		
	 Security Workgroups
	  	50
		
	 IT Steering Committee
	  	50
		
	 Internal audit
	  	50
		
	 Three operational responsibilities: Owner, Custodian and User
	  	50
		
	 1.4 The baseline policies and their target
	  	52
		
	 1.5 Legal Affairs link
	  	52
		
	 1.6 Critical systems
	  	52
		
	 1.7 Non-compliance
	  	53
		
	 1.8 Definitions
	  	53
		
	 Policy
	  	53
		
	 Standard
	  	53
		
	 Guideline
	  	53
		
	 2. PROTECTION AGAINST MALICIOUS CODE POLICIES
	  	53
		
	 2.1 Abstract
	  	53
		
	 2.2 Definitions
	  	54
		
	 System Assets
	  	54
		
	 Malicious code
	  	54
		
	 Virus
	  	54
		
	 Worm
	  	54
		
	 Trojan horses
	  	54

  

 25 

			
	 Macro Viruses
	  	54
		
	 Anti-Virus Software
	  	54
		
	 Signatures
	  	55
		
	 Red Alert State
	  	55
		
	 Hoax
	  	55
		
	 2.3 Protection Against Malicious Code policies
	  	55
		
	 2.4 Protection Against Malicious Code Standards
	  	56
		
	 2.5 Protection Against Malicious Code Guidelines
	  	57
		
	 3. VULNERABILITIES AND SECURED CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT POLICIES
	  	58
		
	 3.1 Abstract
	  	58
		
	 3.2 Definitions
	  	58
		
	 Vulnerability
	  	58
		
	 Threat analysis
	  	58
		
	 Secured configuration
	  	58
		
	 3.3 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management policies
	  	58
		
	 3.4 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management Standards
	  	59
		
	 3.5 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management Guidelines
	  	60
		
	 4. LOGICAL ACCESS CONTROL POLICIES
	  	60
		
	 4.1 Abstract
	  	60
		
	 4.2 Definitions
	  	61
		
	 Identification and User ID
	  	61
		
	 Authentication
	  	61
		
	 Authorization
	  	61
		
	 4.3 Policies
	  	61
		
	 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION
	  	61
		
	 4.3.1.1 User registration
	  	61
		
	 4.3.1.2 Automatic terminal Identification
	  	62

  

 26 

			
	 4.3.1.3 Log-on procedures
	  	62
		
	 4.3.1.4 Log-on procedure guidelines
	  	63
		
	 4.3.2. AUTHENTICATION
	  	63
		
	 4.3.2.1 User Password Management
	  	63
		
	 4.3.2.2 User Password Management guideline
	  	63
		
	 4.3.2.3 Password management systems
	  	63
		
	 4.3.2.4 Password management guidelines
	  	64
		
	 4.3.3. AUTHORIZATION
	  	64
		
	 4.3.3.1 Privilege management
	  	64
		
	 4.3.3.2 Privilege management guideline
	  	65
		
	 4.3.3.3 User access rights
	  	65
		
	 4.3.4. MONITORING
	  	65
		
	 5. NETWORK SECURITY POLICIES
	  	66
		
	 5.1 Abstract
	  	66
		
	 5.2 Policies
	  	66
		
	 5.2.1 General principles
	  	66
		
	 5.2.2 Internet connections
	  	66
		
	 5.2.3 Remote accesses
	  	67
		
	 5.2.4 Wireless LAN
	  	67
		
	 5.2.5 Physical and Logical Access to Network devices
	  	67
		
	 5.2.6 Application system design
	  	67
		
	 5.2.7. Network monitoring
	  	68
		
	 5.2.8 Critical networks and servers
	  	68
		
	 6. DATA BACK-UP POLICIES
	  	68
		
	 7. BCP/DRP SECURITY POLICIES
	  	69
		
	 7.1 Abstract
	  	69
		
	 7.2 BCP/DRP Security Policies
	  	69

  

 27 

			
	 7.3 BCP/DRP Security Guideline
	  	70
		
	 8. BEHAVIOR ADVICE TO USERS TO IMPROVE THE SECURITY LEVEL
	  	71
		
	 8.1 Password management
	  	71
		
	 8.2 Locking an unattended workstation
	  	71
		
	 8.3 Social engineering
	  	71
		
	 8.4 Data back-ups
	  	71
		
	 8.5 Virus protection
	  	72
		
	 8.6 Security incident reporting
	  	72
		
	 8.7 Confidential information protection at printing time (as well in communicating and storing the information)
	  	72

  

 28 

 1. SERVICES DELIVERED BY ARCELOR TECHNOLOGIES 
 To: 
 ATB Genk 
 ATB Gent (to be added) 
 ATB Lorraine 
 ATB Zaragoza 
 ATB Senica

 ATB Bremen 
 ATB
Belgium & France (to be added) 
 1.1. LIST OF SERVICES 
 1.1.1. Service catalogue 
 Services delivered from service catalogue contains end-user access product services, such
as 
  

	 	•	 	 Workstations, printers, peripheral devices described in the document ‘Arcelor Technologies North—Catalogue Site Ghent’. For the French perimeter
(Lorraine and Paris), the catalogue is accessible through the services portal http://web-itcatalogue.atech.agn/pssoft/portal/ 

  

	 	•	 	 On demand, Arcelor Technologies supplies a detailed list of all current, active workstations and setup (what software). Also the cost is detailed per user and
service. 

 1.1.2. Application Infrastructure Services 
 1.1.2.1. Application Hosting Services 
 Arcelor Technologies provides application hosting services on several
platforms: Mainframe (z/OS), SAP on AIX servers, Windows Servers, OpenVMS Servers, Lotus Notes Domino Servers, .... As such Arcelor Technologies performs the operational, planning, design, build and test, monitoring and reporting processes.

  

	 	•	 	 Operational processes 

 Assure the operations to keep the solutions running 
  

	 	•	 	 Incident management: 

 Solve
incidents that have been detected either by the customer, by the provider or that have been submitted automatically. 
 Arcelor Technologies
subscribes to underpinning contracts with Vendors to solve incidents with hardware configurations and to solve incidents with malfunctioning software. 
  

	 	•	 	 Problem management 

 Evaluate
incidents and propose proactive measures. 
  

 29 

	 	•	 	 Performance management and tuning 

 Evaluate response times and propose corrective measures. 
  

	 	•	 	 Release management 

 ARCELOR
Technologies carries out all the operations to install the updates needed to keep the systems running. 
 This includes applying relevant
upgrades, releases, service packs, patches, hotfixes, ... 
 This includes state of the art software to secure the infrastructure against
malicious code. 
 Arcelor Technologies subscribes—with regard to the software that is managed directly by Arcelor Technologies—to
contracts with Vendors to obtain the media and the non exclusive right to use new versions, releases, service packs, patches hotfixes, . 
 Arcelor Technologies foresees the necessary tools so that the customer is able to install third party/customer’s software on the servers managed by Arcelor Technologies. In case the existing deployment tool (for the moment only present
on MES-servers in Genk, Lorraine and Senica) cannot be used to install the software, Arcelor Technologies installs the software. It is important that all the software on the servers is known by Arcelor Technologies to be able to give the necessary
support. 
  

	 	•	 	 Planning processes 

  

	 	•	 	 Availability 

 Planned interventions are possible on request. 
 These interventions occur: 
  

	 	•	 	 As needed to deploy a new functional release 

  

	 	•	 	 Once per month to apply security patches (duration < 1 hour) 

  

	 	•	 	 Two per year to maintain the RDBMS (durations depends on the size of the database). 

  

	 	•	 	 They need to be validated by the Noble service coordinator, A&M development team and I&O delivery manager. A warning is published also on the IS/IT supply
intranet. 

 Urgent interventions are possible on request (with at least 2 hour advance warning) 
 These interventions can occur to prevent a pending incident. The frequency depends on the nature of the risk involved. They need to be validated by the
local Noble service coordinator, A&M development team and I&O delivery manager. A warning is published also on the IS/IT supply intranet. 
 Unavailability impact: 
 When the system is unavailable during service hours, A&M development team and I&O delivery manager
warn the local Noble service coordinator by e-mail. 
  

 30 

	 	•	 	 Capacity management 

 Arcelor
Technologies plans and proposes configurations to provide to the customer the needed capacity. 
 Arcelor Technologies define programs to
adapt (replacements and evolution) the infrastructure. 
  

	 	•	 	 IT Service Continuity management 

 Backup services 
 Restore services 
 Disaster Recovery Services 
 Storage management 
  

	 	•	 	 Design, Build and Test 

 Arcelor Technologies
designs the server environments needed to host the applications in close cooperation with customer representatives. 
  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Technologies performs the impact analysis to cope with planned changes, and proposes optimal solutions. 

  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Technologies builds and tests the ordered solutions, based on the proposals that are the result of a previous impact analysis. 

 

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Technologies implements the requests that have been ordered through request management applications such as 

  

	 	•	 	 For the Ghent perimeter: “PC Bestellingen”, “Autorisatie Aanvragen”, “IBO aanvragen” 

  

	 	•	 	 For the French perimeter: “Cyberforms”, “Le panier commercial” 

  

	 	•	 	 As such Arcelor Technologies performs the system administration, the user administration, the storage administration processes 

  

	 	•	 	 Monitoring processes 

 Server and storage
infrastructure is supervised and controlled continuously (24h/24 and 7 days/week), using appropriate tools. 
  

	 	•	 	 Mainframe: the supervision is operated by a central and a local team. Ghent, Lorraine, Paris 

  

	 	•	 	 Unix/SAP, Open VMS, Windows, Domino Servers, SAN Storage, Tape Libraries,...: the supervision is operated by several dedicated and specialized teams in Ghent and
Dunkerque. 

 1.1.2.2. Application Support Services 
 Application Support Services are delivered on several platforms: Mainframe, SAP on AIX servers, Windows Server, OpenVMS Servers, Domino Servers, 
 Related services are delivered to the customer in cooperation with the developer community: 
  

	 	•	 	 Development environment: 

  

	 	•	 	 Development on z/OS (Assembler, PL/I, Cobol, Rexx,...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Development on SAP (ABAP,...) 

  

 31 

	 	•	 	 Development on OpenVMS (Fortran, C, C++, DECForms, FMS,...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Development on Windows (VB6, Visual Studio .net, ...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Development using CASE tools (AllFusion:Gen,...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Fault & Debug management tools 

  

	 	•	 	 Source configuration and release management: on z/OS, SAP and Windows 

  

	 	•	 	 Database administration and performance tuning: 

  

	 	•	 	 DB2 on z/OS, 

  

	 	•	 	 SQLServer and Oracle Server on Windows Server, 

  

	 	•	 	 Oracle RDB, Oracle CDD,... on OpenVMS, 

  

	 	•	 	 Oracle Server on AIX 

  

	 	•	 	 General accounting, application performance management & application tuning: z/OS SAP and Windows 

  

	 	•	 	 Capacity planning & Trend Analysis. 

 1.1.2.3. Commodity Application Services 
 Several commodity applications are delivered and operated: 
  

	 	•	 	 Document Management 

  

	 	•	 	 Mainframe End User Computing 

  

	 	•	 	 Support end user with the conception of some special operations 

  

	 	•	 	 QMF-DB2 query and Reporting support 

  

	 	•	 	 Interfacing with OFFICE and other reporting Products, 

  

	 	•	 	 Data Base administration 

  

	 	•	 	 PROMA (Ghent perimeter) 

  

	 	•	 	 The PROMA application is used to support the incident and the problem management processes. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Service Desk uses PROMA to register manually the incidents that end users submit by phone. 

  

	 	•	 	 The end users of the customer can use a PROMA interface to register and handle incidents they detected. 

  

	 	•	 	 All other incidents (detected automatically) can be (and are) registered automatically in PROMA. 

  

	 	•	 	 CSD (French perimeter) 

  

	 	•	 	 Consolidated Service Desk by Ps Soft; this module replaces the actual incident handling module of Qualiparc. 

 1.1.2.4. Development and Customization Services 
 Development services
and Customization services are delivered to bridge the gap between the operating system software and the layered software products as they are acquired, and the operational conditions needed for the hosted applications. 
 Development services occur to develop middleware components on all platforms. Examples are SIVAX on OpenVMS, UCM tools on Windows,... 
 Customization services occur to shape the conditions to operate third party products. Examples are customizations of Axways’ Inter.Pel on all platforms, Development
lifecycle support tools to operate AllFusion.Gen on z/OS and OpenVMS,... 
  

 32 

 1.1.3. Network Services 
 All the services described hereafter are parts of the categories LAN, WAN, Internet +RAS and Div. Infrastructure + cabling services. 
  

	 	•	 	 Supervision 

  

	 	•	 	 Hardware supervision 

  

	 	•	 	 Availability of the functionalities 

  

	 	•	 	 Network Services management 

  

	 	•	 	 LAN and WAN study and implementation 

  

	 	•	 	 LAN and WAN management 

  

	 	•	 	 Remote Access Services 

  

	 	•	 	 Internet services 

  

	 	•	 	 Firewall and Proxy management 

  

	 	•	 	 Security management and rules 

  

	 	•	 	 User administration 

  

	 	•	 	 Other hardware supported by Network service 

  

	 	•	 	 VT terminals 

  

	 	•	 	 Thermal Transfer printers 

  

	 	•	 	 Badge readers (access control systems, time registration systems) 

  

	 	•	 	 IP Camera’s, Barcode Scanners, Hand-held terminals 

  

	 	•	 	 Other services provided by Network team 

  

	 	•	 	 Infrastructure computer room management (power, climatization, ...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Server infrastructure: racks, cabling, power distribution, ...) 

  

	 	•	 	 Coordination of the cabling projects and management of the external suppliers 

 1.1.4. Technologies Enabler Services 
  

	 	•	 	 Service Desk 

  

	 	•	 	 For Ghent perimeter: 

  

	 	•	 	 The service desk in Ghent can be reached 24hours/day 7days/week at a central telephone number: +32 (9) 347 3037 or by e-mail:
helpdesk@sidmar.arcelor.com 

  

	 	•	 	 The service desk uses a tool (PROMA) to register all the calls of the end users and all the events that need a problem management. 

  

	 	•	 	 The PROMA-tool is used for manual and automatic registration of incidents. 

  

	 	•	 	 Whenever a registered incident needs immediate intervention, the Service Desk to call the relevant specialist to solve the problem. Therefore Arcelor Technologies
organizes duty guards. 

  

	 	•	 	 For French perimeter 

  

	 	•	 	 The Service Desk in Dunkerque can be reached 24hours/day 7days/week at a central telephone number: +33 (0) 3 28 59 59 59 

  

	 	•	 	 The service desk uses a tool CSD (Consolidated Service Desk) to register all the call of the end-users and all the events that need a problem management.

  

 33 

	 	•	 	 For any other country 

	 	•	 	 access to the service desks can be found on the site http://web-it.arcelor.fr/ in the tab “End-user support/Help Desk”

  

	 	•	 	 Incident management 

  

	 	•	 	 Incident declaration procedure 

  

	 	•	 	 Incident handling and solving can be invoked through the AT Service Desks 

  

	 	•	 	 Incidents can be declared as well by automated monitoring services. Events causing alert situations are detected automatically and forwarded to the incident
management system, where they are treated according to their criticality. 

  

	 	•	 	 Incident handling 

  

	 	•	 	 Incident handling starts within 4 working hours. 

  

	 	•	 	 When a fatal hardware incident occurs, AT diagnoses the problem and calls the hardware provider within 2 working hours. 

  

	 	•	 	 The hardware service provider then starts intervention within 4 working hours following AT’s request. As a consequence, remedial action starts within 6 working
hours. 

  

	 	•	 	 Escalation 

  

	 	•	 	 When a critical incident cannot be solved timely, it is escalated. 

  

	 	•	 	 Warning and subsequent concertation of these incidents is assigned to: 

  

	 	•	 	 The corporate Noble service coordinator 

  

	 	•	 	 Engagement manager 

  

	 	•	 	 Application and Maintenance Delivery 

  

	 	•	 	 Infrastructure and Operations Delivery 

 They jointly decide on an appropriate action plan, setting actions and priorities and reporting on incident solution status. 
  

	 	•	 	 Provide Technology, know-how and competence 

  

	 	•	 	 All platforms 

  

	 	•	 	 Deliver consulting services in the context of their know-how and competence. 

  

	 	•	 	 Contacts with the suppliers and designers 

  

	 	•	 	 SAP Team 

  

	 	•	 	 Netweaver, R/3, Oracle, BW, APO, Enterprise Portal, ... 

  

	 	•	 	 Active role in the customer SAP competence center 

  

	 	•	 	 Assets Management, Configuration Management, Change Management 

  

	 	•	 	 All the assets are registered in a local tool (Configuration Management) used by the Service Desk and the “Work Place Infrastructure” services.

  

	 	•	 	 Proposals for cost-reductions and optimizations on a yearly basis 

  

 34 

	 	•	 	 ATB employees whose mailboxes are hosted on the consolidated ArcelorMittal messaging infrastructure, are able to use the ArcelorMittal contact database. For other
users, a solution can be designed to deliver the same contact database in a form that can be loaded by Noble. This service is not included in the current agreement. 

 1.2. SLA 
  

	 	•	 	 SLA’s are defined as follows: 

  

	 	•	 	 Operational requirements 

 For
products in the catalogue counting from receipt of the approved request up to signature for the installation report by the user. 
  

			
	 Standard user requests
	  	 Reference Level of Service
 (working days)

	 New workstation
	  	10
	 Network printer
	  	20
	 Moving an existing user within the same infrastructure environment
	  	5
	 Moving an existing user outside the infrastructure environment
	  	10
	 Creation of a new user
	  	10
	 Teledistribution of software (*)
	  	2
	 Urgent teledistribution of software (*)
	  	1
	 Extension of drive
	  	2
	 Extension of Mailbox
	  	2
	 Authorization to shared folder
	  	2

	(*)	on condition that there is no need for compatibility investigation, thus not for new or complex program groups 

  

	 	•	 	 Incident reactions 

 The maximum
period agreed for resolving an incident is defined in relation to the type of hardware and the level of maintenance required by the customer. 
  

			
	 Incident
	  	 Reference Level of Service
 (working days)

	 Workstation
	  	Next business day
	 Network printer
	  	Next business day
	 PDA (Blackberry, Qtek)
	  	 Next business week, but phone
 functionality within next business day

	 Infrastructure servers
	  	Next business day
	 Software
	  	Next business day
	 LAN
	  	Next business day
	 WAN
	  	Next business day

  

 35 

	 	•	 	 An official request for quotation or related demands sent to Arcelor Technologies should be replied to within 5 working days, in order to define a time frame for
final delivery of the proposal. 

  

	 	•	 	 Arcelor Technologies to foresee a SLA follow-up report. 

 Arcelor Technologies to assure that all measures to ensure the security of data and communications are in force on the date of the starting up, and that the general principle of confidentiality and Arcelor Technologies safety policy are
applied and respected. Noble must respect ArcelorMittal security policies and assure that all users of information systems delivered by Arcelor Technologies respect the “ArcelorMittal Security Charter” (see attached Appendix 7).

 1.3. Price – Compensation rules 
 General 

 Each month the compensation is split in two parts. 
 Part 1 to
compensate the services that correspond with the consumption of services as defined in the current service catalogue. 
 Part 2 to compensate services based
on a budget charge-back mechanism. The repartition of the services that are subject to both parts and the corresponding reference budget is specified in appendices 1 through 6 to this Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement. 
 Specific services with respect to certain ATB entities appear in Appendices 1 through 6 
 Adaptations to appendices 1 through 6 (adding service, adding site, changing from part, etc.) can be realized on month boundaries, upon mutual, written agreement of both parties to replace the current attachment with
a new version. 
 Specific compensation rules for part 2 
 The following principles apply: 
  

	•	 	 The amount of the invoice is 1/12 of the yearly budget specified in the then governing appendix 

  

	•	 	 The invoice only mentions one line with the provision of the month 

  

	•	 	 The provision is detailed as specified in the then governing appendix 

  

	•	 	 At the end of the year, a review is made for basic recurring services, for the next year. 

  

	•	 	 New projects (extensions) not included in this document, to be invoiced additionally. 

  

 36 

 2. Services Delivered By Arcelor Systems 
 To: 
 ATB Genk 
 ATB Gent (to be added) 
 ATB Lorraine 
 ATB Zaragoza 
 ATB Senica

 ATB Bremen 
 ATB
Belgium + France (to be added) 
 2.1. List of Services 
 2.1.1. Applications in scope 
 Recurrent and Evolutive Maintenance of following applications: 
  

			
	 Applications
	  	 Quick description in functional terms

	SAP Leverage	  	Integration of TBA in the commercial application Leverage (Order entry, MDI, Invoicing and claims handling). In scope for so far the cost/developments are not covered by CVT.
		
	SAP Aristos	  	Back office system of TBA, implemented in SAP (modules: FI, MM, CO, AA)
		
	RFQ-database	  	Library for quotes

 2.1.2. Recurrent maintenance 
  

	 	•	 	 Application administration and system monitoring 

  

	 	•	 	 Bug fixing 

  

	 	•	 	 User assistance 

 2.1.3. Evolutive maintenance

  

	 	•	 	 Budget + time spent implementation and follow-up of every request for minor evolution (estimate delivery, estimate validation by the client)

  

	 	•	 	 Adaptation of team size depending on workload and time changes requested by the client 

  

	 	•	 	 Management of budget progress all over the year 

 Arcelor Systems reserves the right to charge any additional costs for the training and working-in period of new persons who have not worked on this perimeter before. This in case if Arcelor Systems has to strengthen
its maintenance team in order to respond to increasing activities requested by the customer and not foreseen in the previous quarter. 
 2.2. SLA 

 On the perimeter of the proposal, the following indicators are set up and managed. 
  

 37 

					
	 	  	 During office
 hours
	  	 Outside office
hours

	 Response Time Service desk
	  	Immediately	  	Immediately
	 Response Time preferred consultant
	  	During office hours	  	—  
	 Fix Time (problem solved or work-around established)
	  	During office hours	  	—  

 Noble must respect ArcelorMittal security policies and guarantees that all users of information systems delivered
by Arcelor Technologies to respect the “ArcelorMittal Security Charter” attached as Appendix 7 to this Schedule A. 
 2.3. Price 

695€/Day 
 3. Additional Services Delivered by Arcelor Systems
to ATB Gent 
 To: ATB Gent 
 3.1. List of
Services 
 3.1.1. Applications in scope 
  

			
	 Applications
	  	 Quick description in functional terms

	NIPOS	  	System for order management and material follow-up. This system allows the different production orders to be put on the process-systems, managed by IAM-department. These process-systems monitor
and capture the processes and send their information back to the NIPOS system. This system allows to have a material genealogy & traceability.
		
	ISLA	  	This mainframe application prints out the necessary dispatching documents and registers the dispatching
		
	PROMA	  	Problem management system for IT
		
	VERA	  	Dispatching application on regional computer, managed by IAM, that interfaces with ISLA & KLOVIS
		
	RIMSES	  	System to track the maintenance activities
		
	 Database Welding
 Parameters
	  	Storage of welding and machine set-up parameters per blank.
		
	Metal Balance	  	System that tracks the materials consumption and production
		
	 Mainframe end-user
 environment
	  	All production data are available for the end-user on a separate platform

  

 38 

 3.1.2. Services 
  

	 	•	 	 The provider maintains all the used software packages and informs the customer well in advance of all modifications with noticeable impact for the customer. Upward
compatibility is foreseen. 

  

	 	•	 	 If inevitable modifications must be performed, no extra costs for the customer to originate from this, if those modifications are irrelevant to the customer. If
these modifications should involve production limitations, these should be minimized and pre-validated by the customer 

  

	 	•	 	 The provider gives the necessary training and documentation to the customer to permit the customer to use the software services put at its disposal in an efficient
way. 

 3.2. SLA 
  

	 	•	 	 For interventions on critical applications, the provider’s staff is available according to the principles of the providing of helpdesk functionalities. This
helpdesk coordinates application and infrastructure responsibilities who are on call for these applications. 

  

	 	•	 	 For interventions of non-critical applications, the provider’s staff is available during normal office hours. The tool to be used for recurrent maintenance is
for Arcelor Systems: PROMA (problem management) or via call to helpdesk (tel + 32 9 347 30 37). 

 Following severity codes are defined:

  

					
		  		  	
		  		  	
		  		  	

  

			
	 Priority
	  	 Scope

	1	  	The system cannot be used, with critical consequences for the production environment, the situation requires a rapid solution
		
	2	  	The system is operational. The critical activities supported by the application can be carried out, but the fault must be repaired as soon as possible.
		
		  	Production is not adversely affected by the fault

 Priority 1 
  

					
	 	  	During office
hours	  	Outside office
hours
	 Response Time Service desk
	  	Immediately	  	Immediately
	 Response Time preferred consultant
	  	30 minutes	  	30 minutes
	 Fix Time (problem solved or work-around established)
	  	2 Hours	  	4 Hours

  

 39 

 Priority 2 
  

					
	 	  	During office
hours	  	Outside office
hours
	 Response Time Service desk
	  	Immediately	  	Immediately
	 Response Time preferred consultant
	  	During office
 hours
	  	—  
	 Fix Time (problem solved or work-around established)
	  	During office
 hours
	  	—  

 Arcelor Systems shall aim to remedy/deal with priority 1 incident: 
  

	•	 	 within 2 hours in 90% of cases 

  

	•	 	 within 4 hours in 95% of cases 

  

	•	 	 within 8 hours in 98% of cases. 

  

	•	 	 Within 16 hours in 100% of cases. If this last result is not reached, following escalation procedure is foreseen: 

 a management team meeting is set up as soon as possible, this team consists of Arcelor Systems, and ATB Gent. They set up an action plan and make
decisions immediately. 
 This result should be measured per calendar year. 
 3.3. Price 
 Based on budget chargeback mechanism of total cost. Budget reviewable at end of every year. 

4. Services Delivered by Arcelor Steel Belgium N.V. (Genk Site) 
 To: ATB Genk 
 4.1. List of services 
  

	•	 	 Network infrastructure, including dataline between TB Genk, Sikel and Arcelor Gent 

 4.2. Price 
  

	 	•	 	 33% of total costs dataline, 15% if total costs use and maintenance network infrastructure 

  

	 	•	 	 100% of costs for interventions on infrastructure only of interest to TBA Genk 

  

 40 

 APPENDICES TO THE IT SECTION OF SCHEDULE A 
 APPENDIX 1 – ATB Corporate 
 This Appendix 1 to Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement is the result of the validation of the Service Catalogue “End User IT Access Products” on May 11th, 2006 
 PART ONE 
 SERVICES CORRESPONDING TO THE SERVICE CATALOGUE. 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Estimated Value (€)
	 On demand project services
	  	mandays at 77,5 €/Hr
	 Workstation Services provided by AT Gent
	  	30.000 €/year
	 Workstation Services provided by AT France
	  	20.630 €/year
	 SAP services
	  	1.860 €/year

  

	 	•	 	 To start execution of on demand projects, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 Charge back of “Workstation Services” is based on the implementation of the pay for service model as specified in the Service Catalogue “End User IT
Access Products”. 

  

	 	•	 	 Before applying changes to the Service Catalogue “End User IT Access Products”, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 For the Gent perimeter: the Lotus Notes Application “PC Bestellingen” is needed to order items on the service catalogue. As a result of those change
requests the estimated budget changes accordingly. 

  

	 	•	 	 For the French perimeter: for the moment, Cyberforms is used, but this is phasing out and is to be replaced by “le panier commercial”

 PART TWO 
 YEARLY BUDGET: BASIC RECURRING SERVICES 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 SAP services
	  	
	 LAN
	  	
	 WAN
	  	
	 INET + RAS
	  	
	 Div. Infrastructure
	  	
	 Lotus Notes + Mails
	  	
	 Windows servers
	  	
	 Appl. Support Mainframe
	  	
	 Mainframe EUC
	  	
	 Mainframe services
	  	
	 Application Helpdesk
	  	
		  	 
	Global charge	  	44.939
		
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 RFQ                                      
                          database
	  	
	 (2006-04-CRM-2212 TBA Domino database RFQ)
	  	600

  

 41 

	 	 •
	 	 This budget does not include the new project costs nor its impact on the recurrent services, for such new projects as
are initiated by ATB Gent for corporate since January 1st, 2007. 

  

	 	•	 	 To change the perimeter of the now current portfolio of services, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

 42 

 APPENDIX 2 – ATB Gent 
 This Appendix 2 to the Section 1 of the Chapter 7 is the result of the validation of the Service Catalogue
“End User IT Access Products” on May 11th, 2006 
 PART ONE 
 SERVICES CORRESPONDING TO THE
SERVICE CATALOGUE. 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Estimated Value (€)
	 On demand project services
	  	mandays at 77,5 €/Hr
	 Workstation Services
	  	100.920 €/year

  

	 	•	 	 To start execution of on demand projects, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 Charge back of “Workstation Services” is based on the implementation of the pay for service model as specified in the Service Catalogue “End User IT
Access Products”. 

  

	 	•	 	 Before applying changes to the Service Catalogue “End User IT Access Products”, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 The Lotus Notes Application “PC Bestellingen” is needed to order items on the service catalogue. As a result of those change requests the estimated budget
changes accordingly. 

 PART TWO 
 YEARLY BUDGET: BASIC RECURRING SERVICES 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 Open VMS Servers
	  	22.862
		
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 LAN
	  	
	 WAN
	  	
	 INET + RAS
	  	
	 Div. Infrastructure
	  	
	 Lotus Notes + Mails
	  	
	 Windows servers
	  	
	 Appl. Support Mainframe
	  	
	 Mainframe EUC
	  	
	 Mainframe services
	  	
	 Application Helpdesk
	  	
		  	 
	 Global charge
	  	88.019

  

	 	 •
	 	 This budget does not include the new project costs nor its impact on the recurrent services, for such new projects as
may be initiated by ATB Gent since January 1st, 2007. 

  

	 	•	 	 To change the perimeter of the now current portfolio of services, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

 43 

 APPENDIX 3 – ATB Bremen 
 This Appendix 3 to Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement is the result of the validation of the Service
Catalogue “End User IT Access Products” on May 11th, 2006 
 SERVICES CORRESPONDING TO THE SERVICE CATALOGUE. 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Estimated Value (€)
	 On demand project services
	  	mandays at 77,5 €/Hr

  

	 	•	 	 To start execution of on demand projects, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

 44 

 APPENDIX 4 – ATB Senica 
 This Appendix 4 to Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement is the result of the validation of the Service
Catalogue “End User IT Access Products” on May 11th, 2006 
 PART ONE 
 SERVICES CORRESPONDING TO
THE SERVICE CATALOGUE. 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Estimated Value (€)
	 On demand project services
	  	mandays at 77,5 €/Hr

  

	 	•	 	 To start execution of on demand projects, both parties must agree in writing. 

 PART TWO 
 YEARLY BUDGET: BASIC
RECURRING SERVICES 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 Windows Server Infrastructure
	  	
	 2006 07 CRM 2211 TBA Serveurs Senica
	  	4.700

  

	 	 •
	 	 This budget does not include the project costs nor its impact on the recurrent services, for projects that as may be
initiated by ATB Senica since January 1st, 2007. 

  

	 	•	 	 To change the perimeter of the now current portfolio of services, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

 45 

 APPENDIX 5 – ATB Lorraine 
 This Appendix 5 to Schedule A to the Transition Services Agreement is the result of the validation of the Service
Catalogue “End User IT Access Products” on May 11th, 2006 
 PART ONE 
 SERVICES CORRESPONDING TO
THE SERVICE CATALOGUE. 
  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Estimated Value (€)
	 On demand project services
	  	mandays at 77,5 €/Hr
	 Workstation Services provided by AT France
	  	104.500 €/year
	 Messaging
	  	5.000 €/year
	 Printers
	  	5.400 €/year

  

	 	•	 	 To start execution of on demand projects, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 Charge back of “Workstation Services” is based on the implementation of the pay for service model as specified in the Service Catalogue “End User IT
Access Products”. 

  

	 	•	 	 Before applying changes to the Service Catalogue “End User IT Access Products”, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

	 	•	 	 For the French perimeter: for the moment, Cyberforms is used to order items on the service catalo, but this is phasing out and is to be replaced by “le panier
commercial”. As a result of those change requests the estimated budget changes accordingly. 

 PART
TWO 
 YEARLY BUDGET: BASIC RECURRING SERVICES

  

			
	 Service Description
	  	Value (€)
	 Data storage
	  	6.223 €/year
	 Network Services
	  	285 €/year
	 AS400
	  	39.681 €/year
	 Application Servers
	  	20.563 €/year
	 Global charge
	  	66.752 €/year

  

	 	 •
	 	 This budget does not include the new project costs nor its impact on the recurrent services, for such new projects as
may be initiated by ATB Lorraine since January 1st, 2007. 

  

	 	•	 	 To change the perimeter of the now current portfolio of services, both parties must agree in writing. 

  

 46 

 APPENDIX 6 – List of people to be contacted 
 1. Escalation Procedure in incident management 
  

	•	 	 Corporate Noble service coordinator: 

 Leen Van Aken; Tel. +32 (0) 9 210 03 39 / / Cell phone +33 (0) 475 461 590 
  

	•	 	 Engagement Manager: 

 Silvia
D’Haenens; Tel. +32 (0) 9 347 37 71 
  

	•	 	 Infrastructure and Operations Delivery: 

  

	 	•	 	 for Belgian perimeter: 

 Philippe Van
Rietvelde; Tel. +32 (0) 9 347 40 68 / Cell phone +33 (0) 476 900 167 
  

	 	•	 	 for French perimeter: 

 Dominique
Duport; Tel. +33 (0) 386 21 31 41 / Cell phone +33 (0) 61 103 50 86 
 2. Escalation Procedure in persistent non-compliance of SLA’s

  

	 	•	 	 Head of Customer Care: 

 Nicole
Peton; Tel +33 (0) 171 92 15 47 / Cell phone +33 (0) 615 47 47 89 
  

	 	•	 	 CFO: 

 Eric Goascoz; Tel. +33
(0) 171 92 14 18 / Cell phone +33 (0) 616 57 11 65 
  

	 	•	 	 Regional manager: 

 for North Region:

 Marc Mathei; Tel. +32 (0) 9 347 32 13 / Cell phone +32 (0) 476 98 88 87 
 for Centre Region: 
 Philippe Barolat; Tel.
+33 (0) 328 25 75 05 / Cell phone +33 (0) 616 54 38 60 
 for the Factory: 
 Régis Delrue; Tel. +33 (0) 328 25 75 08 / Cell phone +33 (0) 611 05 00 29 
 3. Coordination of the customer relationship management 
 At the signature of the Agreement, the Agreement
Manager designated by the Provider is: 
 Engagement Manager: Silvia D’Haenens; Tel. +32 (0) 9 347 37 71 
 and the Agreement Manager designated by the Customer is: 
 Leen Van Aken;
Tel. +32 (0) 9 210 03 39 
  

 47 

 APPENDIX 7 TO THE IT SECTION OF SCHEDULE A: 
 ARCELORMITTAL INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES 
 

 
 ARCELORMITTAL INFORMATION 
 SECURITY POLICIES 
  

 Date: 2003-12-01 / version n° 
  

 48 

 1. INFORMATION SECURITY POLICIES FRAMEWORK 
 1.1 Background 
 ARCELORMITTAL is critically dependent on information and
information systems. If important information were disclosed to inappropriate persons, the company could suffer serious losses. The good reputation that ARCELORMITTAL enjoys is also directly linked with the way that it manages both information and
information systems. For example, if private customer information were to be publicly disclosed, the organization’s reputation would be harmed. For these and other important business reasons, the IS/IT steering committee has initiated and
continues to support an information security effort. One part of that effort is the definition of the information security policies. 
 1.2 Scope 

Involved Persons 
 Every worker at ARCELORMITTAL must comply with
the information security policies and related information security documents. 
 Every internal or external service provider must also comply with these
policies. 
 Involved Systems 
 These policies apply to
all computer and network systems owned by or administered by ARCELORMITTAL. These policies apply to all operating systems, computer sizes, and application systems. They cover only information handled by computers and networks. 
 1.3 Key actors 
 Corporate information Security Officer 
 The Corporate Information Security Officer is responsible for: 
  

	 	•	 	 Establishing and maintaining ARCELORMITTAL-wide information security policies, standards and guidelines (see definitions in point 1.8 below) in a collaborative
manner with the ARCELORMITTAL entities representatives. See Security Workgroups below. 

  

	 	•	 	 Checking compliance to ensure that organizational units are operating in a manner consistent with the policies. 

  

	 	•	 	 Managing information security training and awareness programs to ARCELORMITTAL users. 

 Local Information Security Officer 
 There is one Local Security
Officer function per IT Delivery Organization. Their main tasks are setting up the local security compliance plan, following it up, communicating and promoting the policies within their local entity (See point 1.4 below). In order to fulfill these
tasks, the Local Security Officer must have a global view across all security domains within his or her entity. There is one security domain per security policy. The seven security domains are: 
  

 49 

	 	1.	Protection against malicious code 

  

	 	2.	Vulnerabilities management and secured configurations 

  

	 	3.	Logical access controls 

  

	 	4.	Network security 

  

	 	5.	Data back-up 

  

	 	6.	Disaster recovery 

  

	 	7.	Charter. 

 Security Workgroups 
 Each security domain is tackled by one specific security workgroup. This workgroup contains technical experts from ARCELORMITTAL IT Delivery Organizations having the best
knowledge about one security domain. 
 These small workgroups first main task is defining the security policies with the corporate security officer.

 Following the security policies validation by the IT Steering Committee, this workgroup to possibly choose the best technology to implement them and to
write the implementation standards and best practices to be used by all the IT delivery organizations. E.g. writing system hardening checklist in the framework of the secured configurations policies. 
 IT Steering Committee 
 The IT Steering Committee validates the
information security policies. 
 Internal audit 
 The
internal audit can be asked by a Business Unit to audit their security position against the security policies. 
 Three operational responsibilities:
Owner, Custodian and User 
 In order to make the policies operational, three categories of persons are defined, at least one of which applies to each
ARCELORMITTAL Group member. These categories are Owner, Custodian, and User. These categories define general responsibilities with respect to information security. 
 Owner Responsibilities 
 Information Owners are the department managers, members of the top management team, or their delegates within
ARCELORMITTAL who bear responsibility for the acquisition, development, and maintenance of production applications that process ARCELORMITTAL information. Production applications are computer programs that regularly provide reports in support of
decision making and other business activities. 
 All production application system information must have a designated Owner. 
 For each application, Owners, based on the information sensitivity, define which users to be granted access, and approve requests for various ways in which the
information to be utilized. 
  

 50 

 Custodian Responsibilities 
 Custodians are in physical or logical possession of either ARCELORMITTAL information or information that has been entrusted to ARCELORMITTAL. While IT department staff members clearly are Custodians, local system administrators are also
Custodians. Whenever information is maintained only on a personal computer, the User is also a Custodian. Each type of production application system information must have one or more designated Custodians. 
 Custodians are responsible for safeguarding the information, including implementing access control systems to prevent inappropriate disclosure, and making backups so
that critical information not to be lost. Custodians are also required to implement, operate, and maintain the security measures defined by information Owners. 
 User Responsibilities 
 Users are responsible for familiarizing themselves with and complying with all ARCELORMITTAL policies, standards and
guidelines dealing with information security. Particularly the ARCELORMITTAL Charter when it will be completed. In a first step, advices in using the data processing resources to be published. A recurrent awareness program, managed by the
Information Security Committee, to help in maintaining good user behavior. 
  

 51 

 1.4 The baseline policies and their target 
 The priority policies that have been worked out by small group of technical people (member of the above custodian category) cover the following information security topics: 
  

	•	 	 Protection against malicious code 

  

	•	 	 Vulnerabilities management and secured configurations 

  

	•	 	 Logical access control 

  

	•	 	 Network security 

  

	•	 	 Data back-up 

  

	•	 	 Business Continuity Planning and Disaster Recovery Planning (BCP and DRP) 

  

	•	 	 Advices to users in using the data processing resources 

 These policies to be communicated according the following chart: 
  

							
	 	  	Owner
(Within the
Business
Community)	  	 Custodian
 (Within the IS/IT
community)
	  	Users
	 Protection against malicious code
	  		  	X	  	
	 Vulnerabilities management and secured configuration
	  		  	X	  	
	 Logical access control
	  	X	  	X	  	
	 Network security
	  	X	  	X	  	
	 Data back-up
	  	X	  	X	  	
	 BCP and DRP
	  	X	  	X	  	
	 Advices to users in using the data processing resources
	  	X	  	X	  	X

 Every ARCELORMITTAL Group member to receive only the policies in which they are involved. 
 The Local Information Security Officers to relay the policies within their scope. 
 1.5 Legal Affairs link 
 The present Policy must be notified to every Service Provider or external entity that is granted an access to our internal
network, prior to any access. Notification can be made via the contract: for that purpose, the present policy may be attached to the contract with said entity as a binding document. 
 1.6 Critical systems 
 Beyond the baseline controls applied to every data processing platform, the information owners to
identify additional needs in security measures in order to increase the security level of critical systems. In that case, risk analysis to be used to be sure the extra cost to be less than the risk itself. 
  

 52 

 1.7 Non-compliance 
 In rare
cases, a business case for non-compliance can be established. In all such cases, the non-compliance situation must be approved in advance through a risk acceptance process. This process requires a risk acceptance memo signed by a department manager
and approved by the Information System Security Committee. 
 1.8 Definitions 
 Policy 
 A policy is typically a document that outlines specific requirements or rules that must be met. In the
information/network security realm, policies are usually point-specific, covering a single area. For example, an “Acceptable Use” policy would cover the rules and regulations for appropriate use of the computing facilities. 
 Standard 
 A standard is typically collections of
system-specific or procedural-specific requirements that must be met by everyone. For example, you might have a standard that describes how to harden a Windows NT workstation for placement on an external (DMZ) network. People must follow this
standard exactly if they wish to install a Windows NT workstation on an external network segment. 
 Guideline 
 A guideline is typically a collection of system specific or procedural specific “suggestions” for best practice. They are not requirements to be met, but are
recommended. 
 2. PROTECTION AGAINST MALICIOUS CODE POLICIES 
 2.1 Abstract 
 Computer viruses and other forms of malicious code are constantly being developed and transmitted via many
methods to unsuspecting computer users around the world. The purpose of this policy is to ensure that ARCELORMITTAL-controlled system assets are suitably protected. This can be accomplished via an appropriate mix of preventive measures, including
policy, anti-virus software. Education and awareness programs can also play an important role. 
  

 53 

 2.2 Definitions 
 System Assets 
 System assets include information, hardwares, softwares and services required to support the functions of the
ARCELORMITTAL Business Units 
 Malicious code 
 Malicious code is a catch-all term used to refer to various types of software that can cause problems or damage computers. The more common classes of program referred to as malicious code are viruses, worms, Trojan horses and macro viruses.

 Virus 
 A virus is malicious code that
replicates itself. New viruses are discovered daily. Some exist simply to replicate themselves. Others can do serious damage such as erasing files or even rendering the computer itself inoperable. 
 Worm 
 A worm is similar to a virus. They replicate themselves
like viruses, but do not alter files like viruses do. The main difference is that worms reside in memory and usually remain unnoticed until the rate of replication reduces system resources to the point that it becomes noticeable, e.g. when they
generate high network traffic. 
 Trojan horses 
 A
Trojan horse is called such as a reference to the story of the Trojan horse from Greek legend. It is a malicious program disguised as a normal application. Trojan horse programs do not replicate themselves like a virus, but they can be propagated as
attachments to a virus. Such a malicious code can be used for an unauthorized person to get remote control of the platform on which it has been furtively installed. 
 Macro Viruses 
 A macro virus is a computer virus that “infects” a Microsoft Word or similar
application and causes a sequence of actions to be performed automatically when the application is started or something else triggers it. Macro viruses tend to be surprising but relatively harmless. A typical effect is the undesired insertion of
some comic text at certain points when writing a line. A macro virus is often spread as an e-mail virus. A well-known example in March, 1999 was the Melissa virus. 
 Anti-Virus Software 
 A commercially available computer program that detects and eradicates malicious code. 
  

 54 

 Signatures 
 Known virus patterns used by anti-virus software to detect known viruses. The signatures are contained in a file regularly updated with new viruses information by the anti-virus software provider. 
 Red Alert State 
 The Red alert state is declared when a new
virus has been detected somewhere in the world, and new signatures are not yet available from the anti-virus provider. Should this new virus enter the internal ARCELORMITTAL network, it would be impossible for the used anti-virus software to detect
it. So, it’s a critical period of time until the new signatures are received and made operational. 
 Hoax 
 A virus hoax is a false warning about a computer virus. Typically, the warning arrives in an e-mail note or is distributed through a note in a company’s internal
network. These notes are usually forwarded using distribution lists and they will typically suggest that the recipient forward the note to other distribution lists. 
 2.3 Protection Against Malicious Code policies 
 2.3.1. Any software or files entering the ARCELORMITTAL internal network
must be screened for virus by anti-virus software before general distribution, whatever the media. 
 2.3.2. Anti-virus software must be installed and
continuously enabled on all ARCELORMITTAL Internet gateways, FTP servers, mail servers, infrastructure servers, application servers and desktop machines. MVS Operating Systems are out of scope. 
 2.3.3. Signatures updates must be done automatically on a regular basis without any user action. System administrator must take care to update the engine when necessary.
See standard 2.4.1. on next page. 
 2.3.4. All emails entering the ARCELORMITTAL internal network must be screened by an anti-virus software package.

 Anti-virus update frequency must be very high at these entry points. See standard 2.4.1. on next page. 
 2.3.5. Compliance with software licenses is mandatory, in case of new installation as well as extension of a product already used. Prohibiting the use of unauthorized
software is a key factor in malicious code protection. 
 2.3.6. All file sharing must be access control protected. 
 2.3.7. Any systems without anti-virus software must be isolated from the ARCELORMITTAL network in order to avoid potential spreading of virus. These systems can only
have access to a restricted number of protected devices inside the ARCELORMITTAL internal network. MVS Operating Systems are out of scope. 
  

 55 

 2.3.8. Systems that are virus-infested must be immediately cleaned or disconnected from the ARCELORMITTAL network.

 2.3.9. All known executable files attached to an external e-mail must always be blocked in order to mitigate any new virus spreading. See standard 2.4.2
on next page. 
 2.3.10. The present Policy must be notified to every Service Provider or external entity that is granted an access to our internal network,
prior to any access. Notification can me made via the contract: for that purpose, the present policy may be attached to the contract with said entity as a binding document. 
 The following statements are user oriented, but must be taken in account by this policy target people working in the malicious code protection area: 
 2.3.11. Users must not attempt to remove a computer virus from any system unless they do so while in communication with a system administrator. 
 2.3.12. Users must not employ any electronic mail addresses other than official ARCELORMITTAL electronic mail addresses for all company business matters. 
 2.3.13. Users must not open electronic mail attachments unless they were expected from a known and trusted sender, and unless these attachments have been scanned by an approved anti-virus software package. 

2.3.14. When users receive unwanted and unsolicited electronic mail, they must forward the message to the electronic mail administrator, or to their ordinary contact,
only and not respond directly to the sender. 
 2.4 Protection Against Malicious Code Standards 
 2.4.1. These updates and scan frequencies must be applied to the different platforms: 
  

					
	 Platform
	  	 Update frequency
	  	 Scan frequency

	SMTP relay	  	At least every three hours	  	N/A
	Internet interface (http, ftp,...)	  	At least every three hours	  	N/A
	Infrastructure servers	  	Every day	  	Once per week
	Application servers	  	Every day	  	Once per week
	Workstations	  	Every day	  	Not mandatory

 2.4.2. All the following known attachments must be blocked: 
  

 56 

			
	BAT	  	Batch File
	CHM	  	Compiled HTML Help File
	CMD	  	Windows NT Command Script
	COM	  	MS-DOS Application
	CPL	  	Control Panel Extension
	EXE	  	Application
	HLP	  	Help File
	HTA	  	HTML Applications
	INF	  	Setup Information File
	INS	  	Internet Communication Settings
	ISP	  	Internet Communication Settings
	JS	  	JScript File
	JSE	  	JScript Encoded Script File
	LNK	  	Shortcut
	MSC	  	Microsoft Common Console Document
	MSI	  	Windows Installer Package
	MSP	  	Windows Installer Patch
	PCD	  	Photo CD Image or Microsoft Visual Test Compiled Script
	PIF	  	Shortcut to MS-DOS Program
	REG	  	Registration Entries
	SCR	  	Screen Saver
	SCT	  	Windows Script Component
	SHB	  	Document Shortcut File
	SHS	  	Shell Scrap Object
	VB	  	VBScript File
	VBE	  	VBScript Encoded Script File
	VBS	  	VBScript Script File
	WSC	  	Windows Script Component
	WSF	  	Windows Script File
	WSH	  	Windows Scripting Host Settings File

 2.5 Protection Against Malicious Code Guidelines 
 2.5.1 In case red alert: 
  

	•	 	 All incoming mail should be blocked; 

  

	•	 	 Alert messages towards the end users at the time the red alert state is discovered and at the end of this state should be sent. 

 2.5.2. In case of high virus activity period, the server anti-virus should be activated for all in-going and out-going flows. 
 2.5.3. The e-mail pre-view function should be disabled for incoming and suppressed mail, in order to avoid automatic code execution. 
  

 57 

 3. VULNERABILITIES AND SECURED CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT POLICIES 
 3.1 Abstract 
 System components security vulnerabilities and exposures are
regularly discovered and documented on Internet. Approximately six vulnerabilities are published per day across all type of platforms. Moreover, platform default configuration parameters are not security minded. These policies prescribe preventive
measures to ensure that at any time, the platforms security levels are maintained at an optimum level. Particularly for the more exposed platforms in the DMZ, that is to say, the platforms the nearest of Internet. 
 3.2 Definitions 
 Vulnerability 
 A flaw or weakness in system design that can be exploited to violate the system security. 
 Threat analysis 
 A vulnerability measurement that includes the susceptibility of a particular system to a specific
attack, and the opportunities available to a threat agent to mount that attack. 
 Secured configuration 
 A secured configuration is a configuration whose default security parameters leading often to low platform security level have been scrutinized in order to reinforce the
platform security level. This system hardening process include also the removal of all unnecessary system features or services in order to dissuade and defeat intrusion or security breach attempts 
 3.3 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management policies 
 3.3 1.
Every ARCELORMITTAL computers or computers used inside the ARCELORMITTAL infrastructure must be configured according to security requirements published by the ARCELORMITTAL Information Security Committee. 
 3.3.2. There must be a vulnerability management process in place in each ARCELORMITTAL IS/IT entity. This process must include: 
  

	•	 	 Vulnerabilities capturing from warnings, provider alarms or attack simulation (scan) on a regular basis. 

  

	•	 	 Vulnerabilities threat analysis whose conclusion can be to apply or not to apply security measures such as patches or reconfiguration,...

  

	•	 	 Applying security measures in the framework of change management process. 

 3.3.3. All critical systems, especially those directly connected to the Internet must be subjected to an automated threat analysis 

  

 58 

 
performed by vulnerability identification software at least once a month. Moreover, this threat analysis must also be performed immediately after any change
in system or software configuration. 
 3.3.4. Any vulnerability identification software or other tools that could be used to compromise the security of
information systems must not be found on any computer without formal authorization by the local information security officer. 
 Detailed inventory of such
tools must be maintained by the local security officer. 
 3.3.5. Specific information about information system vulnerabilities, such as the details of a
recent system break-in, must not be distributed to persons who do not have a demonstrable need to know. 
 3.3.6. Any information about information systems
security events is to be considered as confidential, unless compelled by the law. As a consequence, any public disclosure is strictly prohibited. 
 3.3.7.
Everybody must report all suspected information security incidents as quickly as possible through the approved ARCELORMITTAL internal channels only, that is to say not to discuss about with other people. 
 ARCELORMITTAL internal channels are based on local IS/IT specific coordination and its link to the ARCELORMITTAL Information Security Committee. 
 3.3.8. When a new and serious information systems security vulnerability associated with a particular vendor’s hardware or software is discovered, it must be
immediately documented in detail and reported in written to the vendor by the IT staff. All elements that could be used as a direct or indirect evidence of the problem and its consequences have to be immediately archived and secured. 
 3.4 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management Standards 
 3.4.1.
As an example, security standard configuration documents must at least contain these following items: 
  

	•	 	 All vendor-supplied default passwords must be changed before any computer or communications system is used for ARCELORMITTAL business. 

 

	•	 	 Services to let open 

  

	•	 	 Remove unused software 

  

	•	 	 ...... 

 3.4.2. There must be one security
standard configuration per platform type. 
 As far as the servers are concerned, the NT4, 2000, 2003 and LINUX platforms must at least be covered.

 As far as the workstation are concerned, the NT4, 2000 and XP platforms must at least be covered. 
  

 59 

 3.4.3. There must also be one security standard for all used application platform, such as SQL server, Oracle, IIS,
Apache, ...... 
 3.5 Vulnerabilities and Secured Configuration Management Guidelines 
 3.5.1. All ARCELORMITTAL critical computers and servers should run on a regular basis integrity checking software that detects changes in configuration files, system software files, application software files, and
other system resources. 
 3.5.2. When vulnerability identification software is not being actively used, it should be removed from the system on which it has
been run. 
 4. LOGICAL ACCESS CONTROL POLICIES 
 4.1 Abstract 
 The logical access control consists of four pillars: These are identification, authentication, authorization, and last but not least
monitoring. 
 Authorization is based on a person identified by a user ID well authenticated, whom are granted the system privileges and / or
the access rules necessary to perform her / his task. 
 In terms of baseline controls, authentication by password can be considered as a good minimum
security level, provided the management of the user IDs, password and authorization are compliant with the policies presented below. 
 By ensuring that only
an involved end user knows his or her own password, it permits system activity logged with a corresponding personal user ID to be uniquely attributable to a certain user. 
 The information owner is responsible for validating access requests to her or his applications and data. 
 The hereafter
policies are structured based on the four access control pillars: 
  

	1.	Identification 

  

	2.	Authentication 

  

	3.	Authorization 

  

	4.	Monitoring 

  

 60 

 4.2 Definitions 
 Identification and User ID 
 In order to get access to an information system, a user has to identify himself to the information system
access control system by entering a specific code called user ID. This user ID is defined and provided by a local security administration team based on a validated request. 
 Authentication 
 Authentication is the process of determining the true identity of someone. Basic
authentication is simply using a password to verify that a user is who he says he is. In that case, authentication is based on something the user knows. Stronger authentication mechanism can also be used accordingly to the sensitivity of information
accessed: 
  

	 	•	 	 Tokens and smart cards are authentication devices authenticating a user based on something he knows (Personal identification number comparable to a password) and
something he has (the token or the smart card). 

  

	 	•	 	 Biometrics devices are device authenticating a user based on what he is, e.g. based on fingerprints or retina scans. 

 Authorization 
 Once a user has been authenticated,
authorization establishes what resources he can access and what he is allowed to do with these resources. 
 4.3 Policies 
 4.3.1. IDENTIFICATION 
 4.3.1.1 User registration 
 4.3.1.1.1. All user IDs on ARCELORMITTAL computers and networks must be constructed according to the user ID construction standard used by local IS/IT delivery
organization registering the user for the first time. 
 4.3.1.1.2. Each computer and communication system user ID must uniquely identify only one user.

 Shared or group user IDs must not be created or used except in the cases where personnel is working in shifts with restricted access. In that latter case,
a responsible has to be namely designated. Any other exception must be approved by the Local Security Officer. 
 4.3.1.1.3. Every user must have a single
unique user ID and a personal secret password for access to ARCELORMITTAL multi-user computers and computer networks. Whenever possible, these user IDs must be the same on every computer system. The user IDs must not be reassigned after a user
terminates her or his relationship with ARCELORMITTAL. 
  

 61 

 4.3.1.1.4 When a user moves from one entity to another inside the ARCELORMITTAL Group, he or she keeps his or her user
ID. 
 4.3.1.1.5. Every user ID established for a non-ARCELORMITTAL employee must have a specified expiration date, with a default expiration of 30 days when
the actual expiration is unknown. In the case userID expiration is not automated, the contracting authority must alert the IT Delivery Organization for explicit expiration at the time the non-ARCELORMITTAL employee contract is terminated.

 4.3.1.1.6. All ARCELORMITTAL information systems user IDs must be promptly terminated at the time that a worker ceases to provide services to
ARCELORMITTAL. 
 4.3.1.1.7. All user IDs must automatically be revoked after a 90-day period of inactivity. 
 4.3.1.1.8. Whenever ARCELORMITTAL opens a new user ID, authentication of the user identity must be done in a definitive manner. 
 4.3.1.1.9 All requests for a user ID on ARCELORMITTAL multi-user systems must be submitted on a completed system access request form that is authorized by the
user’s immediate manager. 
 4.3.1.2 Automatic terminal Identification 
 4.3.1.2.1 When terminal identification is used to authenticate a terminal connection to a specific location, the physical access to the terminal must be restricted to those workers with a need to know. These terminals
can only be found in an assembly line function in a manufacturing facility to ensure an uninterrupted flow of product and services. 
 4.3.1.3 Log-on
procedures 
 4.3.1.3.1. All workstations including, but not limited to, personal computers, portable computers, transportable computers, and handhelds,
must employ an access control system approved by the ARCELORMITTAL Information Security Committee. 
 4.3.1.3.2. Password-protected screensavers must be
configured and permanently activated on any active terminal such as workstation. 
 4.3.1.3.3. ARCELORMITTAL application systems developers must consistently
rely on the access controls provided by operating systems, commercially-available access control systems that enhance operating systems, gateways or firewalls, and must not construct other mechanisms to collect access control information, or
construct or install other mechanisms to identify or authenticate the identity of users without the advance permission of the ARCELORMITTAL Information Security Committee. 
  

 62 

 4.3.1.4 Log-on procedure guidelines 
 4.3.1.4.1. When logging into an ARCELORMITTAL computer or data communications system, if any part of the logon sequence is incorrect, the user should be given only feedback that the entire logon process was incorrect.

 4.3.1.4.2. Every logon screen for multi-user computers should include a special notice that must state that the system may only be accessed by authorized
users, users who logon represent that they are authorized to do so. 
 4.3.1.4.3. At logon time, every user should be given information reflecting the last
logon time and date. 
 4.3.2. AUTHENTICATION 
 4.3.2.1 User
Password Management 
 4.3.2.1.1. First or newly issued passwords must expire, forcing the user to choose another password during the first logon process.

 4.3.2.1.2 The initial password for a new user must be securely provided. 
 4.3.2.1.3. All ARCELORMITTAL computer systems that employ fixed passwords at log on must be configured to permit only six attempts within a day to enter a correct password, after which the user ID is deactivated and
can only be reset by the Help Desk staff or system administrator after authenticating the user’s identity. 
 4.3.2.1.4. Passwords must never be
hard-coded into software. 
 4.3.2.1.5. Security administrators may only disclose passwords to a user provided his or her identity has been proven, and only
in the following cases: a new user ID is being assigned, the involved user has forgotten or misplaced her or his password, the involved user is locked out. 
 4.3.2.2 User Password Management guideline 
 4.3.2.2.1. All fixed password resets or changes must be promptly confirmed by regular mail so
that the authorized user can readily detect and report any fraudulent or abusive behavior. This mail must contain instructions to the user. 
 4.3.2.2.2 If a
privileged user ID has been compromised by an intruder or another type of unauthorized user, all passwords on that system should be immediately changed. 
 4.3.2.3 Password management systems 
 4.3.2.3.1. All passwords must have at least six characters and its length must always be checked
automatically at the time that users construct or select their password. 
  

 63 

 4.3.2.3.2. Users must not construct passwords that are identical to the five passwords that they had previously employed.

 4.3.2.3.3. Users must not be able to successfully modify their password more than one time a day. 
 4.3.2.3.4. All user passwords must not be easily guessable. 
 4.3.2.3.5. The
display and printing of passwords must be masked, suppressed, or otherwise obscured so that unauthorized parties not to be able to observe or subsequently recover them. 
 4.3.2.3.6. Unencrypted passwords must not be recorded in system logs. 
 4.3.2.3.7. Passwords must always be encrypted when
held in storage. 
 4.3.2.3.8. ARCELORMITTAL information systems must never store any access control information in cookies deposited on, or stored on,
end-user computers. 
 4.3.2.4 Password management guidelines 
 4.3.2.4.1 All users should be automatically required to change their passwords at least once every 90 days. 
 4.3.3. AUTHORIZATION 
 4.3.3.1 Privilege management 
 4.3.3.1.1. The computer and
communications system privileges of all users, systems, and programs must be restricted based on the need to know. 
 4.3.3.1.2. System administrators
managing multi-user computer systems must have at least two user IDs, one that provides privileged access, and the other to perform her or his normal day-to-day work. 
 4.3.3.1.3. Current records reflecting all the system privileges the users have on all the computer systems must be maintained. 
 4.3.3.1.4. The system privileges granted to every user must be reevaluated by the user’s immediate manager every year to determine whether currently-enabled system privileges are needed to perform the user’s current job duties.

 4.3.3.1.5. The number of privileged user IDs must be strictly limited to those individuals who absolutely must have such privileges for authorized
purposes. 
 4.3.3.1.6. Attribution of system privileges must be approved by the IS/IT management. 
  

 64 

 4.3.3.1.7. Special system privileges, such as the ability to examine the files of other users or to change the security
state of the system, must be restricted to those directly responsible for system management or security, and granted only to those who have attended an approved system administrator training class. 
 4.3.3.2 Privilege management guideline 
 4.3.3.2.1. When technically
possible, system privileges should be defined so that non-production staff including, but not limited to, internal auditors, information security administrators, and computer operators are not permitted to update production business information.

 As far as the programmers are concerned, their intervention must be fully justified and documented. 
 4.3.3.3 User access rights 
 4.3.3.3.1. Users access rights must be
restricted based on the need to know. 
 4.3.3.3.2. Users access rights must be approved by the information owner. 
 4.3.3.3.3. The users access rights to sensitive information must be reevaluated by the information owner every year to determine whether currently-enabled access rights
are needed to perform the user’s current job duties. 
 4.3.3.3.4. All requests for user access rights to ARCELORMITTAL multi-user systems must be
submitted on a completed system access request form that is authorized by the user’s immediate manager. 
 4.3.4. MONITORING 
 4.3.4.1. All computer systems running ARCELORMITTAL production application systems must include logs that record, at a minimum, user session activity including user IDs,
logon date and time, logoff date and time, and applications invoked, changes to critical application system files, additions and changes to the privileges of users, and system start-ups and shut-downs) 
 4.3.4.2. All production application systems that handle sensitive ARCELORMITTAL information must generate logs that capture every addition, modification, and deletion to
such sensitive information. 
 4.3.4.3. Computer systems handling sensitive, valuable, or critical information must securely log all significant security
relevant events including, but not limited to, password guessing attempts, attempts to use privileges that are not authorized, modifications to production application software, and to system software. 
 4.3.4.4. Computerized logs containing security relevant events about critical systems must be securely retained for at least three months, during which time they must be
secured such that they cannot be modified, and such that they can be read only by authorized persons. If more than three-month retention is requested by the information owner, it is mentioned in an SLA contract. 
  

 65 

 4.3.4.5. All user ID creation, deletion, and privilege change activity performed by system administrators and others with
privileged user IDs must be securely logged. 
 5. NETWORK SECURITY POLICIES 
 5.1 Abstract 
 Communication networks vehicle information and provide access
to information systems. They are highly vulnerable to disruption and abuse. So, safeguarding business communications require robust and secure network design and strict control by ARCELORMITTAL over all types of access paths. 
 5.2 Policies 
 5.2.1 General principles 
 5.2.1.1 Only ARCELORMITTAL controlled computers are allowed to access the ARCELORMITTAL internal network. 
 5.2.1.2 All computer systems and network segments must meet the security criteria established by Information Security Committee before it can be connected to the ARCELORMITTAL network. 
 5.2.1.3 No one is allowed to modify the network and telecommunication infrastructure, except under control of the local IT team. 
 5.2.1.4 The establishment of a direct connection between ARCELORMITTAL systems and computers at external organizations must be secured. 
 5.2.2 Internet connections 
 5.2.2.1 There must not be any direct connection
between internal network and Internet. Two levels of different gateways (internal, external) must be implemented to ensure optimum protection. E.g. one router and a firewall. 
 5.2.2.2 All web servers accessible through the Internet must be protected by a secured gateway and must be placed on subnets separate from internal ARCELORMITTAL networks. 
 5.2.2.3 All Internet access from computers in ARCELORMITTAL offices must be routed through a secured gateway. 
 5.2.2.4 Secured gateway configuration rules must only be changed based on business needs, documented, and in compliance with the ARCELORMITTAL security rules.

  

 66 

 5.2.2.5 All publicly-modifiable directories on ARCELORMITTAL Internet-connected computers are prohibited. If a need to
deposit and share information among the ARCELORMITTAL community appears, the ARCELORMITTAL portal usage is mandatory. 
 5.2.2.6 User Internet access must be
approved by the relevant user direct manager who assures that the user has a demonstrable business need for such access. 
 5.2.3 Remote accesses 

5.2.3.1 Usage of modems is prohibited on computers connected to the internal network. 
 5.2.3.2 All remote accesses through a public network to the ARCELORMITTAL internal network with full access, privileged access or access to sensitive information must employ stronger user authentication.

 (This statement is still pending) 
 5.2.4
Wireless LAN 
 5.2.4.1 ARCELORMITTAL wireless installation must be approved by the local IT team 
 5.2.4.2. ARCELORMITTAL wireless networks must always be configured to employ encryption and access control. 
 5.2.5 Physical and Logical Access to Network devices 
 5.2.5.1 All
business-critical devices supporting the ARCELORMITTAL telephone system, intranet, local area networks, and the wide area network must be centralized in dedicated rooms with at least physical access controls and environmental monitoring systems.

 5.2.5.2 All ARCELORMITTAL internal network devices must be password-protected and passwords must be changed from installation defaults. 
 5.2.6 Application system design 
 5.2.6.1 ARCELORMITTAL systems designers and
developers must restrict their usage of external network interfaces and protocols to those that have been expressly approved by Information Security Committee. 
 5.2.6.2 When designing ARCELORMITTAL Internet web application gathering of personal data, compliance with local laws must be ensured. 
 5.2.6.3 The
internal system addresses, configurations, and related system design information for ARCELORMITTAL networked computer systems must be restricted such that both systems and users outside the ARCELORMITTAL internal network cannot access this
information 
  

 67 

 5.2.7. Network monitoring 
 5.2.7.1 All Internet-connected web servers must be protected by a network-based intrusion detection system approved by the Information Security Committee. 
 5.2.7.2 The Local Security Officer must maintain a current inventory of all connections to external networks. 
 5.2.8 Critical networks and servers

 5.2.8.1 All ARCELORMITTAL critical network services must be identified by the business community. These critical servers to have their security level
improved with the hereafter policies. 
 5.2.8.2 In terms of availability, management must design communications networks so that no single point of failure
could cause critical network services to be unavailable. 
 5.2.8.3 Due to the ARCELORMITTAL trusted network across all the ARCELORMITTAL entities which is
crossing national and organizational boundaries, there must have separately-defined logical domains, each protected with suitable security perimeters and access control mechanisms in order to host critical servers. 
 5.2.8.4 All critical internal networks must be configured such that they can prevent or detect attempts to connect unauthorized computers. 
 5.2.8.5 Every high-security and high-reliability system managed by or owned by ARCELORMITTAL must have its own dedicated computers and networks 
 5.2.8.6 All critical Internet-connected systems used for production purposes must employ integrity assessment tools. 
 5.2.8.7 A host-based intrusion detection system approved by the Information Security Committee must be continuously running on all ARCELORMITTAL critical servers that
are connected to any outside network. 
 6. DATA BACK-UP POLICIES 
 6.1. In order to prevent loss of essential information and software, back-up versions of essential information and software used by the applications must be taken regularly, according to a defined cycle. 

6.2. The retention period for essential business information, and also any requirement for archive copies to be permanently retained, must be determined. Retention
period is a key factor in case of logically corrupted data. 
  

 68 

 6.3. In order to be compliant with the needs of the business continuity planning / Disaster recovery planning (disaster),
information and software backups must be stored in an environmentally protected and access-controlled site that is a sufficient distance away from the originating facility. 
 6.4. Nomad users must make their own data backup accordingly to the local procedures. 
 6.5. Back-up information must be
given an appropriate level of physical and environmental protection similar to the one applied at the main site. Particularly, all areas where backup media is stored must be kept fully closed when not in active use. 
 6.6. Data back-ups should be given a level of logical access similar to the one to the data backed-up. 
 6.7. Back-up media should be regularly tested, where practicable, to ensure that they can be relied upon for emergency use when necessary. 
 6.8. Computer media storage procedures must assure that back-up or archive information stored for prolonged periods of time are not lost due to deterioration, and are periodically tested for reliability. 

7. BCP/DRP SECURITY POLICIES 
 7.1 Abstract

 An ARCELORMITTAL Business Unit process for developing and maintaining both business contingency plans and computer contingency plans must be documented and
maintained by Information Systems management in order to be compliant with the hereafter policies 1 to 7. 
 It is worth mentioning that the planning process
itself ordinarily would involve areas such as: 
  

	•	 	 identification and prioritization of critical business processes, based on risk analysis, 

  

	•	 	 documentation of procedures and processes, 

  

	•	 	 identifying and assigning responsibility for handling emergencies and disasters, 

  

	•	 	 education of staff, 

  

	•	 	 periodic testing of plans. 

 7.2 BCP/DRP Security
Policies 
 7.2.1. In conjunction with the information Owners, Information Systems Management must perform a business impact analysis that will specify the
degree of criticality of all production multi-user computer applications. The criticality must be representative of the maximum period that the ARCELORMITTAL BU can go without critical information processing services, the time period in which
management must decide whether to activate the recovery plan, and the minimum acceptable production information systems recovery configuration. 
  

 69 

 7.2.2. Information Systems management must establish and use a logical framework for classifying all information
resources by recovery priority that will permit the most critical information resources to be recovered first. 
 See guideline 1. 
 7.2.3. Management must prepare, periodically update, and regularly test a business recovery plan that specifies how alternative facilities to be provided so that workers
can continue operations in the event of a business interruption. Updating must be done after any modification relative to any theme of the plan. Testing must be done every year. 
 In addition of the normal services restoration procedures, the business recovery plan must include: 
  

	•	 	 The roles and responsibilities for both information systems contingency planning and information systems recovery. These roles and responsibilities must also be
reviewed and updated by Information Security management. 

  

	•	 	 Manual procedures in case of critical business activities could reasonably be performed in that way. 

  

	•	 	 A call tree indicating every available telephone number for every worker involved in information-systems-related contingency planning, and disaster and emergency
response. This call tree must also be tested and updated. 

 7.2.4. The workers playing a role in recovery operations with an ARCELORMITTAL
Business Unit information systems must be identified and must have the technical knowledge needed to perform each essential recovery task. 
 7.2.5. User
department management and Information Technology management must agree and document the support levels that to be provided in the event of a disaster or emergency. 
 7.2.6. The business recovery test must be followed up with a brief report to top management detailing the results. 
 7.2.7. Business and
information systems contingency plans must be continuously accessible. 
 7.2.8. All contracts to be signed with Service Providers in the scope of the
present Policy are subject to close legal scrutiny from ARCELORMITTAL’s Legal Affairs, e.g. as regard to liability and insurance Clause. 
 7.3 BCP/DRP
Security Guideline 
 7.3.1. Levels of criticality (as an example) 
  

	•	 	 highly critical (very high availability – strategic level) The maximum period that the ARCELORMITTAL BU can go without critical information processing services
is less than four hours without data loss. 

  

 70 

	•	 	 Critical (high avaibility – critical level) 

 The maximum period that the ARCELORMITTAL BU can go without critical information processing services is less than one day without data loss. 
  

	•	 	 Sensible (Standard avaibility – sensible level) 

 The maximum period that the ARCELORMITTAL BU can go without critical information processing services is less than two days. Data loss less than one working day. 
  

	•	 	 Weak (low availability – low level) 

  

	•	 	 The maximum period that the ARCELORMITTAL BU can go without critical information processing services is more than two days. Data loss less than one working day.

 8. BEHAVIOR ADVICE TO USERS TO IMPROVE THE SECURITY LEVEL 
 8.1 Password management 
 8.1.1. Always choose a password not guessable.

 8.1.2. Never write down your password and leave it in a place where unauthorized persons might discover it. 
 8.1.3. Change regularly your password. Change it immediately if you suspect an unauthorized usage of your user ID by another person (The last connection date and time
can prove it). 
 8.1.4. By keeping your password not guessable and confidential, you ensure somebody else can not use your user ID in order to benefit from
your information access. 
 8.2 Locking an unattended workstation 
 8.2.1. Always activate the password-protected screensaver when you leave your desk. 
 8.2.2. Configure the screensaver so that it will
automatically activate itself after 10 to 15 minutes. 
 8.3 Social engineering 
 8.3.1 Never answer request for any confidential information such as your password from somebody you do not know, even if he or she claims to be, for example, an expert who needs it for troubleshooting. 
 8.4 Data back-ups 
 8.4.1 Make regular data backups accordingly to the local
procedure in order to prevent loss of your information. If you use a desktop, this can be done automatically by your local IS/IT team procedures. In that latter case, please, ensure it. 
  

 71 

 8.5 Virus protection 
 8.5.1
Always keep your anti-virus up-to–date (in the case it is not yet done automatically by the infrastructure). 
 8.5.2 Never open a mail and attachments
coming from unknown source. 
 8.5.3 Be aware that an encrypted documents are not virus screened. 
 8.5.4 If you suspect an infection by a virus, immediately shut-down your PC, make no attempt to eradicate the virus and call the help desk. 
 8.5.5 When receiving a virus alert message which is not coming from your local IS/IT team, do not send this message all around you. Instead, transfer it only to the
IS/IT team for analysis. 
 8.5.6 Be aware that creating non-protected share can cause virus spreading through the share. So, if you create a share, always
protect it by a password. 
 8.6 Security incident reporting 
 8.6.1 Always call your local help desk. 
 8.7 Confidential information protection at printing time (as well in communicating and storing the
information) 
 8.7.1 Confidential information is to be protected not only on your workstation and during communication, but also when you print it on a
shared printer. 
 *                                *      
                          *              
                  * 
  

 72 

 SCHEDULE B 
 TO THE TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT 
 NOBLE SERVICES 
 1. SERVICES PROVIDED BY ATB BREMEN (“Storage Provider”) TO ARCELOR BERMEN GMBH (“ABG”) 
 1. Preamble: 
 Connecting rail: Connecting rail Tailored Blank
Bremen 
 Opening hours of the storage: Monday to Friday from 6 AM to 10 PM and by individual agreement 
 Services generally, logistics, turnover 
 The storage and the timely
delivery of steel, delivered in coils and packages to ABG customers. 
 ABG handles the transportation to the storage by truck, train, coil carrier, etc.

 Any and all turnover activities by the Storage Provider must be carried out in a material protecting, corrosion avoiding manner, and, if possible,
indoors. The storage must be clean and free of odor. 
 The outdoor handling of material that is sensitive to rain must be carried out in dry weather.

 2. Tasks of the Storage Provider: 
 Storage:

 Acceptance, inspection and unloading of goods from the respective transportation facility. 
 Immediate inspection of the goods for their correspondence with the shipping documents. 
 AGB must be informed of any discrepancy without undue delay. 
 Immediate inspection of the incoming steel deliveries for
obvious defects in the material. The defect must be noted on the storage- and freight documents (kind and quantity of the defect). 
 ABG must be informed of
any defects without undue delay. 
 Initiating of any necessary measures in order to ensure ABG’s claims: e.g., the reservation of any rights
vis-à-vis the delivering carrier, preparing a facts report in case of external train deliveries, providing information to the shipping department in case of internal deliveries or, upon approval by ABG, the involvement of a claims agent paid
by ABG or the transportation insurance. 
 Storage/ Turnover/ Handling: 
 Adequate storage and protection of the steel goods with adequate resources: 
 Lifting accessories for packages: belts and
strapping 

 Lifting accessories for coils: Coil magnet attached to gantry crane 
 In general, chains must not be used. A chain-rope combination can only be used if damage to the stored goods is prevented. 
 At maximum three coils are stored on top of each other, provided, however, the following conditions are met: 
  

	•	 	 thickness of the material > 1,5 mm – no shiny or polished surfaces 

  

	•	 	 width of the coils > 1000 mm – only un-galvanized material 

 Should just one of the forgoing conditions not be fulfilled, only two coils may be stored on top of each other. Only two coils from the company BREGAL are stored on top of each other, unless ABG agrees in writing that
three can be stored on top of each other. 
  

	•	 	 Coils with a thickness of <= 1,2 mm are only to be stored on top of a pile or separately. 

 At most eight packages are stored on top of each other, provided, however, the measurement is at minimum 1000—2000 mm, otherwise only four. 
 Heating must be provided to avoid corrosion resulting from change in temperature and humidity. 
 Dispatch of Stored Goods: 
 ABG prepares the necessary accompanying documents for the delivery to the customer.

 Delivery, inspection and loading of the goods on the trucks, freight car, coil carrier, etc. 
 Immediately after dispatch of the goods from storage ABG receives copies of all bills of delivery (dispatch from storage shall be deemed delivery) by data submission
[DFÜ]. In case DFÜ submission is impossible it shall be sent by Telefax to No. 0421/648-3244. 
 Administration: 
 Accounting of all incoming and outgoing goods in a storage bookkeeping system 
 Preparation of an inventory and turnover list 
 Notification of incoming and outgoing goods according to guidelines 
 Ongoing inventory 
 ABG remains owner of all documents and materials of the
storage bookkeeping conducted for ABG. The Storage Provider keeps these documents on behalf of ABG as part of its responsibilities as diligent storage provider. However, it is obliged to hand them over to ABG at any time upon ABG’s request.

 At any time, upon the Storage Provider’s consent, ABG is granted access to the part of the storage facility where ABG’s goods are stored in
order to inspect the inventory. 
 In order to guarantee proper administration, the Storage Provider must only hire trained personnel, and must, in addition
to the updated notifications of incoming and outgoing goods, prepare a turnover protocol on a monthly basis. The turnover protocol is prepared on the last day of the month and contains the following information: inventory, additions, disposals,
weight, identification 

  

 2 

 
number of the general terms and conditions, package number and coil number, and shall be sent to ABG (shipping department) by data processing [DFÜ] or
e-mail. The Storage Provider is responsible that the turnover protocol is delivered to ABG on the third business day following the last day of the month, at the latest. 
 3. Tasks of ABG: 
 ABG coordinates the delivery of the goods to the storage facility in a timely manner, so
that all data related to the goods (EDI) are updated in the Storage Provider’s data system before the goods arrive. In case of non-compliance with this, the goods are not unloaded until such data are provided. 
 In case goods are delivered for which no EDI is available (e.g., coils without commission, OK), ABG announces such delivery separately and agrees with the Storage
Provider on an adequate handling. The Storage Provider is allowed to charge further costs for this. ABG announces the delivery of such goods to the storage in a timely manner. 
 ABG ensures that all delivered goods are marked by the producer in a clear way and can be identified easily. 
 The
responsibilities of the Storage Provider according to Section 2 remain unchanged by this Section 3. 
 4. Insurance: 
 The Storage Provider is obliged to obtain adequate insurance for property and liability risks, or be itself responsible for such risks. 
 Exhibit 1 of point 1 
 Infrastructure and equipment of the
storage 
  

											
	1.	 	Delivery by	 	x  truck	  	x  freight car	  	 ̈  barge	  	 ̈  ocean-going vessel
				
		 	addresses for:	 	truck deliver	  	Walzwerkstraße
				
		 		 	freight car delivery	  	Anschlußgleis Tailored Blanks Bremen
					
		 		 	ship deliver	  		  	
		
		 	max. Truck number per day approx. 50
		
		 	max. Freight car number per day: 20 capacity of connecting rail: 20 freight cars
						
	2.	 	Dispatch by	 	x  truck	  	x  freight car	  	 ̈  barge	  	 ̈  ocean-going vessel
						
	3.	 	Storage location	 	x  hall	  		  		  	

  

 3 

							
		 	x  heated	 	 ̈  not heated
		
		 	min./max. Temperature     °C
		
		 	max. humidity             %
				
		 	x  totally closed	 	x	  	loading-/unloading in possible in hall:
				
		 	 ̈  open, quay side	 		  	x  per truck
				
		 	x  isolated	 		  	x  per freight car
				
		 	 ̈  Cement walls	 		  	
				
		 	x  Metal walls	 		  	
				
		 	 ̈  OTHERS	 		  	
				
		 	      what:	 		  	
				
		 	x  Roof isolation	 		  	
				
		 	x  lockable doors	 		  	
				
	4.	 	Storage (floor)	 		  	
				
		 	 ̈  Cement floor	 		  	
				
		 	x  Other Asphalt	 		  	
		
		 	      max. Floor loading 10 to / m2
		
		 	               point loading 30 to / m2
			
		 	Coils stored on:	 	 ̈  Cement floor
			
		 		 	 ̈  Wood
			
		 		 	x  Coilstorage out of wood
			
		 		 	 ̈  others
			
		 	Pile heights for Coils:	 	 ̈  single
		
		 	x  threefold (max.) according to special arrangement in agreement
			
		 	Pile heights for packages:	 	x  eightfold (max.) according to special arrangement in agreement
		
	5.	 	Turnover equipment/ lifting equipment
				
		 	x  gantry crane	 	Pieces: 2	  	carrying capacity: 35 to.
				
		 	x Other, Magnet	 	Pieces: 2	  	carrying capacity: 30 to.

  

 4 

							
		 	 ̈  Coil gripper	 		  	
				
		 	 ̈  C-hook	 		  	
				
		 	 ̈  steel mat	 		  	
				
		 	 ̈  [Stroppen]	 		  	
				
		 	x  forklift	 	Pieces: 1	  	carrying capacity: 5,5 to.
				
		 	 ̈  Coilcarrier	 	Pieces:	  	carrying capacity t:
				
		 	 ̈  [Staplerdorn]	 		  	
		
		 	 ̈  Coil shoes for für [Gabeln]
		
		 	 ̈  Forks for forklift, not encased
		
	6.	 	Facility Security
				
		 	Fire protection System	 	x  yes	  	 ̈  no
				
		 	x  Fire Extinguisher	 	x  Fire Alarm	  	 ̈  Sprinkling system
		
		 	x  own fire dept. (company operated fire dept. Arcelor Bremen)
		
		 	Responsible Person in the company         ̈  yes             ̈  no
		
	7.	 	Quality Standards
		
		 	Storage Administrator:
			
		 	Quality manager in the company	  	 ̈  yes            x  no, in preparation
			
		 	Company certificate according to EN ISO 9002	  	 ̈  yes            x  no, in preparation
			
		 	Storage Provider:	  	
			
		 	Quality manager in the company	  	 ̈  yes            x  no, in preparation
			
		 	Company certificate according to EN ISO 9002	  	 ̈  yes            x  no, in preparation

  

 5Facilities Agreement dated as of August 31, 2007

 CONFORMED COPY 
 EXHIBIT 10.4 
 €118,000,000 
 FACILITIES AGREEMENT 
 dated 31 August 2007 
 for 
 NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V. 

 arranged by 
 BNP PARIBAS

 as Mandated Lead Arranger 
 with 
 BNP PARIBAS 
 acting as Agent 
 and 
 BNP PARIBAS 
 acting as Security Agent 
 

 
 Ref: SRYT/RXP/DRF 
 Linklaters LLP 

 CONTENTS 
  

					
	 CLAUSE
	  	 	  	PAGE
	 SECTION 1
 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

	1.	  	Definitions	  	1
	 SECTION 2
 THE FACILITIES

	2.	  	The Facilities	  	31
	3.	  	Purpose	  	32
	4.	  	Conditions of Utilisation	  	32
	 SECTION 3
 UTILISATION

	5.	  	Utilisation Loans	  	34
	6.	  	Ancillary Facilities	  	35
	 SECTION 4
 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

	7.	  	Repayment	  	40
	8.	  	Illegality, Voluntary Prepayment and Cancellation	  	41
	9.	  	Mandatory Prepayment	  	42
	10.	  	Restrictions	  	49
	 SECTION 5
 COSTS OF UTILISATION

	11.	  	Interest	  	51
	12.	  	Interest Periods	  	52
	13.	  	Changes to the Calculation Of Interest	  	53
	14.	  	Fees	  	54
	 SECTION 6
 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

	15.	  	Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities	  	56
	16.	  	Increased Costs	  	58
	17.	  	Other Indemnities	  	59
	18.	  	Mitigation by the Lenders	  	60
	19.	  	Costs and Expenses	  	61
	 SECTION 7
 GUARANTEE

	20.	  	Guarantee And Indemnity	  	63
	 SECTION 8
 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

	21.	  	Representations	  	71
	22.	  	Information Undertakings	  	78
	23.	  	Financial Covenants	  	84
	24.	  	General Undertakings	  	90
	25.	  	Events of Default	  	100

  

 (i) 

					
	 SECTION 9
 CHANGES TO PARTIES

	26.	  	Changes to the Lenders	  	106
	27.	  	Changes to the Obligors	  	110
	 SECTION 10
 THE FINANCE PARTIES

	28.	  	Role of the Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger and Others	  	114
	29.	  	Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties	  	120
	30.	  	Sharing Among the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties	  	120
		  	SECTION 11	  	
		  	ADMINISTRATION	  	
	31.	  	Payment Mechanics	  	123
	32.	  	Set-Off	  	126
	33.	  	Notices	  	127
	34.	  	Calculations and Certificates	  	129
	35.	  	Partial Invalidity	  	129
	36.	  	Remedies and Waivers	  	129
	37.	  	Amendments and Waivers	  	130
	38.	  	Counterparts	  	131
	 SECTION 12
 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

	39.	  	Governing Law	  	132
	40.	  	Enforcement	  	132
	SIGNATURES

 THE SCHEDULES 
  

					
	 SCHEDULE
	 	  	  	PAGE
	SCHEDULE 1	 	The Original Parties	  	133
	SCHEDULE 2	 	Conditions precedent	  	135
	SCHEDULE 3	 	Requests	  	146
	SCHEDULE 4	 	Mandatory Cost formulae	  	148
	SCHEDULE 5	 	Form of Transfer Certificate	  	151
	SCHEDULE 6	 	Form of Assignment Agreement	  	153
	SCHEDULE 7	 	Form of Accession Letter	  	156
	SCHEDULE 8	 	Form of Resignation Letter	  	158
	SCHEDULE 9	 	Form of Compliance Certificate	  	159
	SCHEDULE 10	 	LMA form of Confidentiality Undertaking	  	160
	SCHEDULE 11	 	Timetables	  	166
	SCHEDULE 12	 	Material Companies	  	167
	SCHEDULE 13	 	Existing Indebtedness	  	168
	SCHEDULE 14	 	Existing Security	  	169
	SCHEDULE 15	 	Agreed Security Principles	  	170
	SCHEDULE 16	 	Hedge Counterparty provisions	  	173
	SCHEDULE 17	 	Security Agency provisions	  	178

  

 (ii) 

 THIS AGREEMENT is dated 31 August 2007 and made between: 
  

	(1)	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V. (the “Company”); 

  

	(2)	THE SUBSIDIARIES of the Company listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original guarantors (together with the Company, the “Original
Guarantors”); 

  

	(3)	BNP PARIBAS as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”); 

  

	(4)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original Lenders”); 

  

	(5)	BNP PARIBAS as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”); 

  

	(6)	BNP PARIBAS as security agent for the Secured Parties (the “Security Agent”); and 

  

	(7)	BNP PARIBAS as original hedge counterparty (the “Original Hedge Counterparty”). 

 IT IS AGREED as follows: 
 SECTION 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 
  

	1.	DEFINITIONS 

 In this Agreement: 
 “Acceptable Bank” means: 
  

	 	(a)	a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating
Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A2 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or 

  

	 	(b)	any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent. 

 “Accession Letter” means a document substantially in the form set out in Part I or Part II (as applicable) of Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Letter). 
 “Accounting Principles” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to the Base Case Model, US GAAP; 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, US GAAP; and 

  

	 	(c)	in relation to the unconsolidated financial statements of any member of the Group, generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in its jurisdiction of
incorporation. 

 “Accounting Reference Date” means 31 December. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of the Target Shares on the terms of the Acquisition Documents. 
 “Acquisition Agreement” means the Share Purchase Agreement dated 15 March 2007 relating to the sale and purchase of the Target
Shares and made between the Parent and the Vendor. 

 “Acquisition Costs” means all fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other
Taxes incurred by the Company or any other member of the Group in connection with the Acquisition or the Transaction Documents. 
 “Acquisition Documents” means the Acquisition Agreement, the Steel Supply and Arcelor Auto Service Agreement, the Contract Manufacturing Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Assumption Agreement and any other
document designated as an “Acquisition Document” by the Agent and the Company. 
 “Acquisition Loan” means:

  

	 	(a)	a Loan, the proceeds of which are applied (directly or indirectly) towards an Acquisition Purpose; or 

  

	 	(b)	a Loan made to refinance an Acquisition Loan. 

 “Acquisition Purpose” means any of the purposes set out in paragraphs (a)(i), (ii) and (iv) and (b)(ii) of Clause 3.1 (Purpose). 
 “Additional Borrower” means a company which becomes a Borrower in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors).

 “Additional Cost Rate” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae). 
 “Additional Guarantor” means a company which becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors).

 “Additional Obligor” means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor. 
 “Adjustment Amount” means any amount which is owed by the Company to the Vendor under clause 4.5 (Adjustment Payment) of the
Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of
that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company. 
 “AFS” means the Dutch Financial Supervision Act (Wet op
het Financieel Toezicht). 
 “Agreed Security Principles” means the principles set out in Schedule 15 (Agreed
Security Principles). 
 “Ancillary Commencement Date” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which
that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility. 
 “Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed (whether or not subject to satisfaction of conditions
precedent) to make available from time to time under that Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under Clause 6 (Ancillary Facilities), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the
Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility. 
 “Ancillary Document” means each document relating to or
evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility. 
  

 2 

 “Ancillary Facility” means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender
in accordance with Clause 6 (Ancillary Facilities). 
 “Ancillary Lender” means each Lender which makes available an
Ancillary Facility in accordance with Clause 6 (Ancillary Facilities). 
 “Ancillary Outstandings” means, at any
time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the aggregate of the equivalents (as calculated by that Ancillary Lender) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility then in force:

  

	 	(a)	the principal amount then outstanding under each overdraft facility and on-demand short term loan facility (net of any credit balances on any account of the Borrower of an Ancillary
Facility with the Ancillary Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that such credit balance is freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by the Borrower under that Ancillary
Facility); 

  

	 	(b)	the face amount of each guarantee, bond and letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility; and 

  

	 	(c)	the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that
Ancillary Facility, 

 in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably in accordance with its normal
banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document. 
 “Arcelor Bremen” means Arcelor Tailored Blank
Bremen GmbH, a company incorporated under the laws of Germany and registered at the local court of Bremen under number HRB 22678 HB. 
 “Arcelor Disclosure Document” has the meaning given to that term in the Acquisition Agreement 
 “Arcelor
Genk” means Arcelor Tailored Blank Genk NV, a company incorporated under the laws of Belgium with registered number 0451.418.994. 
 “Arcelor Gent” means Arcelor Tailored Blank Gent NV, a company incorporated under the laws of Belgium with registered number 0884.331.578. 
 “Arcelor Lorraine” means Arcelor Tailored Blank Lorraine SA, a company incorporated under the laws of France with registered number 408 455 426 RCS Thionville. 
 “Arcelor LWB” means Laser Welded Blanks Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with registered number
03331364. 
 “Arcelor Zaragoza” means Arcelor Tailored Blank Zaragoza SA, a company incorporated under the laws of Spain
with tax payer number A-50791482. 
 “Assignment Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule
6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee. 
 “Assumption
Agreement” means the assignment and assumption agreement dated on or about the Closing Date in relation to the Acquisition Agreement between, amongst others, the Parent and the Company. 
  

 3 

 “Auditors” means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or
Deloitte & Touche or such other firm approved in advance by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). 
 “Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration. 
 “Availability Period” means: 
 (a) in relation to the Term Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling three Months after the date of this Agreement; and 
 (b) in relation to the Revolving Facility, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date which is one Month prior to
the Termination Date. 
 “Available Ancillary Commitment” means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, an Ancillary
Lender’s Ancillary Commitment less the Ancillary Outstandings in relation to that Ancillary Facility. 
 “Available
Commitment” means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility minus (subject as set out below): 
  

	 	(a)	the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Utilisations under that Facility; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Utilisations that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the
proposed Utilisation Date and, in the case of the Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of its Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Utilisation under the
Revolving Facility only, the following amounts shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility: 
  

	 	(i)	that Lender’s participation in any Revolving Facility Utilisations that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

  

	 	(ii)	that Lender’s Ancillary Commitments to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date. 

 “Available Facility” means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in
respect of that Facility. 
 “Base Case Model” means the financial model in agreed form relating to the Group (for these
purposes assuming completion of the Acquisition) prepared by Noble International Limited entitled Photon Transaction and dated 28 June 2007. 
 “Base Currency” means euro. 
 “Base Currency Amount” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to a Utilisation, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Utilisation; and 

  

 4 

	 	(b)	in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to Clause 6.2 (Availability),

 as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment, consolidation or division of the Utilisation, or (as the case may be)
cancellation or reduction of the Ancillary Facility. 
 “Belgian Guarantor” means a Guarantor organised under the laws of
Belgium. 
 “Borrower” means the Company or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with
Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Borrowings” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial
definitions). 
 “Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which: 
  

	 	(a)	the interest (excluding the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to
the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period; 

 exceeds: 
  

	 	(b)	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant
Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period. 

 “Budget” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to the period beginning on 1 January 2007 and ending on 31 December 2007, the Base Case Model; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to any other period, any budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to Clause 22.4 (Budget). 

 “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Paris and Brussels
and (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day. 
 “Capital Expenditure” has the meaning given
to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 
 “Cash” means, at any time, cash in hand or at bank and (in
the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as: 
  

	 	(a)	that cash is repayable within 30 days after the relevant date of calculation; 

  

	 	(b)	repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any
other condition; 

  

 5 

	 	(c)	there is no Security over that cash except for any Transaction Security or any Permitted Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the
Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements; and 

  

	 	(d)	the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in paragraph (a) above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facilities. 

“Cash Equivalent Investments” means at any time: 
  

	 	(a)	certificates of deposit maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank; 

  

	 	(b)	any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, Canada, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European
Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other
security; 

  

	 	(c)	commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security: 

  

	 	(i)	for which a recognised trading market exists; 

  

	 	(ii)	issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

  

	 	(iii)	which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and 

  

	 	(iv)	which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor
Services Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating; 

  

	 	(d)	sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or their dematerialised equivalent); 

  

	 	(e)	any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings
Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited, (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more
than 30 days’ notice; or 

  

	 	(f)	any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders, 

 in each case, to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security (other than
any Security arising under the Transaction Security Documents). 
 “Cashflow” has the meaning given to that term in Clause
23.1 (Financial definitions). 
  

 6 

 “Change of Control” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the Parent ceases to hold directly or indirectly 100 per cent. of the issued share capital in, and of the voting rights of, the Company; or 

  

	 	(b)	any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than Robert J. Skandalaris and/or Arcelor/Mittal or any of its Affiliates) gains direct or indirect control of the Parent.
For the purposes of this definition: 

  

	 	(i)	“control” of the Parent means: 

  

	 	(A)	the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to: 

  

	 	(I)	cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Parent; or 

  

	 	(II)	appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent; or 

  

	 	(III)	give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Parent with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent are obliged to comply; and/or

  

	 	(B)	the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Parent; and 

  

	 	(ii)	“acting in concert” means a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the
acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Parent by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent. 

 “Charged Property” means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security. 
 “Chargor” means any person expressed to create Security pursuant to any Security Document. 
 “Clean-Up Date” means the date falling 90 days after the Closing Date. 
 “Closing Date” means the date on which Completion occurs. 
 “Commitment” means a Term Facility Commitment or Revolving Facility Commitment. 
 “Completion” means the completion of the Acquisition in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate). 
 “Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 10 (LMA form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any
other form agreed between the Company and the Agent. 
  

 7 

 “Contract Manufacturing Agreement” means the contract manufacturing agreement to be
entered into on or about the Closing Date between Arcelor SA, the Company and the Parent pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Default” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 25 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under
the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default. 
 “Delegate” means any delegate,
agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent. 
 “Disclosure Documents” means the Arcelor Disclosure
Document and/or Noble Disclosure Document. 
 “Disruption Event” means either or both of: 
  

	 	(a)	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in
connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or 

  

	 	(b)	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that or any
other Party: 

  

	 	(i)	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(ii)	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, 

 and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted. 
 “Dutch Borrower” means the Company and any Additional Borrower incorporated in the Netherlands. 
 “Dutch Guarantor” means the Company and any Additional Guarantor incorporated in the Netherlands. 
 “Dutch Obligor” means a Dutch Borrower or a Dutch Guarantor. 
 “Environmental Claim” means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 “Environmental Law” means any applicable law or regulation which relates to: 
  

	 	(a)	the pollution or protection of the environment; 

  

	 	(b)	harm to or the protection of human health; 

  

	 	(c)	the conditions of the workplace; or 

  

	 	(d)	any emission or substance capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment. 

  

 8 

 “Environmental Permits” means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any
notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Group. 
 “Environmental Report” means the environmental reports prepared by Environmental Services Management Limited and dated April 2007
relating to the Acquisition and addressed to, and/or capable of being relied upon by, the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties. 
 “EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan: 
  

	 	(a)	the applicable Screen Rate; or 

  

	 	(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its
request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European interbank market, 

 as of the Specified Time on the
Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in euro for a period comparable to the Interest Period of the relevant Loan. 
 “Event of
Default” means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 25 (Events of Default). 
 “Excess
Cashflow” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 
 “Existing
Indebtedness” means the existing indebtedness, details of which are set out in Schedule 13 (Existing Indebtedness). 
 “Existing Joint Venture” means Arcelor Neel Tailored Blank Pte Ltd. 
 “Facility” means the Term
Facility or the Revolving Facility. 
 “Facility Office” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than
five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or 

  

	 	(b)	in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes. 

 “Fee Letter” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any letter or letters dated on or about 26 June 2007 or any subsequent letter or letters between the Arranger and the Company (or the Agent and the Company or the Security
Agent and the Company) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 14 (Fees); and 

  

	 	(b)	any agreement setting out fees payable to a Finance Party referred to in Clause 14.5 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities) of this Agreement or under any
other Finance Document. 

 “Finance Document” means this Agreement, the Mandate Letter, any Accession Letter,
any Ancillary Document, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, any Hedging Agreement, any Subordination Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Selection Notice, any Transaction Security Document, any Utilisation Request and any other document
designated as a “Finance Document” by the Agent and the Company. 
  

 9 

 “Finance Lease” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial
definitions). 
 “Finance Party” means the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, a Lender or any Ancillary Lender.

 “Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

  

	 	(b)	any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent); 

  

	 	(c)	any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; 

  

	 	(d)	the amount of any liability in respect of Finance Leases; 

  

	 	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet any requirement for de-recognition under the Accounting
Principles); 

  

	 	(f)	any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked-to-market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the
termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account); 

  

	 	(g)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

  

	 	(h)	any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the date falling one Month after the Termination Date or are
otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles; 

  

	 	(i)	any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to
finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 90 days after the date of supply; 

  

	 	(j)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a
borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles; and 

  

	 	(k)	the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j) above. 

 “Financial Quarter” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 
 “Financial Year” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 
  

 10 

 “French Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is incorporated under the laws of the
Republic of France. 
 “Funds Flow Statement” means a funds flow statement in agreed form. 
 “German Guarantor” means a Guarantor which is incorporated under the laws of Germany as a limited liability company (GmbH). 

“Group” means the Company, the Target and each of their respective Subsidiaries for the time being. 
 “Group Structure Chart” means the group structure chart in the agreed form. 
 “Guarantor” means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 27
(Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Guarantee Take-up Date” has the meaning given in Clause 24.29 (Guarantors).

 “Hedge Counterparty” means the Original Hedge Counterparty and any person which has become a Party to this Agreement as a
Hedge Counterparty in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and in each case which has not ceased to be a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with this Agreement. 
 “Hedging Agreement” means any master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement in a form consistent with the requirements of this Agreement, entered into or to be entered into by the
Company and a Hedge Counterparty for the purpose of hedging interest rate liabilities in relation to the Term Facilities in accordance with this Agreement. 
 “Holding Account” means an account: 
  

	 	(a)	held by a member of the Group with the Agent or Security Agent; 

  

	 	(b)	identified in a letter between the Company and the Agent as a Holding Account; and 

  

	 	(c)	subject to Security in favour of the Security Agent which Security is in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent, 

 (as the same may be re-designated, substituted or replaced from time to time). 
 “Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a
Subsidiary. 
 “IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent
applicable to the relevant financial statements. 
 “Information Memorandum” means the document in the form approved by the
Company concerning the Original Obligors and the Target Group which, at the request of the Original Obligors and on their behalf, was prepared in relation to this transaction, approved by the Company and distributed by the Arranger prior to the date
of this Agreement in connection with the syndication of the Facilities. 
 “Intellectual Property” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know how and other intellectual
property rights and interests, whether registered or unregistered; and 

  

 11 

	 	(b)	the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group. 

 “Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 12 (Interest Periods) and, in
relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11.3 (Default interest). 
 “Intra-Group Loan
Agreement” means each loan agreement in the agreed form between the Target (or New HoldCo) and certain other Obligors pursuant to which the Target (or New Holdco) will make a facility available to those Obligors. 
 “Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or
partnership or any other entity. 
 “Legal Due Diligence Report” means the legal due diligence report dated on or about the
Closing Date prepared by Eversheds LLP relating to the Acquisition and addressed to, and/or capable of being relied upon by, the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties. 
 “Legal Opinion” means any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or Clause 27
(Changes to the Obligors). 
 “Legal Reservations” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and
other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors; 

  

	 	(b)	the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be
void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; 

  

	 	(c)	similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and 

  

	 	(d)	any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in the Legal Opinions. 

 “Lender” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any Original Lender; and 

  

	 	(b)	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders), 

 which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 “Leverage” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 
 “Liabilities” of a Chargor means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or incurred by it to any Secured Party
under or in connection with any Finance Document (in each case, whether alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or contingently and whether as principal, surety or otherwise). 
 “LMA” means the Loan Market Association. 
 “Loan” means a Term Facility Loan or a Revolving Facility Loan. 
  

 12 

 “Majority Lenders” means: 
  

	 	 (a)
	 (for the purposes of paragraph (a) of Clause 37.1 (Required consents) in the context of a waiver in relation
to a proposed Utilisation of the Revolving Facility (other than a Utilisation on the Closing Date) of the condition in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent)) a Lender or Lenders whose Revolving Facility Commitments aggregate more than
662/3 per cent. of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments; and 

  

	 	 (b)
	 (in any other case) a Lender or Lenders whose Available Commitments and participations in Loans then outstanding
aggregate more than 662/3 per cent. of the Available
Facilities and all the Loans then outstanding. 

 For the purpose of determining the Majority Lenders, the
Revolving Facility Commitment of a Lender which is also an Ancillary Lender will not be reduced by the amount of its Ancillary Commitments and its Ancillary Commitments (whether or not utilised) will be counted as part of its Revolving Facility
Commitment and Available Commitment under the Revolving Facility, as applicable. 
 “Mandate Letter” means the letter dated
9 March 2007 between the Arranger and the Parent, as amended from time to time prior to the date of this Agreement. 
 “Mandatory Cost” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae). 
 “Mandatory Prepayment Account” means an interest-bearing account: 
  

	 	(a)	held by a Borrower with the Agent or Security Agent; 

  

	 	(b)	identified in a letter between the Company and the Agent as a Mandatory Prepayment Account; 

  

	 	(c)	subject to Security in favour of the Security Agent which Security is in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and Security Agent; and 

  

	 	(d)	from which no withdrawals may be made by any members of the Group except as contemplated by this Agreement, 

 (as the same may be re-designated, substituted or replaced from time to time). 
 “Margin” means 1.50 per cent. per annum, but if: 
  

	 	(a)	no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; 

  

	 	(b)	the audited financial statements and related Compliance Certificate in respect of the period ending 31 December 2007 have been delivered in accordance with Clause 22
(Information undertakings); and 

  

	 	(c)	Leverage in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out below, 

 then the Margin for each Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column opposite that range: 
  

 13 

			
	 Leverage
	  	Margin % p.a.
	 Greater than or equal to 1.75:1
	  	1.80
	 Less than 1.75:1 but greater than or equal to 1.25:1
	  	1.50
	 Less than 1.25:1 but greater than or equal to 1.00:1
	  	1.25
	 Less than 1.00:1
	  	1.00

 However: 
  

	 	(i)	any increase or decrease in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect five days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause
22.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate); 

  

	 	(ii)	if, following receipt by the Agent of the annual audited financial statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate do not
confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then the provisions of Clause 11.2 (Payment of interest) shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined using the table above and the revised ratio of Leverage
calculated using the figures in the Compliance Certificate; 

  

	 	(iii)	while an Event of Default is continuing or while any Compliance Certificate or financial statements have not been delivered in accordance with Clause 22 (Information
undertakings), the Margin for each Loan shall be 1.80 per cent. per annum and shall apply from the date on which that Event of Default occurred until it ceases to be continuing or (as the case may be) from the day after the latest date when
such Compliance Certificate or financial statements should have been delivered under this Agreement until the date when such Compliance Certificate or financial statements are delivered; and 

  

	 	(iv)	for the purpose of determining the Margin, Leverage and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause 23.1 (Financial definitions). 

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: 
  

	 	(a)	the business, assets or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole; 

  

	 	(b)	the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(c)	the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or
remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents. 

 “Material Company” means, at any time:

  

	 	(a)	the Company or another Obligor; or 

  

	 	(b)	a wholly-owned member of the Group that holds shares in an Obligor; or 

  

	 	(c)	a Subsidiary of the Company which: 

  

 14 

	 	(i)	is listed in Schedule 12 (Material Companies); or 

  

	 	(ii)	has gross assets, net assets, pre-tax profits or revenues (excluding intra-Group items) representing 5 per cent. or more of the gross assets, net assets, pre-tax profits or
revenues of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis. 

 Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (c)(ii) above
shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Company and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the
latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group. However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be
deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary. 
 A report by the Auditors of the Company that a
Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 
 “Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that: 
  

	 	(a)	(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that
period is to end if there is one or, if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; 

  

	 	(b)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

  

	 	(c)	if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest
Period is to end. 

 The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period. “Monthly” shall be
construed accordingly. 
 “New Holdco” means AM Tailored Blank Belgium BVBA, a company incorporated under the laws of
Belgium with registered number 0891.431.780. 
 “Noble Disclosure Document” had the meaning given to that term in the
Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Obligor” means a Borrower or a Guarantor. 
 “Obligors’ Agent” means the Company, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to
Clause 2.3 (Obligors’ Agent). 
 “Original Financial Statements” means the TBA Combined Financial Statements.

 “Original Obligor” means the Company or an Original Guarantor. 
 “Parent” means Noble International Ltd (incorporated in Delaware, United States of America), whose registered office is at 28213 Van
Dyke Avenue, Warren, Michigan 48093 USA. 
  

 15 

 “Parent Group” means the Parent, the Company, the Target and each of their respective
Subsidiaries for the time being. 
 “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Communities that
adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union. 
 “Party” means a party to this Agreement. 
 “Perfection Requirements” means
the making of the appropriate registrations, filings or notifications of the Security Documents as specifically contemplated by any Legal Opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 27 (Changes to the
Obligors). 
 “Permitted Acquisition” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the Acquisition; 

  

	 	(b)	an acquisition by a member of the Group of an asset sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of by another member of the Group in circumstances constituting a Permitted
Disposal; 

  

	 	(c)	an acquisition of shares or securities pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue; 

  

	 	(d)	an acquisition of securities which are Cash Equivalent Investments so long as those Cash Equivalent Investments become subject to the Transaction Security as soon as is reasonably
practicable; 

  

	 	(e)	the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Group, provided that if the company is a Material Company, the Company shall procure that, subject to
the Agreed Security Principles, Security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, is created in favour of the Security Agent within 45 days of the date of its incorporation; and 

  

	 	(f)	an acquisition of (A) all or part of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or (B) all or part of a business, business line or undertaking, but only if:

  

	 	(i)	no Event of Default is continuing on the closing date for the acquisition or would occur as a result of the acquisition; 

  

	 	(ii)	the acquired company, business, business line or undertaking is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by any part of the Parent Group as at the date of
this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	the acquisition is completed on or after the date of the first anniversary of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iv)	the aggregate of: 

  

	 	(A)	the consideration for the acquisition; and 

  

	 	(B)	 any Financial Indebtedness or any other assumed actual or contingent liability remaining in the acquired company (or any such business) at the date of acquisition,
save in respect of which adequate reserves are being 

  

 16 

	 	 
maintained in accordance with US GAAP or in respect of which the relevant vendor, an Acceptable Bank or a third party acceptable to the Agent has
indemnified the relevant member of the Group or which is adequately insured against with a reputable insurer, 

 (the
“Total Consideration”), when aggregated with the Total Consideration for any other Permitted Acquisition under this paragraph (f) together with the amount of any Joint Venture Investment made or increased after the date of this
Agreement in any Permitted Joint Venture, does not at any time during the life of the Facilities exceed in aggregate €20,000,000 or its equivalent; and 
  

	 	(v)	prior to making any Permitted Acquisition under this paragraph (f) the Company has delivered to the Agent not later than 15 Business Days before legally committing to make such
acquisition a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Company giving calculations showing in reasonable detail that the Company would have remained in compliance with its obligations under Clause 23 (Financial covenants) if
the covenant tests were recalculated for the Relevant Period ending on the most recent Quarter Date consolidating the financial statements of the target company (consolidated if it has Subsidiaries) or business with the financial statements of the
Group for such period on a pro forma basis (including synergies and one-off cost savings reasonably achievable within 12 months of the acquisition) and as if the consideration for the proposed acquisition had been paid at the start of that Relevant
Period. 

 “Permitted Disposal” means any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal which, except in
the case of paragraph (b) below, is on arm’s length terms: 
  

	 	(a)	of trading stock or cash made by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity; 

  

	 	(b)	of any asset by a member of the Group (the “Disposing Company”) to another member of the Group (the “Acquiring Company”), but if:

  

	 	(i)	the Disposing Company is an Obligor, the Acquiring Company must also be an Obligor; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Disposing Company had given Security over the asset, the Acquiring Company must give, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, substantially equivalent Security over that
asset; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Disposing Company is a Guarantor, the Acquiring Company must be a Guarantor; 

  

	 	(c)	of assets in exchange for (or, where the net after tax proceeds are applied within twelve months, to acquire) other assets comparable or superior as to type, value or quality;

  

	 	(d)	of any asset which is surplus obsolete or redundant; 

  

	 	(e)	of cash or Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments; 

  

	 	(f)	arising as a result of any Permitted Security or Permitted Transaction; 

  

 17 

	 	(g)	constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights not prohibited by Clause 24.25 (Intellectual Property); 

  

	 	(h)	to a Permitted Joint Venture, to the extent permitted under Clause 24.9 (Joint Ventures); 

  

	 	(i)	of up to 49 per cent. of the shares held by the Target or New Holdco in Arcelor LWB for cash and for market value, provided such disposal is made after the Closing Date and a
notice is given to the new shareholders of Arcelor LWB of the entering into and continuation of the guarantee and (if any) Security granted by Arcelor LWB under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(j)	of assets for cash where the higher of the market value and net consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value and net consideration receivable for
any other sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal not allowed under the preceding paragraphs or as a Permitted Transaction) does not exceed €5,000,000 (or its equivalent) in any Financial Year of the Company. 

“Permitted Financial Indebtedness” means Financial Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(a)	arising under any arrangements comprising Existing Indebtedness, but only to the extent as in force as at the date of this Agreement and not exceeding any committed amount or
maturity as at the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(b)	which is Subordinated Debt or arising under an Intra-Group Loan Agreement, in each case subject always to the terms of this Agreement and a Subordination Agreement;

  

	 	(c)	to the extent covered by a letter of credit, guarantee or indemnity issued under an Ancillary Facility; 

  

	 	(d)	arising under a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that foreign
exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade but not a foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes; 

  

	 	(e)	arising under a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Guarantee; 

  

	 	(f)	of any person acquired by a member of the Group after the Closing Date which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but not incurred or increased or
its maturity date extended in contemplation of, or since, that acquisition, and outstanding only for a period of three months following the date of acquisition; 

  

	 	(g)	under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant, equipment or computers, provided that the aggregate value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by members of the
Group does not exceed €15,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time; or 

  

	 	(h)	not permitted by paragraphs (a) to (g) above or as a Permitted Transaction and the outstanding principal amount of which does not exceed €5,000,000 (or its
equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time. 

 “Permitted Guarantee” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trade; 

  

 18 

	 	(b)	any guarantee permitted under Clause 24.20 (Financial Indebtedness); 

  

	 	(c)	any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements permitted pursuant to paragraph (b) of the definition of “Permitted Security”;

  

	 	(d)	any guarantee of Financial Indebtedness of a Permitted Joint Venture to the extent permitted under Clause 24.9 (Joint Ventures); 

  

	 	(e)	guarantees granted by persons or undertakings acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, provided that any such guarantee is irrevocably discharged by no later than three months
after the date of completion of the relevant Permitted Acquisition; 

  

	 	(f)	customary indemnities in connection with Treasury Transactions permitted by Clause 24.28 (Treasury Transactions); 

  

	 	(g)	customary guarantees to landlords and counter-indemnities in favour of financial institutions which have guaranteed rent obligations of a member of the Group entered into in the
ordinary course of its trading; 

  

	 	(h)	customary guarantees guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group of any obligation (other than in respect of Financial Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course of the
trading of that member of the Group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, guarantees in respect of obligations owed to tax, customs or other similar authorities); 

  

	 	(i)	customary guarantees and indemnities given in favour of directors and officers of any members of the Group in respect of their function as such; 

  

	 	(j)	indemnities given to professional advisers and consultants of a member of the Group, provided such indemnities are customary and in the ordinary course of the trading of that member
of the Group; 

  

	 	(k)	indemnities given in connection with Permitted Disposals and Permitted Acquisitions where the giving of such indemnities and the amount of potential liabilities under such
indemnities are customary for transactions of that type and size; 

  

	 	(l)	any declaration of joint and several liability arising out of a fiscal unity between the Obligors or any declaration of joint and several liability within the meaning of section
2:403 paragraph 1f of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek); 

  

	 	(m)	the first demand guarantees issued by the Company on or about the date of this Agreement in favour of Natiocredimurs and Natexis Bail so long as the aggregate amount of Financial
Indebtedness under such guarantees does not exceed €7,550,000; and 

  

	 	(n)	not permitted by paragraphs (a)-(m) above or as a Permitted Transaction and the outstanding principal amount of which, when aggregated with the amount of loans then outstanding
under paragraph (i) of the definition of “Permitted Loans”, does not exceed €5,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time. 

 “Permitted Joint Venture” means any investment in any Joint Venture (including the Existing Joint Venture) where: 
  

	 	(a)	the Joint Venture is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by any part of the Parent Group as at the date of this Agreement; 

  

 19 

	 	(b)	the aggregate of: 

  

	 	(i)	all amounts subscribed for shares in, lent to or invested in all such Joint Ventures by any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any such Joint Venture; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the market value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any such Joint Venture, 

 (each such subscription, loan, investment, guarantee or transfer, a “Joint Venture Investment”) made or increased after the Closing Date,
when aggregated with the Total Consideration in respect of Permitted Acquisitions permitted pursuant to paragraph (f) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” made after the Closing Date, does not at any time during the
life of the Facilities exceed €20,000,000 (or its equivalent); 
  

	 	(c)	the Joint Venture Investment is made or increased (other than in respect of the Existing Joint Venture) after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement; and

  

	 	(d)	the Joint Venture Investment is made in an amount which is proportionate to the stake of the relevant member of the Group in that Joint Venture. 

 “Permitted Loan” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities; 

  

	 	(b)	Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition of, or otherwise constitutes, “Permitted Financial Indebtedness” (except under paragraph (e) of
that definition); 

  

	 	(c)	any loan made under the terms of an Intra-Group Loan Agreement and over which, subject to Clause 24.32(a)(ii) (Conditions subsequent), Transaction Security has been granted;

  

	 	(d)	a loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor and over which, subject to Clause 24.32(a)(ii) (Conditions subsequent), Transaction Security has been granted or made by a member
of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of the Group; 

  

	 	(e)	any loan made by an Obligor to ATB Senika so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial Indebtedness under any such loans does not exceed €3,000,000 (or its equivalent) at
any time; 

  

	 	(f)	any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor and over which, subject to Clause 24.32(a)(ii) (Conditions subsequent), Transaction Security has
been granted so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial Indebtedness under any such loans does not exceed €2,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time; 

  

	 	(g)	a loan made by a member of the Group (save for a member of the Group incorporated in France) to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan when
aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group does not exceed €250,000 (or its equivalent) at any time; 

  

 20 

	 	(h)	a loan made to a Joint Venture to the extent permitted under Clause 24.9 (Joint Ventures); and 

  

	 	(i)	any loan not falling within paragraphs (a) to (h) above so long as the aggregate amount of the Financial Indebtedness under any such loans together with the aggregate
liabilities (whether actual or contingent) under any guarantee permitted under paragraph (n) of the definition of “Permitted Guarantee” does not exceed €5,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time, 

so long as in the case of paragraphs (d), (e), (f) and (g) above the creditor and (if the debtor is a member of the Group) the debtor of such
Financial Indebtedness shall be party to a Subordination Agreement as intercompany creditor and intercompany debtor respectively. 
 “Permitted Merger” means a merger on a solvent basis of two or more Obligors (other than a Borrower) where, in the opinion of the Agent: 
  

	 	(a)	the surviving or successor entity remains, or immediately upon such merger becomes, an Obligor on at least as favourable terms towards the Secured Parties as such original Obligors
taken as a whole; and 

  

	 	(b)	if the assets of or shares in any such original Obligor were subject to Security in favour of the Secured Parties immediately prior to such merger, the Secured Parties will benefit
from equivalent Security over the same assets and the shares in it (or in each case its successor entity) immediately upon such merger. 

 “Permitted Security” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any Security listed in Schedule 14 (Existing Security) except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security exceeds the amount stated in that Schedule 14
(Existing Security); 

  

	 	(b)	any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by the Company or any other member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit
and credit balances of members of the Group (including any Ancillary Facility which is an overdraft comprising more than one account); 

  

	 	(c)	any Security or Quasi-Security arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading; 

  

	 	(d)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset acquired by the Company or other member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by the Company or other member of the Group; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by the Company or other member of the Group, and

 in any event, the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of the date of acquisition of such
asset, to the extent legally permissible and provided that the costs for removing or discharging such Security or Quasi-Security are not excessive; 
  

 21 

	 	(e)	any Security or Quasi-Security over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, where the Security or Quasi-Security
is created before the date on which that company becomes a member of the Group if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Security or Quasi-Security was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that company; 

  

	 	(ii)	the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that company; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Security or Quasi-Security is removed or discharged within six months of the date of that company becoming a member of the Group to the extent legally permissible and provided
that the costs for removing or discharging such Security or Quasi-Security are not excessive; 

  

	 	(f)	any Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of
the Group in the ordinary course of its trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(g)	any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal; 

  

	 	(h)	any Security arising under the general terms and conditions (Algemene Bankvoorwaarden) of Dutch banking or Dutch financial institutions (other than under Article 20 of the
general terms and conditions applicable to Dutch banks or Dutch financial institutions). 

  

	 	(i)	any Security arising under the Security Documents and any other Security arising under any other security document entered into (or to be entered into) pursuant to any Finance
Document; and 

  

	 	(j)	any Security securing indebtedness the principal amount of which (when aggregated with the principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of Security given by the
Company or any member of the Group (other than any permitted under paragraphs (a) to (i) above)) does not at any time exceed €5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies). 

 “Permitted Share Issue” means an issue of shares by a member of the Group which is a Subsidiary to its immediate Holding Company where
(if the existing shares of the Subsidiary are the subject of the Transaction Security) the newly-issued shares also become subject to the Transaction Security on the same terms. 
 “Permitted Transaction” means: 
  

	 	(a)	any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Finance Documents;

  

 22 

	 	(b)	the solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or
reorganisation are distributed to other members of the Group; 

  

	 	(c)	transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of Security or the incurring or permitting to subsist
of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms; 

  

	 	(d)	any payments or other transactions contemplated by the Funds Flow Statement; 

  

	 	(e)	a payment of up to €400,000 to Arcelor Lorraine to be applied towards the deficit in its pension scheme; or 

  

	 	(f)	a payment of up to €1,941,431.19 from the Company to Credit Suisse on behalf of the Parent in connection with the close-out of hedging transactions entered into by the Parent
in connection with the Acquisition. 

 “PMP” means a professional market party under the AFS. 
 “Quarter Date” means the last day of a Financial Quarter. 
 “Quasi-Security” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 24.14 (Negative pledge). 
 “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two TARGET Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which
case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and, if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the
Quotation Day will be the last of those days). 
 “Receiver” means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative
receiver of the whole or any part of the Charged Property. 
 “Reference Banks” means the principal office in Paris of BNP
Paribas, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Lloyds TSB Bank plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company. 
 “Related Fund” means, in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment
manager or adviser, a fund whose investment manager or adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or adviser of the first fund. 
 “Relevant Interbank Market” means the European interbank market. 
 “Relevant Jurisdiction” means,
in relation to an Obligor: 
  

	 	(a)	its jurisdiction of incorporation; 

  

	 	(b)	any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to the Transaction Security to be created by it is situated; 

  

	 	(c)	any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and 

  

	 	(d)	the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Transaction Security Documents entered into by it. 

  

 23 

 “Relevant Period” has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23.1 (Financial
definitions). 
 “Repayment Date” means a Term Facility Repayment Date or the last day of an Interest Period for a
Revolving Facility Loan. 
 “Repayment Instalment” means each repayment instalment listed in the table set out in Clause 7.1
(Repayment of Term Facility Loans). 
 “Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in
Clause 21.2 (Status) to Clause 21.7 (Governing law and enforcement), Clause 21.11 (No Default), Clause 21.13 (Financial statements) to Clause 21.16 (Environmental Laws), Clause 21.18 (Security and Financial
Indebtedness) to Clause 21.22 (Shares) and Clause 21.28 (Centre of main interests and establishments). 
 “Reports” means the Legal Due Diligence Report and the Environmental Report. 
 “Resignation
Letter” means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter). 
 “Revolving
Facility” means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities). 
 “Revolving Facility Commitment” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Revolving Facility Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1
(The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement (including a reduction pursuant to Clause 6 (Ancillary
Facilities)). 
 “Revolving Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal
amount outstanding for the time being of that loan. 
 “Revolving Facility Utilisation” means a Revolving Facility Loan.

 “Rollover Loan” means one or more Revolving Facility Loans: 
  

	 	(a)	made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid; 

  

	 	(b)	the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Revolving Facility Loan; and 

  

	 	(c)	made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Revolving Facility Loan. 

 “Screen Rate” means the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant period,
displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Company and the
Lenders. 
  

 24 

 “Secured Parties” means each Finance Party and each Hedge Counterparty from time to time
party to this Agreement, any Receiver and any Delegate. 
 “Security” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other
security interest over any asset securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect. 
 “Security Memorandum” means the security memorandum dated on or about the date of this Agreement in agreed form. 
 “Selection Notice” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 12 (Interest Periods) in relation to a Term Facility. 
 “Shareholder Loan Agreement” means the promissory note to be dated on or about the date of this Agreement, pursuant to which the Parent
will make available Subordinated Debt to the Company in a total amount of $97,500,000. 
 “Spanish Guarantor” means a
Guarantor incorporated under the laws of Spain. 
 “Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 11
(Timetables). 
 “Steel Supply and Arcelor Auto Service Agreement” means the steel supply and arcelor auto services
agreement dated on or about the Closing Date between Arcelor Mittal FCSE SA, the Company and the Parent. 
 “Subordination
Agreement” means: 
  

	 	(a)	the subordination agreement to be entered into between the Parent and the Security Agent on or about the date of this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	the subordination agreement to be entered into between certain of the Obligors and the Security Agent on or about the Guarantee Take-up Date. 

 “Subordinated Debt” means subordinated debt made available by the Parent to the Company, including under the Shareholder Loan Agreement,
which in each case does not provide for any cash pay interest and has a maturity date later than the Termination Date and which is subordinated pursuant to a Subordination Agreement or on terms otherwise satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting
reasonably); 
 “Subsidiary” means, in relation to any company, corporation or other legal entity (a “holding
company”), a company, corporation or other legal entity: 
  

	 	(a)	which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the holding company; 

  

	 	(b)	more than half the issued share capital of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the holding company; or 

  

	 	(c)	which is a subsidiary of another Subsidiary of the holding company, 

 and, for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is able to determine the composition of the majority of its board of directors or
equivalent body. 
  

 25 

 “Target” means TB Holding BV, a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands
and registered with the trade register of the chamber of commerce under number 24417327. 
 “TARGET” means Trans-European
Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system. 
 “TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET is open
for the settlement of payments in euro. 
 “Target Group” means the Target and its Subsidiaries from time to time.

 “Target Shares” means all of the shares of Target in respect of the share capital of Target. 
 “Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in
connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same). 
 “Taxes Act” means the Income and Corporation
Taxes Act 1988. 
 “TBA Combined Financial Statements” means the Tailored Blanks Arcelor Combined Financial Statements for
the years ended December 31 2006, 2005 and 2004 as reconciled for the Target Group by the Financing Perimeter (Audit Walk 05 and 06) prepared by the Parent. 
 “Term Facility” means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 2.1 (The Facilities). 
 “Term Facility Commitment” means: 
  

	 	(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Term Facility Commitment” in Part II of Schedule 1
(The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement, 

 to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement. 
 “Term Facility Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Term Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of
that loan. 
 “Term Facility Repayment Date” means each date set out in Clause 7.1 (Repayment of Term Facility
Loans). 
 “Termination Date” means the date which is sixty months from the date of this Agreement. 
 “Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Total Term Facility Commitments and the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, being
€118,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 
 “Total Revolving Facility Commitments” means the aggregate of the
Revolving Facility Commitments, being €40,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 
 “Total Term Facility Commitments”
means the aggregate of the Term Facility Commitments, being €78,000,000 at the date of this Agreement. 
  

 26 

 “Transaction Documents” means the Finance Documents, the Acquisition Documents, the
Shareholder Loan Agreement and each Intra-Group Loan Agreements. 
 “Transaction Security” means the Security created or
expressed to be created in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents. 
 “Transaction Security
Documents” means each of the documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in paragraph 1(e) of Part IB of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent), any document required to be delivered to the Agent under paragraph 14 of Part
II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) and each of the documents listed as being a Transaction Security Document in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) together with any other document entered into by any Obligor creating or
expressed to create any Security over all or any part of its assets in respect of the obligations of any of the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents. 
 “Transition Services Agreement” means the Transition Services Agreement entered into on or about the Closing Date between Arcelor S.A., the Company and the Parent. 
 “Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any
other form agreed between the Agent and the Company. 
 “Transfer Date” means, in relation to an assignment or transfer, the
later of: 
  

	 	(a)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and 

  

	 	(b)	the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate. 

 “Treasury Transactions” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation
in any rate or price. 
 “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 “US GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in the United States of America.

 “Utilisation” means a Loan. 
 “Utilisation Date” means the date on which a Utilisation is made. 
 “Utilisation
Request” means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in Part I of Schedule 3 (Requests). 
 “VAT” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature. 
 “Vendor” means Arcelor S.A. 
  

	1.2	Construction 

  

	(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to: 

  

	 	(i)	 the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Hedge Counterparty”, any
“Lender”, any “Obligor”, any “Party”, any “Secured Party”, the “Security Agent” or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors 

  

 27 

	 	 
in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the Security Agent, any person for the time being appointed as Security Agent or
Security Agents in accordance with the Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	a document in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Agent or, if not so agreed, is in the form
specified by the Agent; 

  

	 	(iii)	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description; 

  

	 	(iv)	a “Finance Document” or a “Transaction Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction
Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, restated (however fundamentally and whether or not more onerously) or replaced and includes any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any
facility or the addition of any new facility under that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument; 

  

	 	(v)	“guarantee” means (other than in Clause 20 (Guarantee and indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or
any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in
order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness; 

  

	 	(vi)	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or
contingent; 

  

	 	(vii)	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or
partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality); 

  

	 	(viii)	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation; 

  

	 	(ix)	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and 

  

	 	(x)	a time of day is a reference to Paris time. 

  

	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears, where it relates to a Dutch entity, a reference in this Agreement to: 

  

	 	(i)	a winding-up, administration or dissolution includes a Dutch entity being: 

  

	 	(A)	declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard); or 

  

	 	(B)	dissolved (ontbonden); 

  

 28 

	 	(ii)	a moratorium includes surseance van betaling and granted a moratorium includes surseance verleend; 

  

	 	(iii)	insolvency includes a bankruptcy and moratorium; 

  

	 	(iv)	a trustee in bankruptcy includes a curator; 

  

	 	(v)	an administrator includes a bewindvoerder; 

  

	 	(vi)	“security right” includes any mortgage (hypotheek), pledge (pandrecht), retention of title arrangement (eigendomsvoorbehoud), right of
retention (recht van retentie), right to reclaim goods (recht van reclame), and, in general, any right in rem (beperkt recht), created for the purpose of granting security (goederenrechtelijk zekerheidsrecht);

  

	 	(vii)	an attachment includes a beslag; and 

  

	 	(viii)	a subsidiary includes a dochtermaatschappij as defined in Article 2.24a of the Dutch Civil Code. 

  

	(c)	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only. 

  

	(d)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that
Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement. 

  

	(e)	A Borrower providing “cash cover” for the Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Ancillary Facility to an interest-bearing
account in the name of the Borrower and the following conditions being met: 

  

	 	(i)	the account is with the Agent (if the cash cover is to be provided for all the Lenders) or with a Lender or Ancillary Lender (if the cash cover is to be provided for that Lender or
Ancillary Lender); 

  

	 	(ii)	until no amount is or may be outstanding under the Ancillary Facility, withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay a Finance Party amounts due and payable to it under this
Agreement in respect of the Ancillary Facility; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Borrower has executed a security document over that account, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent or the Lender or Ancillary Lender with which that account is held,
creating a first ranking security interest over that account. 

  

	(f)	A Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived. 

  

	(g)	A Borrower “repaying” or “prepaying” the Ancillary Outstandings means: 

  

	 	(i)	that Borrower providing cash cover in respect of the Ancillary Outstandings; 

  

	 	(ii)	the maximum amount payable under the Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Ancillary Lender being satisfied that it has no further liability under the Ancillary Facility, 

 and the amount by which Ancillary Outstandings are repaid or prepaid under paragraphs (g)(i) and (g)(ii) above is the amount of the relevant cash cover or
reduction. 
  

 29 

	(h)	An amount borrowed includes any amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility. 

  

	1.3	Third party rights 

  

	(a)	Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third
Parties Act”) to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

  

 30 

 SECTION 2 
 THE FACILITIES 
  

	2.	THE FACILITIES 

  

	2.1	The Facilities 

  

	(a)	Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available: 

  

	 	(i)	a euro term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Term Facility Commitments; and 

  

	 	(ii)	a euro revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments. 

  

	(b)	The Term Facility will be available to the Company and the Revolving Facility will be available to all the Borrowers. 

  

	(c)	Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Facility Documents, an Ancillary Facility Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any of the Borrowers in place
of all or part of its Commitment under the Revolving Facility. 

  

	2.2	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations 

  

	(a)	The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the
obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(b)	The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance
Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt. 

  

	(c)	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents. 

  

	2.3	Obligors’ Agent 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Letter irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the
Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in
the case of a Borrower, Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Letter, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor
notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and 

  

	 	(ii)	each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including,
without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication. 
  

 31 

	(b)	Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given
to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor
under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and
any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail. 

  

	3.	PURPOSE 

  

	3.1	Purpose 

  

	(a)	The Company shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Term Facility towards: 

  

	 	(i)	payment to the Vendor of an amount not exceeding $1,000,000 in respect of the purchase price for the Target Shares under the Acquisition Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	payment of the Acquisition Costs (other than periodic fees); 

  

	 	(iii)	(directly or indirectly via a share premium contribution in the Target) refinancing certain Financial Indebtedness of the Target and its Subsidiaries to the Vendor or one of its
Affiliates; or 

  

	 	(iv)	closing out hedging transactions entered into by the Parent in connection with the Acquisition, 

 as described in the Funds Flow Statement. 
  

	(b)	Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Revolving Facility and any utilisation of an Ancillary Facility directly or indirectly; 

  

	 	(i)	towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Group (but not towards prepayment of any Term Facility Loan other than under Clause 9.2(b)(vi)) (Proceeds));
and 

  

	 	(ii)	in respect of the Company only, in payment to the Vendor of any Adjustment Amount. 

  

	3.2	Monitoring 

 No Finance Party is bound to monitor or
verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

	4.	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION 

  

	4.1	Initial conditions precedent 

 The Lenders will only
be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Utilisation if, on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part IA and
Part IB of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied. 
  

 32 

	4.2	Further conditions precedent 

 Subject to Clause 4.1
(Initial conditions precedent), the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation), if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date: 
  

	 	(a)	in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Utilisation, no Default is continuing or would
result from the proposed Utilisation; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to any Utilisation on the Closing Date, all the representations and warranties in Clause 21 (Representations) or, in relation to any other Utilisation, the
Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true and correct in all material respects. 

  

	4.3	Maximum number of Utilisations 

  

	(a)	A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation: 

  

	 	(i)	three or more Term Facility Loans would be outstanding; or 

  

	 	(ii)	six or more Revolving Facility Utilisations would be outstanding. 

  

	(b)	A Borrower may not request that a Term Facility Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, three or more Term Facility Loans would be outstanding.

  

 33 

 SECTION 3 
 UTILISATION 
  

	5.	UTILISATION LOANS 

  

	5.1	Delivery of a Utilisation Request 

 A Borrower (or
the Company on its behalf) may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time. 
  

	5.2	Completion of a Utilisation Request for Loans 

  

	(a)	Each Utilisation Request for a Loan is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless: 

  

	 	(i)	it identifies the Facility to be utilised; 

  

	 	(ii)	it identifies whether the Loan will be an Acquisition Loan; 

  

	 	(iii)	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility; 

  

	 	(iv)	the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and 

  

	 	(v)	the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 12 (Interest Periods). 

  

	(b)	Multiple Utilisations may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the Closing Date. Only one Utilisation may be requested in each subsequent
Utilisation Request. 

  

	5.3	Currency and amount 

  

	(a)	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be euro. 

  

	(b)	The amount of the proposed Utilisation must be a minimum amount of €2,500,000 or, if less, the Available Facility. 

  

	5.4	Lenders’ participation 

  

	(a)	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

  

	(b)	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making
the Loan. 

  

	(c)	The Agent shall notify each Lender of the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan by the Specified Time. 

  

	5.5	Limitations on Utilisations 

  

	(a)	The Revolving Facility shall not be utilised unless the Term Facility has been utilised. 

  

	(b)	The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Facility Commitments of all the Lenders shall not at any time exceed €5,000,000. 

  

	5.6	Acquisition Loans 

  

	(a)	A Loan which is identified as an Acquisition Loan may not be utilised for any purpose other than an Acquisition Purpose or to refinance an Acquisition Loan.

  

 34 

	(b)	A Loan which is not identified as an Acquisition Loan may not be used for any Acquisition Purpose or to refinance an Acquisition Loan. 

  

	(c)	The Company must ensure that any Loan drawn for any Acquisition Purpose (including, where the Company has drawn a Loan under the Revolving Facility to fund any Adjustment Amount,
any Rollover Loan or other Loan drawn to refinance that original Loan or any such subsequent Loan) is and remains separate, and separately identifiable, from all other Loans. 

  

	5.7	Cancellation of Commitment 

  

	(a)	The Term Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for the Term Facility.

  

	(b)	The Revolving Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility.

  

	6.	ANCILLARY FACILITIES 

  

	6.1	Type of Facility 

 An Ancillary Facility may be by
way of: 
  

	 	(a)	an overdraft facility; 

  

	 	(b)	a guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit facility; 

  

	 	(c)	a short term loan facility; 

  

	 	(d)	a derivatives facility; 

  

	 	(e)	a foreign exchange facility; or 

  

	 	(f)	any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group and which is agreed by a Borrower with an Ancillary Lender. 

  

	6.2	Availability 

  

	(a)	If a Borrower and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of
that Lender’s unutilised Revolving Facility Commitment (which shall (except for the purpose of determining the Majority Lenders or for the purposes of Clause 6.8 (Revolving Facility Commitment amounts) and paragraph (b)(iv) of Clause 6.3
(Terms of Ancillary Facilities)) be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under an Ancillary Facility). 

  

	(b)	Except as provided in paragraph (d) below, an Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for
an Ancillary Facility, the Agent has received from the Company: 

  

	 	(i)	a notice in writing requesting the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying: 

  

	 	(A)	the proposed Borrower(s) which may use the Ancillary Facility; 

  

	 	(B)	the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility; 

  

	 	(C)	the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided; 

  

	 	(D)	the proposed Ancillary Lender; 

  

 35 

	 	(E)	the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, if the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account its maximum
gross amount (that amount being the “Designated Gross Amount”) and its maximum net amount (that amount being the “Designated Net Amount”); and 

  

	 	(F)	the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (which must be euro); 

  

	 	(ii)	a copy of the proposed Ancillary Document; and 

  

	 	(iii)	any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility. 

 The Agent shall promptly notify the Company, the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility. 
  

	(c)	Subject to compliance with paragraph (b) above: 

  

	 	(i)	the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Ancillary Facility will be available, 

 with effect
from the date agreed by the Borrower and the Ancillary Lender. 
  

	(d)	With effect from the date of first Utilisation under this Agreement (or such other date as may be agreed between BNP Paribas and the Company) BNP Paribas will become an Ancillary
Lender, and the facility provided under the Ancillary Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) will be available and will be an Ancillary Facility. 

  

	(e)	No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver
itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this Clause 6.2). In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and
waivers will apply. 

  

	6.3	Terms of Ancillary Facilities 

  

	(a)	Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the relevant Borrower. 

  

	(b)	However, those terms: 

  

	 	(i)	must be based upon normal commercial terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement); 

  

	 	(ii)	may allow only Borrowers to use the Ancillary Facility; 

  

	 	(iii)	may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment; 

  

	 	(iv)	may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of a Lender to exceed the Available Commitment with respect to the Revolving Facility of that Lender; and 

  

	 	(v)	must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to nil, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid (or cash cover provided in respect of all the Ancillary Outstandings)
not later than the Termination Date for the Revolving Facility (or such earlier date as the Revolving Facility Commitment of the Ancillary Lender (or its Affiliate) is reduced to zero). 

  

 36 

	(c)	If there is any inconsistency between any term of the Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) Clause 34.3 (Day count
convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility and (ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents
shall prevail. 

  

	(d)	Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities are dealt with in Clause 14.5 (Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities). 

  

	6.4	Repayment of Ancillary Facility 

  

	(a)	Each Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it
is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms, the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and its Revolving Facility Commitment shall
be increased accordingly). 

  

	(c)	No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any amounts or demand cash cover for any liabilities made available or incurred by it under its Ancillary Facility (except
where the Ancillary Facility is provided on a net limit basis to the extent required to bring any gross outstandings down to the net limit) unless: 

  

	 	(i)	the Total Revolving Facility Commitments have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Utilisations under the Revolving Facility have become due and payable in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, or the Agent has declared all outstanding Utilisations under the Revolving Facility immediately due and payable, or the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility occurs; 

  

	 	(ii)	it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its
participation in its Ancillary Facility; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility can be refinanced by a Revolving Facility Utilisation under the Revolving Facility and an Ancillary Lender gives
sufficient notice to enable a Utilisation of the Revolving Facility to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings. 

  

	(d)	For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under the Ancillary Facility mentioned in paragraph (c)(iii) above can be refinanced by a Utilisation of
the Revolving Facility: 

  

	 	(i)	the Revolving Facility Commitment of the Ancillary Lender will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Utilisation may and shall (so long as paragraph (c)(i) above does not apply) be made irrespective of whether a Default is outstanding or any other applicable condition precedent
is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether Clause 4.3 (Maximum number of Utilisations) or paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 5.2 (Completion of
a Utilisation Request for Loans) applies. 

  

 37 

	(e)	On the making of a Utilisation of the Revolving Facility to refinance Ancillary Outstandings: 

  

	 	(i)	each Lender will participate in that Utilisation in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in
the Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Utilisations then outstanding as its Revolving Facility Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments;
and 

  

	 	(ii)	the relevant Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled. 

  

	(f)	In relation to an Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender providing the Ancillary Facility
shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its
reporting of exposures to the applicable regulatory authorities as netted for capital adequacy purposes. 

  

	6.5	Ancillary Outstandings 

 Each Borrower and each
Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that: 
  

	 	(a)	the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by an Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility and where the
Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and 

  

	 	(b)	where all or part of the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, the Ancillary Outstandings (calculated on the basis that the words in brackets
in paragraph (a) of the definition of that term were deleted) shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Ancillary Facility. 

  

	6.6	Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration 

  

	(a)	In this Clause 6.6: 

 “Revolving
Outstandings” means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of (i) its participation in each Revolving Facility Utilisation then outstanding (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued
interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender under the Revolving Facility), and (ii) if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (together
with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as the Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility). 
 “Total Revolving Outstandings” means the aggregate of all Revolving Outstandings. 
  

	(b)	 If a notice is served under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration) (other than a notice declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary
Lender shall promptly adjust by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Revolving Facility and each Ancillary Facility to ensure that after such 

  

 38 

	 	 
transfers the Revolving Outstandings of each Lender bear the same proportion to the Total Revolving Outstandings as such Lender’s Revolving Facility
Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments, each as at the date the notice is served under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration). 

  

	(c)	If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original
adjustment is made under paragraph (b) above, then each Lender and Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original
adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability. 

  

	(d)	Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Clause 6.6, an Ancillary Lender that has provided an overdraft comprising more than one account under an
Ancillary Facility shall set-off any liabilities owing to it under such overdraft facility against credit balances on any account comprised in such overdraft facility. 

  

	(e)	All calculations to be made pursuant to this Clause 6.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders.

  

	6.7	Information 

 Each Borrower and each Ancillary
Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time. Each Borrower
consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties. 
  

	6.8	Revolving Facility Commitment amounts 

 Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Revolving Facility Commitment is not less than its Ancillary Commitment. 
  

 39 

 SECTION 4 
 REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 
  

	7.	REPAYMENT 

  

	7.1	Repayment of Term Facility Loans 

 The Borrowers
under the Term Facility shall repay the Term Facility Loans in instalments by repaying on each Term Facility Repayment Date an amount which reduces the Base Currency Amount of the outstanding aggregate Term Facility Loans by an amount equal to the
relevant percentage of all the Term Facility Loans borrowed by the Borrowers as at the close of business in London on the last day of the Availability Period in relation to the Term Facility as set out in the table below: 
  

				
	 Term Facility Repayment Date
	  	Repayment Instalment	 
	 31 December 2007
	  	10	%
	 30 June 2008
	  	10	%
	 31 December 2008
	  	10	%
	 30 June 2009
	  	10	%
	 31 December 2009
	  	10	%
	 30 June 2010
	  	10	%
	 31 December 2010
	  	10	%
	 30 June 2011
	  	10	%
	 31 December 2011
	  	10	%
	 Termination Date
	  	10	%

  

	7.2	Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans 

 Each
Borrower which has drawn a Revolving Facility Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period. 
  

	7.3	Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments and reductions 

  

	(a)	If any of the Term Facility Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 8.5 (Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender) or Clause 8.1
(Illegality), then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Term Facility Loan prepaid. 

  

	(b)	If any of the Term Facility Loans are prepaid in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Voluntary prepayment of Term Facility Loans) or Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory
prepayments), then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Term Facility Loan prepaid. 

  

 40 

	8.	ILLEGALITY, VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION 

  

	8.1	Illegality 

 If it becomes unlawful in any
applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Utilisation: 
  

	 	(a)	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event; 

  

	 	(b)	upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and 

  

	 	(c)	each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Utilisation occurring after the
Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law). 

  

	8.2	Voluntary cancellation 

  

	(a)	The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part
(being a minimum amount of €2,500,000 and an integral multiple of €1,000,000) of the Available Facility with respect to the Revolving Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably
under that Facility. 

  

	(b)	Any notice of cancellation of the Available Commitments with respect to the Revolving Facility delivered at any time while Loans under any other Facility remain outstanding and/or
other Commitments remain uncancelled must be accompanied by evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, that the Group will have sufficient working capital facilities available to it following such cancellation.

  

	8.3	Voluntary prepayment of Term Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	A Borrower to which a Term Facility Loan has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders
may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of that Term Facility Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of that Term Facility Loan by a minimum amount of €2,500,000 and in an integral multiple of
€1,000,000). 

  

	(b)	A Term Facility Loan may only be prepaid after the last day of the Availability Period in relation to the Term Facility (or, if earlier, the day on which the applicable Available
Facility is zero). 

  

	8.4	Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations 

 A Borrower to which a Revolving Facility Utilisation has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or
any part of that Revolving Facility Utilisation (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of that Revolving Facility Utilisation by a minimum amount of €2,500,000 and in an integral multiple of €1,000,000).

  

	8.5	Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender 

  

	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up); or 

  

 41 

	 	(ii)	any Lender claims indemnification from the Company or an Obligor under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 16.1 (Increased Costs), 

 the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the
Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Utilisations. 
  

	(b)	On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero. 

 

	(c)	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under paragraph (a) above in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by
the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Utilisation is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Utilisation together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

  

	9.	MANDATORY PREPAYMENT 

  

	9.1	Exit 

  

	(a)	For the purpose of this Clause 9.1, “Acquisition Event” means: 

  

	 	(i)	the Closing Date has not occurred by 31 October 2007; 

  

	 	(ii)	prior to the Closing Date, the Acquisition Agreement or any other Acquisition Document ceases subject to the Legal Reservations to be in full force and effect;

  

	 	(iii)	prior to the Closing Date, any Acquisition Document is amended (except into the agreed form) or terminated or any waiver or consent is granted under any Acquisition Document except
in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 24.13 (Acquisition Documents); or 

  

	 	(iv)	prior to the Closing Date, the European Commission initiates proceedings under Article 6(1)(c) of the Merger Regulation (or any other competition or monopoly authority initiates any
proceedings) in connection with the proposed Acquisition or any matter arising therefrom. 

  

	(b)	Upon the occurrence of: 

  

	 	(i)	a Change of Control; 

  

	 	(ii)	an Acquisition Event; or 

  

	 	(iii)	the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, 

 then: 
  

	 	(A)	no Lender shall be obliged to fund a Loan; and 

  

	 	(B)	 if a Lender so requires, the Agent shall, by no less than 20 Business Days’ notice to the Company, cancel all of the Commitments and Ancillary Facility
Commitments of that Lender and declare that Lender’s participation in all outstanding Utilisations and Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued to that Lender under 

  

 42 

	 	 
the Finance Documents to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitments of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will
become immediately due and payable. 

  

	(c)	Promptly upon becoming aware of the same, the Company shall notify the Agent of the occurrence of any, Change of Control, Acquisition Event or sale of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Group whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions. 

  

	9.2	Proceeds 

  

	(a)	For the purposes of this Clause 9.2, Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) and Clause 9.4 (Mandatory Prepayment Accounts and Holding Accounts):

 “Acquisition Proceeds” means the proceeds of a claim (a “Recovery Claim”) against the
Vendor or any of its Affiliates (or any employee, officer or adviser) in relation to the Acquisition Documents (other than any Purchase Price Reduction and any Excluded Purchase Price Reduction Proceeds) or against the provider of any Report (in its
capacity as a provider of that Report) except for Excluded Acquisition Proceeds, and after deducting: 
  

	 	(i)	any reasonable expenses which are incurred by any member of the Group to persons who are not members of the Group; and 

  

	 	(ii)	any Tax incurred and required to be paid by a member of the Group (as reasonably determined by the relevant member of the Group on the basis of existing rates and taking into
account any available credit, deduction or allowance), 

 in each case in relation to that Recovery Claim. 
 “Disposal” means a sale, lease, licence, transfer, loan or other disposal by a person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a
voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions). 
 “Disposal Proceeds” means the consideration
receivable by any member of the Group (including any amount receivable in repayment of intercompany debt) for any Disposal made by any member of the Group except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds and after deducting: 
  

	 	(i)	any reasonable expenses which are incurred by any member of the Group with respect to that Disposal to persons who are not members of the Group; and 

  

	 	(ii)	any Tax incurred and required to be paid by the seller in connection with that Disposal (as reasonably determined by the seller, on the basis of existing rates and taking account of
any available credit, deduction or allowance). 

 “Excluded Acquisition Proceeds” means any proceeds of a
Recovery Claim which the Company notifies the Agent are, or are to be, applied: 
  

	 	(i)	in payment of amounts payable to the Vendor pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by way of adjustment to the purchase price in respect of the Acquisition (except to the extent
relating to a working capital adjustment); 

  

	 	(ii)	to satisfy (or reimburse a member of the Group which has discharged) any liability, charge or claim upon a member of the Group by a person which is not a member of the Group; or

  

 43 

	 	(iii)	in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of assets of members of the Group which have been lost, destroyed or damaged, 

 in each case as a result of the events or circumstances giving rise to that Recovery Claim, if those proceeds are so applied within 12 months of receipt,
or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree) after receipt. 
 “Excluded Disposal Proceeds” means: 
  

	 	(i)	the proceeds of any Disposal where the total proceeds for that Disposal do not exceed €500,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies); 

 

	 	(ii)	proceeds arising as a result of a Permitted Disposal referred to in paragraphs (a), (b), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of that definition; or 

  

	 	(iii)	proceeds arising as a result of a Permitted Disposal referred to in paragraph (c) of that definition which are reinvested, within 12 months after receipt, in assets of a
comparable or superior type, value or quality. 

 “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” means: 
  

	 	(i)	any proceeds of an insurance claim which are, or are to be, applied: 

  

	 	(A)	to meet a third party claim; 

  

	 	(B)	to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made; or 

  

	 	(C)	to the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made,

 in each case, within 12 months after receipt or such longer period as the Majority Lenders may agree); or 
  

	 	(ii)	any proceeds in respect of an insurance claim where the total proceeds of that claim do not exceed €500,000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies).

 “Excluded Purchase Price Reduction Proceeds” means the proceeds of any payment made to the Company under
clause 4.5 (Adjustment Payment) of the Acquisition Agreement where: 
  

	 	(i)	the Company notifies the Agent that those proceeds are, or are to be, applied in prepayment or repayment of Revolving Facility Loans, or otherwise invested in the business of the
Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	those proceeds are so applied or invested within 30 days of the date of their receipt by the Company; 

  

	 	(iii)	the relevant payment (the “Relevant Payment”) under clause 4.5 (Adjustment Payment) of the Acquisition Agreement was calculated in accordance with the
procedure set out in Clause 4.4 (Adjustment Procedure) of the Acquisition Agreement, namely on the basis of closing financial statements delivered 60 days after the Closing Date and subject to determination by neutral accountants in the event of any
dispute by the Company; and 

  

 44 

	 	(iv)	the Company provides evidence in reasonable detail of how the Relevant Payment was calculated. 

 “Insurance Proceeds” means the proceeds of any insurance claim received by any member of the Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds
and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Group to persons who are not members of the Group. 
 “New Shareholder Funding” means any investment in the shares of, or capital contribution (whether by way of debt or equity, and including all Subordinated Debt) to, the Company or any other member of
the Group made by the Parent or any other person (other than a member of the Group) after the date of this Agreement, except for the equity contributions and/or shareholder loans to be made by the Parent to the Company in order to fund the
Acquisition and as described in the Funds Flow Statement. 
 “New Shareholder Funding Proceeds” means the proceeds received
by the Company or other member of the Group of New Shareholder Funding, after deducting: 
  

	 	(i)	any reasonable expenses which are incurred by the Company or another member of the Group with respect to that New Shareholder Funding to persons who are not members of the Group;
and 

  

	 	(ii)	any Tax incurred and required to be paid by the Company or other member of the Group in connection with that New Shareholder Funding (as reasonably determined by the Company, on the
basis of existing rates and taking account of any available credit, deduction or allowance). 

 “Purchase Price
Reduction” means the proceeds of any payment made to the Parent or the Company under clause 4.5 (Adjustment Payment) of the Acquisition Agreement or any other reduction or downward adjustment to the purchase price for the Acquisition
pursuant to the Acquisition Documents, except for Excluded Purchase Price Reduction Proceeds. 
  

	(b)	The Company shall ensure that the Borrowers prepay Utilisations in the following amounts at the times and in the order of application contemplated by Clause 9.3 (Application of
mandatory prepayments): 

  

	 	(i)	the amount of Acquisition Proceeds; 

  

	 	(ii)	the amount of Disposal Proceeds; 

  

	 	(iii)	the amount of Insurance Proceeds; 

  

	 	(iv)	the amount of any Purchase Price Reduction; 

  

	 	(v)	the amount of any New Shareholder Funding Proceeds except to the extent the Company has notified the Agent on or before receipt of such funds of its intention to use such funds to
fund a Permitted Acquisition as defined in paragraph (f) of that definition or a Joint Venture Investment in respect of a Permitted Joint Venture and such funds are so applied within 6 months after receipt; and 

  

	 	(vi)	the amount equal to 50 per cent. of Excess Cashflow, for any Financial Year of the Company ending on or after 31 December 2008 until such time as the aggregate amount of
the outstanding Term Facility Loans is less than 50 per cent. of the highest aggregate amount of the outstanding Term Facility Loans at any time during or as at the end of the Availability Period for the Term Facility. 

 

 45 

	9.3	Application of mandatory prepayments 

  

	(a)	Any prepayment made under Clause 9.2(b) (Proceeds) other than a prepayment of New Shareholder Funding Proceeds pursuant to sub-paragraph (v) thereof shall be applied in
the following order: 

  

	 	(i)	first, in prepayment of Term Facility Loans as contemplated in paragraphs (c) to (f) inclusive below; 

  

	 	(ii)	secondly, in cancellation of Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility (and the Available Commitment of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility will be cancelled
rateably); 

  

	 	(iii)	thirdly, in prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations and of Revolving Facility Commitments; and 

  

	 	(iv)	finally, in repayment and cancellation of the Ancillary Outstandings and Ancillary Commitments. 

  

	(b)	A prepayment of New Shareholder Funding Proceeds pursuant to sub-paragraph (v) of Clause 9.2(b) (Proceeds) shall be applied as follows: 

  

	 	(i)	as to 50 per cent. of the amount of such prepayment, in the following order: 

  

	 	(A)	first in prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations; and 

  

	 	(B)	secondly, the remainder (if any) shall be freely available to the Company and not required to be applied in prepayment of the Facilities; and 

  

	 	(ii)	as to the remaining 50 per cent. of the amount of such prepayment, in the following order: 

  

	 	(A)	first, in prepayment of Term Facility Loans as contemplated in paragraphs (c) to (f) inclusive below; 

  

	 	(B)	secondly, in cancellation of Available Commitments under the Revolving Facility (and the Available Commitment of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility will be cancelled
rateably); 

  

	 	(C)	thirdly, in prepayment of Revolving Facility Utilisations and of Revolving Facility Commitments; and 

  

	 	(D)	finally, in repayment and cancellation of the Ancillary Outstandings and Ancillary Commitments. 

  

	(c)	Unless the Company makes an election under paragraph (e) below, the Borrowers shall prepay Term Facility Loans at the following times: 

  

	 	(i)	in the case of any prepayment relating to the amounts of Acquisition Proceeds, Disposal Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, Purchase Price Reduction or New Shareholder Funding Proceeds,
promptly upon receipt of those proceeds; and 

  

 46 

	 	(ii)	in the case of any prepayment relating to an amount of Excess Cashflow, within 10 Business Days of delivery pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial statements) of the annual
consolidated accounts of the Company for the relevant Financial Year. 

  

	(d)	A prepayment in respect of Term Facility Loans under Clause 9.2 (Proceeds) shall prepay the Term Facility Loans in reducing the relevant Repayment Instalment for each
Repayment Date falling after the date of prepayment in the manner contemplated by paragraph (b) of Clause 7.3 (Effect of prepayment on scheduled repayments and reductions). 

  

	(e)	Subject to paragraph (f) below, the Company may elect that any prepayment under Clause 9.2 (Proceeds) to be applied in prepayment of a Term Facility Loan shall be so
applied on the last day of the Interest Period relating to that Term Facility Loan. If the Company makes that election, then a proportion of the Term Facility Loan equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment will be due and payable on the last
day of its Interest Period. 

  

	(f)	If the Company has made an election under paragraph (e) above but a Default has occurred and is continuing, that election shall no longer apply and a proportion of the Term
Facility Loan in respect of which the election was made equal to the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be immediately due and payable (unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree in writing). 

  

	9.4	Mandatory Prepayment Accounts and Holding Accounts 

  

	(a)	The Company shall ensure that: 

  

	 	(i)	Disposal Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, Acquisition Proceeds, New Shareholder Funding Proceeds and the proceeds of any Purchase Price Reduction in respect of which the Company has
made an election under paragraph (e) of Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) are paid into a Mandatory Prepayment Account as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by a member of the Group; 

  

	 	(ii)	any Excluded Acquisition Proceeds and any proceeds as described in paragraph (i) of the definition of “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” or paragraph (iii) of
the definition of “Excluded Disposal Proceeds” are paid into a Holding Account as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by a member of the Group; and 

  

	 	(iii)	an amount equal to any Excess Cashflow in respect of which the Company has made an election under paragraph (e) of Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) is
paid into a Mandatory Prepayment Account promptly after such election. 

  

	(b)	The Company and each Borrower irrevocably authorise the Agent to apply: 

  

	 	(i)	amounts credited to the Mandatory Prepayment Account; and 

  

	 	(ii)	amounts credited to the Holding Account which have not been applied for the relevant purpose specified in the relevant definition of “Excluded Acquisition Proceeds”,
“Excluded Insurance Proceeds” or “Excluded Disposal Proceeds” within the specified time period of receipt of the relevant proceeds (or such longer time period as the Agent may agree), 

 to pay amounts due and payable under Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) and otherwise under the Finance Documents. The Company and
each Borrower further irrevocably authorise the Agent to so apply amounts credited to the Holding Account whether or not the specified time period has elapsed since receipt of those proceeds if a Default has occurred 

  

 47 

 
and is continuing. The Company and each Borrower also irrevocably authorise the Agent to transfer any amounts credited to the Holding Account referred to in
this paragraph (b) to the Mandatory Prepayment Account pending payment of amounts due and payable under the Finance Documents (but if all such amounts have been paid any such amounts remaining credited to the Mandatory Prepayment Account may
(unless a Default has occurred) be transferred back to the Holding Account). 
  

	(c)	A Lender, Security Agent or Agent with which a Mandatory Prepayment Account or Holding Account is held acknowledges and agrees that (i) interest shall accrue at normal
commercial rates on amounts credited to those accounts and that the account holder shall be entitled to receive such interest (which shall be paid in accordance with the mandate relating to such account) unless a Default is continuing and
(ii) each such account is subject to the Transaction Security. 

  

	9.5	Excluded proceeds 

 Where Excluded Acquisition
Proceeds, Excluded Insurance Proceeds or Excluded Disposal Proceeds include amounts which are intended to be used for a specific purpose within a specified period (as set out in the relevant definition of “Excluded Acquisition Proceeds”,
“Excluded Insurance Proceeds” or “Excluded Disposal Proceeds”), the Company shall ensure that those amounts are used for that purpose and, if requested to do so by the Agent, shall promptly deliver a certificate to the Agent at
the time of such application and at the end of such period confirming the amount (if any) which has been so applied within the requisite time periods provided for in the relevant definition. 
  

	9.6	Prepayment subject to laws 

  

	(a)	The Company and each other member of the Group shall use all reasonable endeavours and take all reasonable steps to ensure that any transaction giving rise to a prepayment
obligation is structured in such a way that it will not be unlawful for the members of the Group to move the relevant proceeds received between members of the Group to enable a mandatory prepayment lawfully to be made and the proceeds lawfully to be
applied as provided under this Clause 9 (Mandatory Prepayment). 

  

	(b)	If however, after the Company and each such member of the Group has used all such reasonable endeavours and taken such reasonable steps as described in paragraph (a) above, it
will still: 

  

	 	(i)	be unlawful (including, without limitation, by reason of financial assistance, corporate benefit restrictions on upstreaming cash intra-group and the fiduciary and statutory duties
of the directors of any member of the Group) for such a prepayment to be made and the proceeds so applied or to make funds available to a member of the Group that could make such a prepayment; or 

  

	 	(ii)	result in any member of the Group making funds available to another member of the Group to enable such a prepayment to be made and/or cash cover to be provided incurring material
cost or expense (including any tax liability) in excess of 5 per cent. of the proposed prepayment amount, 

  

 48 

 then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 9 (but subject to paragraph (c) below) such
prepayment and/or provision of cash cover shall not be required to be made (and, for the avoidance of doubt, the relevant amount shall be available for general corporate purposes and working capital purposes of the Group and shall not be required to
be paid to the Mandatory Prepayment Accounts and the Holding Account) provided always that if the restriction preventing such payment/provision of cash cover or giving rise to such liability is removed, any relevant proceeds will be applied in
prepayment in accordance with this Clause 9. 
  

	(c)	If it would be unlawful to apply any amount as described in this Clause 9 towards the prepayment or repayment of any Acquisition Loan or any other Loans (or to apply any proceeds or
to make any funds available to make such a repayment or prepayment) or to cancel any commitments (the “Unlawful Reduction”), but it would be lawful to apply that amount towards subsequent prepayments, repayments or cancellations as
described in Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) (a) or (b), as applicable, then those amounts will not be applied to the Unlawful Reductions, but shall be applied towards the next lawful application specified in paragraph
(a) or (b), as applicable. 

  

	10.	RESTRICTIONS 

  

	10.1	Notices of cancellation or prepayment 

 Any notice
of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under Clause 8 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation), paragraph (e) of Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments) or Clause 9.4
(Mandatory Prepayment Accounts and Holding Accounts) shall (subject to the terms of those Clauses) be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any such notice shall specify the date or dates upon which the
relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment. 
  

	10.2	Interest and other amounts 

 Any prepayment under
this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty. 
  

	10.3	No reborrowing of Term Facility 

 No Borrower may
reborrow any part of the Term Facility which is prepaid. 
  

	10.4	Reborrowing of Revolving Facility 

 Unless a
contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
  

	10.5	Prepayment in accordance with this Agreement 

 No
Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Utilisations or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement. 
  

	10.6	No reinstatement of Commitments 

 No amount of the
Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated. 
  

 49 

	10.7	Agent’s receipt of notices 

 If the Agent
receives a notice under Clause 8 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation) or an election under paragraph (e) of Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments), it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or
election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate. 
  

 50 

 SECTION 5 
 COSTS OF UTILISATION 
  

	11.	INTEREST 

  

	11.1	Calculation of interest 

 The rate of interest on
each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable: 
  

	 	(a)	Margin; 

  

	 	(b)	EURIBOR; and 

  

	 	(c)	Mandatory Cost, if any. 

  

	11.2	Payment of interest 

  

	(a)	A Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on
the dates falling at six-Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period). 

  

	(b)	If the annual audited financial statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate received by the Agent show that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain
period, then the Company shall (or shall ensure the relevant Borrower shall) promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied
during such period. 

  

	11.3	Default interest 

  

	(a)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual
payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 1 per cent. higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in
the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 11.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

  

	(b)	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan: 

 

	 	(i)	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

  

	 	(ii)	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 1 per cent. higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount
had not become due. 

  

	(c)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will
remain immediately due and payable. 

  

 51 

	11.4	Notification of rates of interest 

 The Agent shall
promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement. 
  

	11.5	Hedge Counterparty provisions 

 The provisions of
Schedule 16 (Hedge Counterparty provisions) shall bind each party. 
  

	12.	INTEREST PERIODS 

  

	12.1	Selection of Interest Periods and terms 

  

	(a)	A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan is a Term Facility Loan and has
already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice. 

  

	(b)	Each Selection Notice for a Term Facility Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the Borrower) to which that Term
Facility Loan was made not later than the Specified Time. 

  

	(c)	If a Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause
12.2 (Changes to Interest Periods), be three Months. 

  

	(d)	Subject to this Clause 12, a Borrower (or the Company) may select an Interest Period of one, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent.
In addition, in relation to the Term Facility, a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period of less than one Month, if necessary to ensure that there are Term Facility Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to
or greater than the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Repayment Date for the Borrowers to make the Repayment Instalment due on that date. 

  

	(e)	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility. 

  

	(f)	Each Interest Period for a Term Facility Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period. 

  

	(g)	A Revolving Facility Loan has one Interest Period only. 

  

	12.2	Changes to Interest Periods 

  

	(a)	Prior to determining the interest rate for a Term Facility Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any Term Facility Loan to ensure there are sufficient Term Facility
Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to or greater than the relevant Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Repayment Date for the Borrowers to make the relevant Repayment Instalment due on that date.

  

	(b)	If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 12.2, it shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders. 

  

	12.3	Non-Business Days 

 If an Interest Period would
otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not). 
  

 52 

	12.4	Consolidation and division of Term Facility Loans 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, if two or more Interest Periods: 

  

	 	(i)	relate to Term Facility Loans; 

  

	 	(ii)	end on the same date; and 

  

	 	(iii)	are made to the same Borrower, 

 those Term Facility Loans
will, unless that Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Term Facility Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.

  

	(b)	Subject to Clause 4.3 (Maximum number of Utilisations) and Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount), if a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) requests in a Selection
Notice that a Term Facility Loan be divided into two or more Term Facility Loans, that Term Facility Loan will, on the last day of its Interest Period, be so divided with Base Currency Amounts specified in that Selection Notice, having an aggregate
Base Currency Amount equal to the Base Currency Amount of the Term Facility Loan immediately before its division. 

  

	(c)	No Term Facility Loan which is an Acquisition Loan shall be consolidated with any Term Facility Loan which is not an Acquisition Loan. 

  

	13.	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST 

  

	13.1	Absence of quotations 

 Subject to Clause 13.2
(Market disruption), if EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable EURIBOR shall be determined on the basis of
the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks. 
  

	13.2	Market disruption 

  

	(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall
be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of: 

  

	 	(i)	the Margin; 

  

	 	(ii)	the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which
expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan. 

  

	(b)	In this Agreement, “Market Disruption Event” means: 

  

	 	(i)	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to
determine EURIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period; or 

  

	 	(ii)	before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan
exceed 50 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of EURIBOR. 

  

 53 

	13.3	Alternative basis of interest or funding 

  

	(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a
view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. 

  

	(b)	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

  

	13.4	Break Costs 

  

	(a)	Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being
paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. 

  

	(b)	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which
they accrue. 

  

	14.	FEES 

  

	14.1	Commitment fee 

  

	(a)	The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate per annum of: 

  

	 	(i)	40 per cent. of the Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Term Facility for the Availability Period applicable to the Term Facility; and

  

	 	(ii)	40 per cent. of the Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Revolving Facility for the Availability Period applicable to the Revolving Facility.

  

	(b)	The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the relevant Availability Period, on the last day of the relevant
Availability Period and on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective. 

  

	14.2	Arrangement fee 

 The Company shall pay to the
Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 
  

	14.3	Agency fee 

 The Company shall pay to the Agent (for
its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 
  

	14.4	Security Agent fee 

 The Company shall pay to the
Security Agent (for its own account) the Security Agent fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter. 
  

	14.5	Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities 

 The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility
based upon normal market rates and terms. 
  

 54 

 SECTION 6 
 ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS 
  

	15.	TAX GROSS-UP AND INDEMNITIES 

  

	15.1	Definitions 

  

	(a)	In this Agreement: 

 “Protected Party”
means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a
Finance Document. 
 “Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax. 
 “Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document. 
 “Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up) or a
payment under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity). 
  

	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 15 a reference to “determines” or “determined” means a determination made in the absolute
discretion of the person making the determination. 

  

	15.2	Tax gross-up 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent
accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender, it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

  

	(c)	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax
Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required. 

  

	(d)	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed
and in the minimum amount required by law. 

  

	(e)	Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for
the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority. 

  

	15.3	Tax indemnity 

  

	(a)	The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines
will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document. 

  

 55 

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above shall not apply: 

  

	 	(i)	with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party: 

  

	 	(A)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as
resident for tax purposes; or 

  

	 	(B)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be
received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or 
  

	 	(ii)	to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.2 (Tax gross-up). 

  

	(c)	A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim,
following which the Agent shall notify the Company. 

  

	(d)	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 15.3, notify the Agent. 

  

	15.4	Tax Credit 

 If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and
the relevant Finance Party determines that: 
  

	 	(a)	a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part or to that Tax Payment; and 

  

	 	(b)	that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit, 

 the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required
to be made by the Obligor. 
  

	15.5	Stamp taxes 

 The Company shall pay and, within
three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party and Arranger against any cost, loss or liability that Secured Party or Arranger incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance
Document. 
  

	15.6	Value added tax 

  

	(a)	All consideration expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT. Subject to paragraph (b) below,
if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party in connection with a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the
amount of the VAT. 

  

 56 

	(b)	If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance Party in connection with a Finance Document, and any Party is
required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier, such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the
amount of such VAT. 

  

	(c)	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party
against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the VAT.

  

	16.	INCREASED COSTS 

  

	16.1	Increased Costs 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 16.3 (Exceptions), the Company shall, within five Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased
Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or
regulation made after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	In this Agreement, “Increased Costs” means: 

  

	 	(i)	a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliates’) overall capital; 

  

	 	(ii)	an additional or increased cost; or 

  

	 	(iii)	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document, 

 which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or
performing its obligations under any Finance Document. 
  

	16.2	Increased cost claims 

  

	(a)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 16.1 (Increased Costs) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent
shall promptly notify the Company. 

  

	(b)	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs. 

  

	16.3	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	Clause 16.1 (Increased Costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is: 

  

	 	(i)	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(ii)	compensated for by Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of
the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 15.3 (Tax indemnity) applied); 

  

	 	(iii)	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; 

  

 57 

	 	(iv)	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation; or 

  

	 	(v)	attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework”
published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“Basel II”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application
or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates). 

  

	(b)	In this Clause 16.3, reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 15.1 (Definitions). 

  

	17.	OTHER INDEMNITIES 

  

	17.1	Currency indemnity 

  

	(a)	If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from
the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of: 

  

	 	(i)	making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or 

  

	 	(ii)	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings, 

 that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party to whom that Sum is due against any
cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of
exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum. 
  

	(b)	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed
to be payable. 

  

	17.2	Other indemnities 

  

	(a)	The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within five Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a
result of: 

  

	 	(i)	the occurrence of any Event of Default; 

  

	 	(ii)	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including, without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 30
(Sharing among the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties); 

  

	 	(iii)	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Utilisation requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or
more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or 

  

 58 

	 	(iv)	a Utilisation (or part of a Utilisation) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate, against any cost, loss
or liability incurred by that Finance Party or its Affiliate (or officer or employee of that Finance Party or Affiliate) in connection with or arising out of the Acquisition or the funding of the Acquisition (including but not limited to those
incurred in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry concerning the Acquisition), unless such loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Finance Party or
its Affiliate (or employee or officer of that Finance Party or Affiliate). Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 17.2 subject to Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and the provisions
of the Third Parties Act. 

  

	17.3	Indemnity to the Agent 

 The Company shall promptly
indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of: 
  

	 	(a)	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or 

  

	 	(b)	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised. 

  

	17.4	Indemnity to the Security Agent 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall promptly indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them as a result of:

  

	 	(i)	the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security; 

  

	 	(ii)	the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law; and

  

	 	(iii)	any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents. 

  

	(b)	The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Secured Parties, indemnify itself out of the Charged Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary
to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 17.4 and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all moneys payable to it. 

  

	18.	MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS 

  

	18.1	Mitigation 

  

	(a)	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable
under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 15 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 16 (Increased Costs) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formulae) including (but
not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents. 

  

 59 

	18.2	Limitation of liability 

  

	(a)	The Company shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 18.1
(Mitigation). 

  

	(b)	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 18.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to
it. 

  

	19.	COSTS AND EXPENSES 

  

	19.1	Transaction expenses 

 Subject to any limits agreed
with the Agent, the Arranger and/or the Security Agent, the Company shall promptly on demand pay the Agent, the Arranger and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them (and, in
the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of: 
  

	 	(a)	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Transaction Security; and 

  

	 	(b)	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement. 

  

	19.2	Amendment costs 

 If (a) an Obligor requests an
amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 31.9 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse each of the Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all
costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and, in the case of the Security Agent, by any Receiver or Delegate) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or
requirement. 
  

	19.3	Security Agent’s ongoing costs 

  

	(a)	In the event of (i) a Default or (ii) the Security Agent considering it necessary or expedient or (iii) the Security Agent being requested by an Obligor or the
Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Company agree to be of an exceptional nature and/or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Finance Documents, the Company shall pay to the Security
Agent any additional remuneration that may be agreed between them. 

  

	(b)	If the Security Agent and the Company fail to agree upon the nature of the duties or upon any additional remuneration, that dispute shall be determined by an investment bank (acting
as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Company or, failing approval, nominated (on the application of the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales
(the costs of the nomination and of the investment bank being payable by the Company) and the determination of any investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Parties to this Agreement. 

  

	19.4	Enforcement and preservation costs 

 The Company
shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Secured Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of or the preservation of any rights under any Finance Document and
the Transaction Security and any proceedings instituted by or against the Security Agent as a consequence of taking or holding the Transaction Security or enforcing these rights. 
  

 60 

 SECTION 7 
 GUARANTEE 
  

	20.	GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 

  

	20.1	Guarantee and indemnity 

 Each Guarantor irrevocably
and unconditionally jointly and severally: 
  

	 	(a)	guarantees to each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

  

	 	(b)	undertakes with each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty that, whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that
Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and 

  

	 	(c)	indemnifies each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by that Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty if any
obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

  

	20.2	Continuing guarantee 

 This guarantee is a
continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part. 
  

	20.3	Reinstatement 

 If any payment by an Obligor or any
discharge given by a Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event: 
  

	 	(a)	the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and 

  

	 	(b)	each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or
reduction had not occurred. 

  

	20.4	Waiver of defences 

 The obligations of each
Guarantor under this Clause 20 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 20, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 20 (without limitation and whether or not known to it
or any Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty) including: 
  

	 	(a)	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person; 

  

	 	(b)	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(c)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor
or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security; 

  

 61 

	 	(d)	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person; 

  

	 	(e)	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise) or restatement (in each case, however fundamental and of whatsoever nature) or replacement of a
Finance Document or any other document or security; 

  

	 	(f)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or 

  

	 	(g)	any insolvency or similar proceedings. 

  

	20.5	Guarantor intent 

 Without prejudice to the
generality of Clause 20.4 (Waiver of defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the
Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions
to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might
be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing. 
  

	20.6	Immediate recourse 

 Each Guarantor waives any right
it may have of first requiring any Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this
Clause 20. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary. 
  

	20.7	Appropriations 

 Until all amounts which may be or
become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may: 
  

	 	(a)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in
respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and 

  

	 	(b)	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 20. 

 

 62 

	20.8	Deferral of Guarantors’ rights 

 Until all
amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of
performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents: 
  

	 	(a)	to be indemnified by an Obligor; 

  

	 	(b)	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or 

  

	 	(c)	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties or Hedge Counterparties under the Finance Documents or
of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty. 

 If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable
to the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent
or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics). 
  

	20.9	Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution 

 If any Guarantor (a “Retiring Guarantor”) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor, then on the date such
Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor: 
  

	 	(a)	that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other
Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(b)	each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether
by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are
granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor. 

  

	20.10	Additional security 

 This guarantee is in addition
to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty. 
  

	20.11	Guarantee limitations 

  

	(a)	Dutch Guarantors and their Subsidiaries 

 The guarantee by
any Dutch Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries does not include any liability to the extent that this would violate the prohibition on financial assistance contained in sections 2:98c and 2:207c of the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek).

  

 63 

	(b)	French Guarantors 

  

	 	(i)	Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, the obligation of any French Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or
any certificate, notice or other document delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith shall be limited: 

  

	 	(A)	by the financial assistance provisions under article L. 225-216 of the French commercial code. Moreover, the obligations of each French Guarantor under this Clause 20 will not
extend to cover any indebtedness which would cause infringement of article L.225-216 of the French commercial code or any similar enactments or provisions in any other jurisdiction; 

  

	 	(B)	by the French corporate interest (intérêt social) and misuse of assets (abus de bien sociaux) rules; and 

  

	 	(C)	to a guarantee of the payment obligation of other members of the Group under the Finance Documents provided that any guarantee given by a French Guarantor in relation to the payment
obligations of a member of the Group which is not a subsidiary of that French Guarantor (i.e. a company controlled by such French Guarantor within the meaning of article L.233.3 of the French commercial code) shall be limited to the amount made
available under the Facilities or the Hedging Agreements to that French Guarantor (either directly or indirectly by way of one or several intra-group loans granted by another member of the Group) and which remains outstanding at the time of
enforcement of the guarantee granted by that French Guarantor. 

  

	 	(ii)	Without limiting the generality of the foregoing in paragraph (i) above: 

  

	 	(A)	the representations and undertakings made in Clauses 21 (Representations) and 24 (General undertakings) respectively by each French Guarantor shall be made only for
itself and for each of its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(B)	the liability of any French Guarantor under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) shall be limited to the punctual performance by each guaranteed Obligor of all that
guaranteed Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents (but excluding any obligations of such guaranteed Obligor as a Guarantor under the Finance Documents); 

  

	 	(C)	for the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged that the French Guarantors are not acting jointly and severally and are not, between themselves, “co-débiteurs
solidaires” as to their obligations pursuant to the guarantees given pursuant to this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity); and 

  

	 	(D)	the obligations under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of any French Guarantor which is a Subsidiary of the Company shall not extend to cover any Acquisition Loan
borrowed by the Company. 

  

 64 

	(c)	German Guarantors 

  

	 	(i)	To the extent that the guarantee created under this Clause 20 (Guarantee and Indemnity) (the “Guarantee”) is granted by a German Guarantor and the Guarantee
of the German Guarantor guarantees amounts: 

  

	 	(A)	which are owed by direct or indirect shareholders of the German Guarantor or Subsidiaries of such shareholders (with the exception of Subsidiaries which are also Subsidiaries of the
German Guarantor); and provided that 

  

	 	(B)	such amounts do not correspond to funds that have been borrowed under this Agreement and have been on-lent to, or otherwise been passed on to, the relevant German Guarantor or any
of its Subsidiaries, 

 the Guarantee of the German Guarantor shall be subject to certain limitations as set out in paragraph
(ii). In relation to any other amounts guaranteed, the Guarantee of the German Guarantor remains unlimited. 
  

	 	(ii)	To the extent that the demand under the Guarantee against a German Guarantor is made in respect of amounts in relation to which the conditions pursuant to paragraph (i) are
fulfilled, the relevant German Guarantor’s liability shall be limited as follows: 

  

	 	(A)	Subject to sub-paragraphs (C) and (D) below, the Guarantee shall not be enforceable to the extent that the German Guarantor is able to demonstrate that such enforcement
has the effect of: 

  

	 	(1)	reducing the German Guarantor’s net assets (Nettovermögen) (the “Net Assets”) to an amount less than its stated share capital
(Stammkapital); or 

  

	 	(2)	(if its Net Assets are already lower than its stated share capital) causing such amount to be further reduced, 

 and thereby affects its assets which are required for the obligatory preservation of its stated share capital according to §§ 30, 31 German
GmbH-Act (GmbH-Gesetz) (the “GmbH-Act”). 
  

	 	(B)	The value of the Net Assets shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (Grundsätze ordnungsgemäßer Buchführung)
under the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch) consistently applied by the German Guarantor in preparing its unconsolidated balance sheets (Jahresabschluss according to § 42 GmbH-Act, §§ 242, 264 HGB) in the
previous years, save that: 

  

	 	(1)	the amount of any increase of the stated share capital (Stammkapital) of the German Guarantor registered after the date of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Agent shall be deducted from the relevant stated share capital; 

  

	 	(2)	loans provided to the relevant German Guarantor by a member of the Group shall be disregarded if such loans are subordinated, or are considered subordinated pursuant to § 32a
GmbH-Act; and 

  

	 	(3)	loans and other liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be disregarded. 

  

 65 

	 	(C)	The limitations set out in sub-paragraph (A) above shall only apply if and to the extent that the managing director(s) (Geschäftsführer) on behalf of the
respective German Guarantor have confirmed in writing to the Agent within 10 Business Days following the Agent’s demand under the Guarantee, to what extent the demanded payment fulfils the conditions pursuant to paragraph (i) and would
cause its Net Assets to fall below its stated share capital (Stammkapital) or, if the Net Assets are already less than the stated share capital (Stammkapital), would cause such amount to be further reduced (the “Management
Determination”). 

  

	 	(D)	If the Agent disagrees with the Management Determination, the Agent shall nevertheless be entitled to enforce the Guarantee up to such amount, which is undisputed between itself and
the relevant German Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of sub-paragraph (C) above. In relation to the amount which is disputed, the Agent and such German Guarantor shall instruct a firm of auditors of international standing and
reputation to determine within 30 calendar days (or such longer period as has been agreed between the Company and the Agent) from the date the Agent has contested the Management Determination the value of available Net Assets (the
“Auditor’s Determination”). If the Agent and the German Guarantor do not agree on the appointment of a joint auditor within 10 Business Days from the date the Agent has disputed the Management Determination, the Agent shall be
entitled to appoint auditors of international standing and reputation in its sole discretion. The amount determined as available in the Auditor’s Determination shall be (except for manifest error) binding for all Parties. The costs of the
Auditor’s Determination shall be borne by the Company. 

  

	 	(E)	If, and to the extent that, the Guarantee has been enforced without regard to the limitation set forth in sub-paragraph (A) because (aa) the Management Determination was not
delivered within the relevant time frame or (bb) the amount of the available Net Assets pursuant to the Auditor’s Determination is lower than the amount stated in the Management Determination, the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties
shall upon written demand of the German Guarantor to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties) repay any amount (if and to the extent already paid to the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties) in the case of
(aa) above, which is necessary to maintain the German Guarantor’s stated share capital (Stammkapital), and in the case of (bb) above up to and including the amount calculated in the Auditor’s Determination calculated as of the date
the demand under the Guarantee was made and in accordance with sub-paragraphs (A) and (B) above, provided such demand for repayment is made to the Agent within 6 months (Ausschlussfrist) from the date the Guarantee has been
enforced. 

 If pursuant to the Auditor’s Determination the amount of the available Net Assets is higher than set out in
the Management Determination the German Guarantor shall pay such amount to the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties within 10 Business Days after receipt of the Auditor’s Determination. 
  

 66 

	 	(F)	The limitation set out in sub-paragraph (A) does not affect the right of the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties to claim again any outstanding amount at a later point
in time if and to the extent that paragraph (A) would allow this at that later point. 

  

	 	(G)	If the German Guarantor demonstrates that an enforcement of the Guarantee has, despite the fact that its liability is limited pursuant to sub-paragraph (A) above, the effect of
the German Guarantor not being able to pay its debts as they fall due (Verlust der Zahlungsfähigkeit), then the payment obligation of that German Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be limited in such way that the Agent may only enforce
the Guarantee up to such amount(s) and at such times (for instance in payment instalments) that the German Guarantor is at all times left with the liquidity necessary to remain able to pay its debts as they fall due (zahlungsfähig).

  

	 	(H)	If the German Guarantor intends to demonstrate that the enforcement of the Guarantee has led to one of the effects referred to in sub-paragraphs (A) or (G) above, then the
German Guarantor shall realise at market value any and all of its assets that are shown in its balance sheet with a book value (Buchwert) which are (in the opinion of the Agent) significantly lower than their market value and to the extent
that such assets are not necessary for the relevant German Guarantor’s business (nicht betriebsnotwendig), to the extent necessary to satisfy the amounts demanded under this paragraph. 

  

	 	(iii)	This Clause 20.11(c) (German Guarantors) shall apply mutatis mutandis if the Guarantee is granted by a Guarantor incorporated in Germany as a limited liability partnership
(GmbH & Co. KG) in relation to the limited liability company as general partner (Komplementär) of such Guarantor. 

  

	(d)	Belgian Guarantors 

 The maximum amount payable by a
Belgian Guarantor under the Finance Documents shall not include any liability which would constitute unlawful financial assistance (as determined in Article 629 of the Belgian Company Code) and shall in all circumstances be limited to the greater of
the following amounts: 
  

	 	(i)	any amounts (principal plus any accrued interest thereon, commissions costs and fees) made available to such Belgian Guarantor under the Finance Documents and which have not yet
been repaid by such Belgian Guarantor at the time of the enforcement of this guarantee; or 

  

	 	(ii)	ninety per cent. (90%) of the Net Assets (as defined hereafter) of such Belgian Guarantor certified by its statutory auditor on the basis of the last audited accounts available
at the time of the enforcement of this guarantee. 

 For the purposes of this section only, “Net Assets” of a Belgian
Guarantor shall have the meaning defined in Article 617 of the Belgian Company Code. 
  

 67 

	(e)	Spanish Guarantors 

 In the case of each Spanish Guarantor,
this guarantee does not apply to any Acquisition Loan, nor to any amounts due under this Agreement (including, without limitation) under Clauses 15 to 19 inclusive, insofar as they relate to or are connected with any Acquisition Loan in each case to
the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of Article 81 of Spanish Act 1564/1989 dated 22 December on Limited Liability Companies (Read Decreto Legislativo 1564/1989, de
22 de diciembre, por el que se aprueba el Texto Refundido de la Ley de Sociedades Anónimas) or Article 40.5 of the Spanish Limited Liability Companies Act 2/1995 (Ley de Sociedades de Responsabilidad Limitada). 
  

	(f)	English and other Guarantors 

 In the case of each
Guarantor which is not a Belgian Guarantor, Dutch Guarantor, French Guarantor, German Guarantor or a Spanish Guarantor this guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful
financial assistance within the meaning of section 151 of the Companies Act 1985 or any equivalent applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor. 
  

	(g)	Accession Letter limitations 

 With respect to any
Additional Guarantor, this guarantee is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Letter applicable to such Additional Guarantor. 
  

 68 

 SECTION 8 
 REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT 
  

	21.	REPRESENTATIONS 

  

	21.1	General 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 21 to each Finance Party. 

  

	(b)	In relation to the representations and warranties made on the date of this Agreement and any other date on or before the Closing Date, it is assumed that Completion has occurred.

  

	21.2	Status 

  

	(a)	It and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

  

	(b)	It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted. 

  

	21.3	Binding obligations 

 Subject to the Legal
Reservations: 
  

	 	(a)	the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations; and

  

	 	(b)	(without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) above and subject to any Perfection Requirements) each Transaction Security Document to which it is a party creates the
security interests which that Transaction Security Document purports to create and those security interests are valid and effective. 

  

	21.4	Non-conflict with other obligations 

 The entry into
and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Agreed Security Principles do not and will not conflict with: 
  

	 	(a)	any law or regulation applicable to it; 

  

	 	(b)	the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or 

  

	 	(c)	any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 

  

	21.5	Power and authority 

 It has the power to enter
into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

  

	21.6	Validity and admissibility in evidence 

  

	(a)	All Authorisations required: 

  

	 	(i)	subject to the Legal Reservations to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

  

 69 

	 	(ii)	to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, 

 have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect save for complying with any Perfection Requirements. 
  

	(b)	All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect
if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	21.7	Governing law and enforcement 

  

	(a)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions. 

  

	(b)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and
enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions. 

  

	21.8	Insolvency 

 No: 
  

	 	(a)	corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 25.7 (Insolvency proceedings); or 

  

	 	(b)	creditors’ process described in Clause 25.8 (Creditors’ process), 

 has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing in relation to the Company or any member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 25.6 (Insolvency) applies to
the Company or any member of the Group. 
  

	21.9	No filing or stamp taxes 

 Under the laws of its
Relevant Jurisdictions, it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be
paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except as disclosed in the legal opinions provided to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 
  

	21.10	Deduction of Tax 

 It is not required under the laws
of its Relevant Jurisdictions to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document. 
  

	21.11	No Default 

  

	(a)	No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the
entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document. 

  

	(b)	No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or
any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

 70 

	21.12	No misleading information 

 In the case of the
Company only, save as disclosed in writing to the Agents and the Arranger prior to the date of this Agreement (or, in relation to the Information Memorandum, prior to the date of the Information Memorandum): 
  

	 	(a)	any factual information contained in the Information Memorandum was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of the Information Memorandum or (as the case may be)
as at the date at which it is expressed to be given; 

  

	 	(b)	any financial projection or forecast contained in the Information Memorandum has been prepared on the basis of recent historical information, was fair as at the date of the
Informational Memorandum or (as the case may be) as at the date of which it is expressed to be given and was based on reasonable assumptions and has been approved by the board of directors of the Company; 

  

	 	(c)	the expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the Information Memorandum were made after careful consideration and (as at the
date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion or intention) were fair and based on reasonable grounds; 

  

	 	(d)	so far as it is aware, having made due and careful enquiry, no event or circumstance has occurred and no information has been omitted from the Information Memorandum and no
information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections have been given or withheld that result in the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections contained in the Information Memorandum being untrue or misleading in any material
respect; 

  

	 	(e)	the Base Case Model has been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the financial reference periods of the Company consistently applied, and the financial
projections contained in the Base Case Model have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information, are fair and based on reasonable assumptions and have been approved by the board of directors of the Company; 

  

	 	(f)	all material information provided to a Finance Party by or on behalf of the Parent or the Company in connection with the Acquisition and/or the Target Group on or before the date of
this Agreement and not superseded before that date (whether or not contained in the Information Memorandum) is accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Finance Party on or
before the date of this Agreement have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied; and 

  

	 	(g)	all other written information provided by any member of the Group (including its advisers) to a Finance Party or the provider of any Report was true, complete and accurate in all
material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any material respect. 

  

	21.13	Financial statements 

  

	(a)	In the case of the Company only to the best of its knowledge and belief the Original Financial Statements of the Target Group: 

  

	 	(i)	were prepared in accordance with IFRS; and 

  

 71 

	 	(ii)	give a true and fair view of the assets, financial condition and results of operations of the Target Group, during the financial years ending 31 December 2005 and
31 December 2006. 

  

	(b)	Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial statements): 

  

	 	(i)	have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistent with those applied in the Base Case Model; and 

  

	 	(ii)	give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited) its consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the
period to which they relate. 

  

	(c)	The budgets and forecasts supplied under this Agreement were arrived at after careful consideration and have been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical
information and on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable as at the date they were prepared and supplied. 

  

	21.14	No proceedings pending or threatened 

 Save as
disclosed to the Arranger in writing prior to the date of this Agreement, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries. 
  

	21.15	No breach of laws 

  

	(a)	It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(b)	No labour disputes are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any of its Subsidiaries which have or are
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	21.16	Environmental Laws 

  

	(a)	Each member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 24.3 (Environmental compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made all due and careful enquiries)
no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(b)	No Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made all due and careful enquiries)) is threatened in writing against any member of the
Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if adversely determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(c)	The cost to the Group of compliance with Environmental Laws (including Environmental Permits) is (to the best of its knowledge and belief, having made all due and careful enquiries)
adequately provided for in the Base Case Model and the cost of compliance with the recommendations contained in the Environmental Report is adequately provided for in the Base Case Model. 

  

	21.17	Taxation 

  

	(a)	It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns. 

  

 72 

	(b)	No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes except in relation to Tax
liabilities: 

  

	 	(i)	arising in the ordinary course of its trading activities and in respect of which the time limits (including any grace period) for payment have not expired; or

  

	 	(ii)	claims contested in good faith and in respect of which adequate provision has been made and disclosed in the latest financial statements or other information delivered to the Agent
under this Agreement. 

  

	(c)	It is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation. 

  

	21.18	Security and Financial Indebtedness 

  

	(a)	No Security or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of the Company or any member of the Group other than as permitted by this Agreement.

  

	(b)	Neither the Company nor any member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement. 

  

	21.19	Ranking 

  

	(a)	Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations
mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally. 

  

	(b)	The Transaction Security has or will have first-ranking priority and it is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking Security other than Permitted Security which
does not comprise security over shares. 

  

	21.20	Good title to assets 

 It and each of its
Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted. 
  

	21.21	Legal and beneficial ownership 

  

	(a)	It and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant Security. 

  

	(b)	All the Target Shares are or will be on the Closing Date legally and beneficially owned by the Company free from any claims, third party rights or competing interests other than
Permitted Security permitted under Clause 24.14 (Negative pledge). 

  

	21.22	Shares 

 The shares of any member of the Group which
are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid up and transferable. The constitutional documents of companies whose shares are subject to the Transaction Security do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on
creation or enforcement of the Transaction Security save, in relation to any Dutch company, for any “blocking arrangements” pursuant to clause 2:195 of the Dutch Civil Code. Save for the Transaction Security Documents, there are no
agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group or member of the Target Group (including any option or right
of pre-emption or conversion). 
  

 73 

	21.23	Intellectual Property 

 It and each of its
Subsidiaries: 
  

	 	(a)	is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which
is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as contemplated in the Base Case Model; 

  

	 	(b)	does not, in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;
and 

  

	 	(c)	has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which
is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as contemplated in the Base Case Model owned or used by it. 

  

	21.24	Group Structure Chart 

 Assuming Completion has
occurred, the Group Structure Chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects. 
  

	21.25	Obligors 

  

	(a)	To the extent permitted by law, each Material Company (other than Arcelor Lorraine) is or will be an Obligor on the Guarantee Take-up Date. 

  

	(b)	The aggregate gross assets, the aggregate net assets and the pre-tax profit or revenues of the Guarantors (and Arcelor Lorraine) on the Guarantee Take-up Date (calculated on an
unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) will exceed 80 per cent. of the consolidated gross assets, net assets pre-tax profits or revenues of the Group.

  

	21.26	Accounting Reference Date 

 The Accounting Reference
Date of each member of the Group is 31 December. 
  

	21.27	Acquisition Documents, disclosures and other documents 

  

	(a)	The Acquisition Documents contain all the terms of the Acquisition. 

  

	(b)	There is no disclosure made in the Disclosure Documents which has or may have a material adverse effect on any of the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts and projections
provided in the Base Case Model or by a member of the Group in respect of the Information Memorandum. 

  

	(c)	To the best of its knowledge, save as disclosed in the Disclosure Documents, no representation or warranty given by any party to the Acquisition Documents is untrue or misleading in
any material respect. 

  

	21.28	Centre of main interests and establishments 

 For
the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “Regulation”), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in the
Netherlands (or, in the case of members of the Group other than the Company, its jurisdiction of incorporation) and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

  

 74 

	21.29	Pensions 

  

	(a)	Except as set out in paragraph (c) below, no member of the Group or the Target Group has any material liability in respect of any pension scheme and there are no circumstances
which would give rise to such a liability. 

  

	(b)	Except as set out in paragraph (c) below, all members of the Group and the Target Group are in compliance with all applicable laws and contracts relating to and the governing
provisions of the pension schemes maintained by or for the benefit of any member of the Group or the Target Group and/or any of its employees. 

  

	(c)	Arcelor Lorraine may be obliged to make a payment of up to €400,000 to a pension scheme maintained by or for the benefit of Arcelor Lorraine and/or any of its employees in
respect of a deficit in such pension scheme. 

  

	21.30	No adverse consequences 

  

	(a)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, it is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions: 

  

	 	(i)	in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or 

  

	 	(ii)	by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document, 

 that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions. 
  

	(b)	No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement
of any Finance Document. 

  

	21.31	Holding company 

 Except as may arise under the
Transaction Documents and for Acquisition Costs, before the Closing Date neither the Company nor the Target has traded or incurred any liabilities or commitments (actual or contingent, present or future) other than (in the case of the Company) the
Shareholder Loan Agreement or (in the case of the Target) the transactions contemplated in connection with the Acquisition, including becoming holding company of the Target Group. 
  

	21.32	Dutch Obligors 

 If applicable, each Dutch Obligor
has given any works council (ondernemingsraad) that under the Works Council Act (Wet op de ondernemingsraden) has the right to give advice in relation to the entry into and performance of this Agreement the opportunity to give such
advice and has obtained unconditional positive advice from such works council. 
  

	21.33	Material Companies 

 The list of Material Companies
set out in Schedule 12 (Material Companies) is correct. 
  

 75 

	21.34	Times when representations made 

  

	(a)	All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 are made by each Original Obligor on the date of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 are deemed to be made by each Original Obligor on the Closing Date. 

  

	(c)	The representations and warranties in Clause 21.25 (Obligors) are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the Guarantee Take-up Date. 

  

	(d)	The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the date of each Utilisation Request, on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period
(except that those contained in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 21.13 (Financial Statements) will cease to be so made once subsequent financial statements have been delivered under this Agreement). 

  

	(e)	All the representations and warranties in this Clause 21 except Clause 21.12 (No misleading information), Clause 21.24 (Group Structure Chart), Clause 21.25
(Obligors), Clause 21.27 (Acquisition Documents, disclosures and other documents), Clause 21.31 (Holding company) and Clause 21.33 (Material Companies) are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which
it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor and by each Obligor on the date on which it grants Transaction Security. 

  

	(f)	Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the
representation or warranty is deemed to be made. 

  

	22.	INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this
Clause 22 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 
 In this Clause 22: 
 “Annual Financial Statements” means any of the financial statements for
a Financial Year delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(ii) and (b)(i) and (ii) of Clause 22.1 (Financial statements). 
 “Quarterly Financial Statements” means any of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (c)(i) of Clause 22.1 (Financial statements). 
  

	22.1	Financial statements 

 The Company shall supply to
the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders: 
  

	 	(a)	in respect of the Financial Year ending 31 December 2007: 

  

	 	(i)	as soon as they are available, but in any event within 90 days after 31 December 2007, the consolidated profit and loss statement, cashflow statement and balance sheet of the
Target Group for the period from 1 January 2007 to the Closing Date, unaudited and reported on by the Auditors in accordance with principles agreed by the Company and the Agent (acting reasonably); and 

  

 76 

	 	(ii)	as soon as they are available, but in any event within 90 days after 31 December 2007, its audited consolidated financial statements for the period from the Closing Date to
31 December 2007; 

  

	 	(b)	as soon as they are available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of its Financial Years: 

  

	 	(i)	(except for the Financial Year ending 31 December 2007) its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; 

  

	 	(ii)	upon request, the audited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Obligor for that Financial Year; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the audited financial statements of the Parent Group for that Financial Year; and 

  

	 	(c)	as soon as they are available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter from the Financial Quarter ending 31 December 2007 to and including the
Financial Quarter ending 30 June 2008 and within 45 days after the end of each subsequent Financial Quarter of each of its Financial Years: 

  

	 	(i)	its consolidated financial statements for that Financial Quarter; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the financial statements of the Parent Group for that Financial Quarter. 

  

	22.2	Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate 

  

	(a)	The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its audited consolidated Annual Financial Statements and each set of its consolidated Quarterly
Financial Statements. 

  

	(b)	The Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, set out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 23 (Financial covenants).

  

	(c)	Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer or other duly authorised legal representative of the Company and, if required to be delivered with the
consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Company, shall be reported on by the Company’s Auditors in the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders (unless it is against the general policy of the Company’s Auditors to
provide such a report). 

  

	22.3	Requirements as to financial statements 

  

	(a)	The Company shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements includes a balance sheet, profit and loss account and cashflow statement.
In addition, the Company shall procure that: 

  

	 	(i)	each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors; 

  

	 	(ii)	each set of Quarterly Financial Statements includes a cashflow forecast in respect of the Group relating to the 6 Month period commencing at the end of the relevant Financial
Quarter; and 

  

	 	(iii)	each set of Quarterly Financial Statements is accompanied by a statement by the directors of the Company commenting on the performance of the Group for the month to which the
financial statements relate and the Financial Year to date and any material developments or proposals affecting the Group or its business. 

  

 77 

	(b)	Each set of Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Clause 22.1 (Financial statements): 

  

	 	(i)	shall be certified by the chief financial officer or other duly authorised representative of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view of (in the case of the Annual
Financial Statements) or fairly representing (in the case of the Quarterly Financial Statements) its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up and, in the case of the Annual Financial
Statements, shall be accompanied by any letter addressed to the management of the relevant company by the Auditors and accompanying those Annual Financial Statements; 

  

	 	(ii)	in the case of consolidated financial statements of the Group, shall be accompanied by a statement by the directors of the Company comparing actual performance for the period to
which the financial statements relate to: 

  

	 	(A)	the projected performance for that period set out in the Budget; and 

  

	 	(B)	the actual performance for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year of the Group; 

  

	 	(iii)	shall be prepared using the Accounting Principles, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied: 

  

	 	(A)	in the case of the Company, in the preparation of the Base Case Model; and 

  

	 	(B)	in the case of any other Obligor, in the preparation of any Original Financial Statements for that Obligor, 

 unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Company notifies the Agent that there has been a change in the Accounting Principles or the
accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditors (or, if appropriate, the Auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Agent: 
  

	 	(C)	a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the Accounting Principles or accounting practices upon which the Base Case Model or, as the case may
be, that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements were prepared; and 

  

	 	(D)	sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 23 (Financial covenants) has been
complied with, to determine the Margin as set out in the definition of “Margin”, to determine the amount of any prepayments to be made from excess cashflow under Clause 9.2 (Proceeds) and to make an accurate comparison
between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Base Case Model (in the case of the Company) or that Obligor’s Original Financial Statements (if any) (in the case of an Obligor); and 

  

	 	(iv)	in the case of the consolidated financial statements of the Group, shall be accompanied by a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reconcile them
with IFRS. 

  

 78 

 Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those
financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Base Case Model or, as the case may be, the Original Financial Statements (if any) were prepared. 
  

	(c)	If the Agent wishes to discuss the financial position of any member of the Group with the Auditors, the Agent may notify the Company, stating the questions or issues which the Agent
wishes to discuss with the Auditors. In this event, the Company (subject to the Agent, if so required by the Auditors, agreeing an engagement letter satisfactory to the Auditors (acting reasonably)) must ensure that the Auditors are authorised (at
the expense of the Company): 

  

	 	(i)	to discuss the financial position of each member of the Group with the Agent on request from the Agent; and 

  

	 	(ii)	to disclose to the Agent for the Finance Parties any information which the Agent may reasonably request. 

 The costs of the Auditors’ compliance with the provisions of paragraph (c) above shall be for the account of the Company for so long as a
Default is continuing or if the Majority Lenders have reasonable grounds for doubting or questioning the accuracy or validity of the financial information provided to them to any material extent (having initially sought confirmation of such
financial information from the Company), otherwise such costs shall (unless the Company agrees that the costs should be for its account) be for the account of the Lenders. 
  

	22.4	Budget 

  

	(a)	The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available but in any event within 30 days after the start of each of its
Financial Years (commencing the Financial Year beginning on 1 January 2008), an annual Budget for that Financial Year. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall ensure that each Budget: 

  

	 	(i)	is in a form (but not content) reasonably acceptable to the Agent and includes a projected consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow statement for the Group and
projected financial covenant calculations; 

  

	 	(ii)	is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to the Base Case Model; and 

 

	 	(iii)	has been approved by the board of directors of the Company. 

  

	(c)	If the Company updates or changes the Budget, it shall promptly deliver to the Agent, in sufficient copies for each of the Lenders, such updated or changed Budget together with a
written explanation of the main changes in that Budget. 

  

	22.5	Group companies 

 The Company shall, at the request
of the Agent, supply to the Agent a report issued by its Auditors stating which of its Subsidiaries are Material Companies and confirming that the aggregate of, respectively, the gross assets, net assets, pre-tax profits and revenues of the
Guarantors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 80 per cent. of, respectively, the consolidated gross assets, net assets, pre-tax profits
and revenues of the Group. 
  

 79 

	22.6	Presentations 

 Once in every Financial Year, or
more frequently if requested to do so by the Agent if the Agent reasonably suspects a Default is continuing, at least two directors of the Company (one of whom shall be the chief financial officer) must give a presentation to the Finance Parties
about the on-going business and financial performance of the Group. 
  

	22.7	Year-end 

  

	(a)	The Company shall not change its Accounting Reference Date and shall procure that each Financial Year-end of each member of the Group falls on 31 December. 

 

	(b)	The Company shall procure that each quarterly accounting period and each Financial Quarter of each member of the Group ends on an accounting date. 

  

	22.8	Information: miscellaneous 

 The Company shall
supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests) in each case, except to the extent prohibited by law or any regulation applicable to it (including, without limitation, any stock exchange and market
regulations): 
  

	 	(a)	at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or dispatched by the Company or any
Obligors to its creditors generally (or any class of them); 

  

	 	(b)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened in writing or pending against any member
of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; 

  

	 	(c)	promptly upon becoming aware of the relevant claim, the details of any claim in excess of €500,000 or its equivalent in any currency or currencies which is current, threatened
or pending against the Vendor or any other person in respect of the Acquisition Documents and details of any disposal or insurance claim which will require a prepayment under Clause 9.2 (Proceeds); 

  

	 	(d)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of the suspension of any material Authorisation required by any member of the Group, under any law or regulation of any Relevant
Jurisdiction to carry on its business, or any such Authorisation ceasing to be in full force and effect, or of any investigation, proceedings or other action or notice that may lead to any such Authorisation being suspended or ceasing to be in full
force and effect; 

  

	 	(e)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, any funding notice or financial direction: 

  

	 	(i)	from a government regulator, a publicly appointed body or the trustees (or equivalent persons) of any pension scheme maintained by or for the benefit of any member of the Group or
any of its employees (a “Relevant Pension Scheme”); 

  

	 	(ii)	issued pursuant to any statute or pursuant to any funding agreement entered into with any Relevant Pension Scheme, 

 in respect of any pension obligations of any member of the Group; 
  

 80 

	 	(f)	promptly, such information as the Security Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Transaction Security
Documents; and 

  

	 	(g)	promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of the Group and/or any member of the Group as the Agent may reasonably
request. 

  

	22.9	Notification of Default 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware
that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor). 

  

	(b)	Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default
is continuing (or, if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it). 

  

	22.10	“Know your customer” checks 

  

	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

  

	 	(ii)	any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or 

  

	 	(iii)	a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a Party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (a)(iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with
“know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender, supply, or procure
the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (a)(iii) above, on behalf of any
prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (a)(iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your
customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 
  

	(b)	Each Lender shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent, supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for
itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks on Lenders or prospective new Lenders pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance
Documents. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall, by not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request
that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors). 

  

 81 

	(d)	Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know
your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender, supply, or procure the supply of,
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new
Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

  

	22.11	No personal liability 

 In the absence of fraud and
gross negligence, no director, officer or employee of the Company or any other member of the Group shall be personally liable solely by reason of their signature of any certificate or other document as required to be delivered to any Finance Party
pursuant to any Finance Document. 
  

	23.	FINANCIAL COVENANTS 

  

	23.1	Financial definitions 

 In this Agreement:

 “Borrowings” means, at any time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (and any fixed or minimum
premium payable on prepayment or redemption) of any indebtedness of members of the Group for or in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions; 

  

	 	(b)	any acceptances under any acceptance credit or bill discount facility (or dematerialised equivalent); 

  

	 	(c)	any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument; 

  

	 	(d)	any Finance Lease; 

  

	 	(e)	receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis and meet any requirements for de-recognition under the Accounting
Principles); 

  

	 	(f)	any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution except in
respect of the performance by a member of the Group of any obligation other than in respect of Financial Indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group; 

  

	 	(g)	any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the date falling one Month after the Termination Date or are otherwise
classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles; 

  

	 	(h)	any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind the entry into the agreement is to raise finance or to
finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 90 days after the date of supply; 

  

 82 

	 	(i)	any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of
a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles; and 

  

	 	(j)	(without double counting) the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

 “Capital Expenditure” means any expenditure or obligation in respect of expenditure which, in accordance
with the Accounting Principles, is treated as capital expenditure (and including the capital element of any expenditure or obligation incurred in connection with a Finance Lease). 
 “Cashflow” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after: 
  

	 	(a)	adding the amount of any decrease (and deducting the amount of any increase) in Working Capital for that Relevant Period; 

  

	 	(b)	adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during that Relevant Period in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of
in calculating EBITDA for any Relevant Period (other than, in the case of cash receipts, Relevant Proceeds); 

  

	 	(c)	adding the amount of any cash receipts during that Relevant Period in respect of any Tax rebates or credits and deducting the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of
Taxes during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(d)	adding (to the extent not already taken into account in determining EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions received in cash by any member of the Group
during that Relevant Period from any entity which is itself not a member of the Group and deducting (to the extent not already deducted in determining EBITDA) the amount of any dividends paid in cash during the Relevant Period to minority
shareholders in members of the Group; 

  

	 	(e)	adding the amount of any cash paid to a member of the Group in the Relevant Period that represents repayment of any loan made to a Joint Venture; 

  

	 	(f)	adding the amount of any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) and deducting the amount of
any non-cash credits (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing EBITDA; 

  

	 	(g)	deducting the amount of any Capital Expenditure actually made during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group and the aggregate of any cash consideration paid for, or the
cash cost of, the capital element of any Permitted Acquisitions and the amount of any Joint Venture Investments in cash except (in each case) to the extent funded from: 

  

 83 

	 	(i)	the proceeds of Disposals or insurance claims permitted to be retained for this purpose; 

  

	 	(ii)	Retained Excess Cashflow; or 

  

	 	(iii)	Utilisation of the Facilities; 

  

	 	(h)	adding the proceeds of any business interruption insurance received during the period; and 

  

	 	(i)	adding the aggregate amount of New Shareholder Funding Proceeds received during the period less any amounts applied in prepayment of the Term Facilities or in cancellation of
Revolving Facility Commitments, 

 and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once and there shall be excluded
the effect of all cash movements associated with the Acquisition or the Acquisition Costs. 
 “Current Assets” means the
aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding Cash and Cash Equivalent
Investments) expected to be realised within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	receivables in relation to Tax; 

  

	 	(b)	Exceptional Items and other non-operating items; 

  

	 	(c)	insurance claims; and 

  

	 	(d)	any interest owing to any member of the Group. 

 “Current Liabilities” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Group expected to be settled within 12 Months from the date
of computation but excluding amounts in respect of: 
  

	 	(a)	liabilities for Borrowings and Finance Charges; 

  

	 	(b)	liabilities for Tax; 

  

	 	(c)	Exceptional Items and other non-operating items; 

  

	 	(d)	insurance claims; and 

  

	 	(e)	liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Company or by a member of the Group in favour of a person which is not a member of the Group.

 “Debt Service” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the aggregate of: 
  

	 	(a)	Net Finance Charges for that Relevant Period; 

  

	 	(b)	the aggregate of all scheduled and mandatory repayments of Borrowings (in the case of the Facilities, as adjusted as a result of any previous voluntary or mandatory payment) falling
due during that Relevant Period but excluding: 

  

	 	(i)	any amounts falling due under any revolving facility (including, without limitation, the Revolving Facility and any Ancillary Facility) and which were available for simultaneous
redrawing according to the terms of that facility; 

  

 84 

	 	(ii)	any mandatory prepayment made pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Proceeds); 

  

	 	(iii)	any such obligations owed to any member of the Group in respect of Subordinated Debt; and 

  

	 	(iv)	any prepayment of Borrowings existing on the Closing Date which is required to be repaid under the terms of this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(c)	the amount of the capital element of any payments in respect of that Relevant Period payable under any Finance Lease entered into by any member of the Group,

 and so that no amount shall be included more than once. 
 “EBIT” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the consolidated operating profit of the Group before taxation (excluding the results
from discontinued operations): 
  

	 	(a)	before deducting any Finance Charges; 

  

	 	(b)	not including any accrued interest owing to any member of the Group; 

  

	 	(c)	before taking into account any Exceptional Items; 

  

	 	(d)	before deducting any Acquisition Costs; 

  

	 	(e)	after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests;

  

	 	(f)	after deducting the amount of any profit of any Non-Group Entity to the extent that the amount of the profit included in the financial statements of the Group exceeds the
amount actually received in cash by members of the Group through distributions by the Non-Group Entity; 

  

	 	(g)	before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting
basis); and 

  

	 	(h)	before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset at any time after the Closing Date, 

 in each case, to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group
before taxation. 
 “EBITDA” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back
any amount attributable to the amortisation or depreciation or impairment of assets of members of the Group. 
 “Exceptional
Items” means any exceptional, one-off, non-recurring or extraordinary items. 
 “Excess Cashflow” means, for any
period for which it is being calculated, Cashflow for that period, less (except to the extent already deducted in calculating Cashflow): 
  

	 	(a)	Debt Service for that period; 

  

	 	(b)	the amount of any voluntary prepayments and mandatory prepayment (to the extent not included in the Debt Service) made in respect of any Borrowings during that period; and

  

	 	(c)	any Permitted Carry Forward Amount for that year, 

  

 85 

 and adding any Permitted Carry Forward Amount carried forward from the previous Financial Year of the
Company to the current Financial Year, to the extent not spent in such current Financial Year. 
 “Finance Charges” means,
for any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Borrowings whether paid, payable or capitalised by any member of the
Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant Period: 
  

	 	(a)	excluding any upfront fees or costs; 

  

	 	(b)	including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases; 

  

	 	(c)	including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Group under any interest rate
hedging arrangement; and 

  

	 	(d)	taking no account of any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instruments other than any derivative instruments which are accounted for on a hedge accounting basis;

  

	 	(e)	excluding any such amounts owed to members of the Group; and 

  

	 	(f)	excluding any such amounts which is capitalised, rolled up or deferred during such period under any Subordinated Debt, 

 together with the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid or made by the Company in respect of that Relevant Period and so that no amount
shall be added (or deducted) more than once. 
 “Finance Lease” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in
accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease. 
 “Financial Quarter” means the period
commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date. 
 “Financial Year” means the annual
accounting period of the Group ending on or about 31 December in each year. 
 “Fixed Charge Cover” means the ratio of
Cashflow to Debt Service in respect of any Relevant Period. 
 “Interest Cover” means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Finance
Charges in respect of any Relevant Period. 
 “Leverage” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, the ratio of Total Net
Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to EBITDA in respect of that Relevant Period. 
 “Net Finance Charges” means,
for any Relevant Period, the Finance Charges for that Relevant Period after deducting any interest payable in that Relevant Period to any member of the Group on any Cash or Cash Equivalent Investment. 
  

 86 

 “Non-Group Entity” means any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the
Group (including associates and Joint Ventures)) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest. 
 “Quarter
Date” means each of 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December. 
 “Relevant Period” means each
period of 12 Months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of 12 Months ending on or about the last day of each Financial Quarter. 
 “Relevant Proceeds” means Acquisition Proceeds, Disposal Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds, New Shareholder Funding Proceeds and the proceeds of a Purchase Price Reduction (each as defined in Clause 9.2
(Proceeds)). 
 “Retained Excess Cashflow” means Excess Cashflow which is not required to be applied in making any
prepayment under the Finance Documents. 
 “Total Net Debt” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of
members of the Group for or in respect of Borrowings at that time but: 
  

	 	(a)	excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group; 

  

	 	(b)	including, in the case of Finance Leases only, their capitalised value; 

  

	 	(c)	deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time; and 

  

	 	(d)	excluding Borrowings comprising Subordinated Debt, 

 and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once. 
 “Working Capital” means, on any date,
Current Assets less Current Liabilities. 
  

	23.2	Financial condition 

 The Company shall ensure that:

  

	 	(a)	Fixed Charge Cover: Fixed Charge Cover in respect of any Relevant Period ending: 

  

	 	(i)	on or after 31 December 2007 and on or before 30 September 2009, shall not be less than 1:1; 

  

	 	(ii)	on or after 31 December 2009 and on or before 30 September 2010, shall not be less than 1.15:1; and 

  

	 	(iii)	on or after 31 December 2010 shall not be less than 1.2:1. 

  

	 	(b)	Interest Cover: Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period ending on or after 31 December 2007 shall not be less than 5:1. 

  

	 	(c)	Leverage: Leverage in respect of any Relevant Period ending on or after 31 December 2007 shall not exceed 2.25:1. 

  

	 	(d)	 Capital Expenditure: The aggregate Capital Expenditure of the Group (other than Capital Expenditure funded by the retention of the proceeds of
Recovery Claims, Disposals, insurance claims or Retained Excess Cashflow (excluding any Permitted Carry Forward Amount) in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed 110 per cent. of 

  

 87 

	 	 
the capital expenditure envisaged for that Financial Year in the Base Case Model. If in any Financial Year (the “Original Financial Year”)
the amount of the Capital Expenditure is less than the maximum amount permitted for that Original Financial Year (the difference being referred to below as the “Unused Amount”), then the maximum expenditure amount for the
immediately following Financial Year only (the “Carry Forward Year”) shall be increased by an amount (the “Permitted Carry Forward Amount”) equal to the Unused Amount if any and only to the extent that the Unused
Amount could have been spent in the Original Financial Year without causing a breach of the Fixed Charge Cover test for that year. In any Carry Forward Year, the original amount specified in the Base Case Model for that Carry Forward Year shall be
treated as having been incurred prior to any Permitted Carry Forward Amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year. 

  

	23.3	Financial testing 

 The financial covenants set out
in Clause 23.2 (Financial condition) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b)(i) and (c)(i) of Clause 22.1
(Financial statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 22.2 (Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate). 
  

	23.4	Basis of calculation 

 For the purpose of the
calculation of EBITDA: 
  

	 	(a)	the EBITDA generated by any company, business or business line acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition completed during any Relevant Period from the date falling on the
beginning of the Relevant Period through to the date on which such Permitted Acquisitions were closed shall be added on a proforma basis as if the company, business or business line had been acquired at the start of the Relevant Period and with such
adjustments for synergies and one-off cost-savings reasonably achievable within 12 months of the acquisition; and 

  

	 	(b)	the EBITDA generated by any company, business or business line disposed of pursuant to a Permitted Disposal completed during the Relevant Period from the date falling on the
beginning of the Relevant Period through to the date on which such Permitted Disposals were closed shall be deducted on a proforma basis. 

  

	24.	GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings in this
Clause 24 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force. 
 Authorisations and compliance with laws 
  

	24.1	Authorisations 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall promptly: 

  

	 	(i)	obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and 

  

	 	(ii)	supply certified copies to the Agent of, 

  

 88 

 any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to: 
  

	 	(A)	enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Acquisition Documents; 

  

	 	(B)	subject to Legal Reservations and Perfection Requirements, ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions of any Finance
Document or Acquisition Document; and 

  

	 	(C)	carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall ensure that the Perfection Requirements are complied with promptly and in any event before the final date on which it is necessary to carry out any such Perfection
Requirement in order to achieve the relevant perfection, protection or priority of any Transaction Security Document. 

  

	24.2	Compliance with laws 

 Each Obligor shall (and the
Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.3	Environmental compliance 

 Each Obligor shall (and
the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will): 
  

	 	(a)	comply with all applicable Environmental Law; 

  

	 	(b)	obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; and 

  

	 	(c)	implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law, 

 where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.4	Environmental Claims 

 Each Obligor shall (through
the Company), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of: 
  

	 	(a)	any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened in writing; and 

  

	 	(b)	any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened in writing against any member of the Group,

 in each case where the claim is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if determined against that member of the
Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.5	Taxation 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without
incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that: 

  

	 	(i)	such payment is being contested in good faith; 

  

 89 

	 	(ii)	adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent
under Clause 22.1 (Financial statements); and 

  

	 	(iii)	such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(b)	No member of the Group may change its residence for Tax purposes. 

 Restrictions on business focus 
  

	24.6	Merger 

 No Obligor shall (and the Company shall
ensure that no other member of the Group will) enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction other than a Permitted Transaction or a Permitted Merger. 
  

	24.7	Change of business 

 The Company shall procure that
no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement. 
  

	24.8	Acquisitions 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will): 

  

	 	(i)	acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or 

  

	 	(ii)	incorporate a company. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the
incorporation of a company which is: 

  

	 	(i)	a Permitted Acquisition; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.9	Joint Ventures 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will): 

  

	 	(i)	enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or 

  

	 	(ii)	transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital
to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing). 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any acquisition of (or agreement to acquire) any interest in a Joint Venture or transfer of assets (or agreement to transfer assets) to a
Joint Venture or loan made to or guarantee given in respect of the obligations of a Joint Venture if such transaction is a Permitted Acquisition, a Permitted Disposal, a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Joint Venture. 

  

 90 

	24.10	Holding companies 

 The Company shall not, and shall
ensure that neither the Target (nor New Holdco will) trade, carry on any business, own any assets or incur any liabilities except for: 
  

	 	(a)	(in the case of the Company) the provision of administrative services (excluding treasury services) to other members of the Group of a type customarily provided by a holding company
to its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(b)	ownership of shares in its Subsidiaries, intra-Group debit balances, intra-Group credit balances and other credit balances in bank accounts, cash and Cash Equivalent Investments but
only if those shares, credit balances, cash and Cash Equivalent Investments are subject to the Transaction Security; and 

  

	 	(c)	any liabilities under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and professional fees and administration costs in the ordinary course of business as a holding company.

 Restrictions on dealing with assets and Security 
  

	24.11	Preservation of assets 

 Each Obligor shall (and the
Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material assets necessary in the conduct of its business. 
  

	24.12	Pari passu ranking 

 Each Obligor shall ensure that
at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those
creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies. 
  

	24.13	Acquisition Documents 

  

	(a)	The Company shall promptly pay all amounts payable to the Vendor under the Acquisition Documents as and when they become due (except to the extent that any such amounts are being
contested in good faith by a member of the Group and where adequate reserves are set aside for any such payment). 

  

	(b)	The Company shall (and shall procure that each relevant member of the Group will) take all reasonable and practical steps to preserve and enforce its rights (or the rights of any
other member of the Group) and pursue any claims and remedies arising under any Acquisition Documents. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall not (and shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) amend, terminate, give any waiver or consent under, or agree or decide not to enforce, in whole or in
part, any term or condition of: 

  

	 	(i)	the Acquisition Agreement, save for amendments, waivers or consents which: 

  

	 	(A)	are in the agreed form and are to be put in place on or by the Closing Date; or 

  

	 	(B)	are minor or technical or and, 

 in each case, do not
relate to a condition precedent to completion of the Acquisition; or 
  

 91 

	 	(ii)	any Acquisition Document (other than the Acquisition Agreement), save for amendments, waivers or consents: 

  

	 	(A)	reasonable details of which have been notified to the Agent prior to being effected; 

  

	 	(B)	which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially prejudice the interests of the Secured Parties; and 

  

	 	(C)	if requested by the Agent, in respect of which a certificate of a director of the Company has been provided, confirming that effecting such amendment, waiver or consent will not
result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

  

	(d)	The Company shall ensure that any negative adjustment to the purchase price payable under the Acquisition Documents is made promptly in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement.

  

	24.14	Negative pledge 

 In this Clause 24.14,
“Quasi-Security” means a transaction described in paragraph (b) below. 
 Except as permitted under paragraph
(c) below: 
  

	 	(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets. 

  

	 	(b)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will): 

  

	 	(i)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or reacquired by the Company or any other member of the Group;

  

	 	(ii)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms; 

  

	 	(iii)	enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

  

	 	(iv)	enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect, 

 in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction constitutes a Security and is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset. 
  

	 	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is: 

  

	 	(i)	Permitted Security; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.15	Disposals 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of
transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset. 

  

 92 

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is: 

  

	 	(i)	a Permitted Disposal; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.16	Arm’s length basis 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure no member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any person except on
arm’s length terms and for full market value (or better). 

  

	(b)	The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 24.16: 

  

	 	(i)	intra-Group loans permitted under Clause 24.17 (Loans or credit) or a Permitted Disposal under paragraph (b) of that definition; 

  

	 	(ii)	fees, costs and expenses payable under the Transaction Documents in the amounts set out in the Transaction Documents delivered to the Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions
precedent) or agreed by the Agent; and 

  

	 	(iii)	any Permitted Transactions. 

 Restrictions on
movement of cash - cash out 
  

	24.17	Loans or credit 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that no member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial
Indebtedness. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	a Permitted Loan; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.18	No guarantees or indemnities 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any
guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) does not apply to a guarantee which is: 

  

	 	(i)	a Permitted Guarantee; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.19	Dividends and share redemption 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, the Company shall not (and will ensure that no other member of the Group will): 

  

	 	(i)	declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in
respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital); 

  

	 	(ii)	repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve; 

  

	 	(iii)	pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of the shareholders of the Company; or 

  

 93 

	 	(iv)	redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	a Permitted Transaction (other than one referred to in paragraph (c) of the definition of that term); or 

  

	 	(ii)	the payment of a dividend to the Company or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries, 

 in each case provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or where an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Majority Lenders are satisfied that the relevant payment will be used
towards payment of an amount due under the Finance Documents or towards prepayment of the Facilities. 
 Restrictions on movement of
cash - cash in 
  

	24.20	Financial Indebtedness 

  

	(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any
Financial Indebtedness. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is: 

  

	 	(i)	Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or 

  

	 	(ii)	a Permitted Transaction. 

  

	24.21	Share capital 

 No Obligor shall (and the Company
shall ensure no member of the Group will) issue any shares except: 
  

	 	(a)	in connection with the Acquisition and as described in the Funds Flow Statement; or 

  

	 	(b)	pursuant to a Permitted Transaction; or 

  

	 	(c)	pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue. 

 Miscellaneous

  

	24.22	Insurance 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the
extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business. 

  

	(b)	All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters. 

  

	24.23	Pensions 

 The Company shall ensure that all pension
schemes operated by or maintained for the benefit of members of the Group and/or any of their employees are funded to at least the extent required by local law and practice and that no action or omission is taken by any member of the Group in
relation to such a pension scheme which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.24	Access 

 If an Event of Default is continuing or the
Agent reasonably suspects an Event of Default is continuing or is likely to occur, each Obligor shall, and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will permit the Agent and/or the Security 

  

 94 

 
Agent and/or accountants or other professional advisers and contractors of the Agent or Security Agent free access at all reasonable times and on reasonable
notice at the risk and cost of the Obligor or the Company to (a) the premises, assets, books, accounts and records of each member of the Group and (b) meet and discuss matters with senior management in each case only to the extent the
Agent acting reasonably considers necessary to investigate the Event of Default referred to above. 
  

	24.25	Intellectual Property 

 Each Obligor shall (and the
Company shall procure that each Group member will): 
  

	 	(a)	ensure that it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its
business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as contemplated in the Base Case Model; 

  

	 	(b)	preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of such Intellectual Property; 

  

	 	(c)	use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of such Intellectual Property; 

  

	 	(d)	make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain such Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual
Property; 

  

	 	(e)	not use or permit such Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and
adversely affect the existence or value of such Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and 

  

	 	(f)	not discontinue the use of such Intellectual Property, 

 where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a) to (d) above, or, in the case of paragraphs (e) and (f) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably likely to have a Material
Adverse Effect. 
  

	24.26	Financial assistance 

 Each Obligor shall (and the
Company shall procure each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with any financial assistance legislation in any Relevant Jurisdictions including in relation to the execution of the Transaction Security Documents and payment of amounts
due under this Agreement. 
  

	24.27	Group bank accounts 

 The Company shall ensure that
within 90 days of the Closing Date all bank accounts of the Group shall be opened and maintained with a Finance Party or an Affiliate of a Finance Party. 
  

	24.28	Treasury Transactions 

  

	(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company will procure that no members of the Group will) enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than: 

  

	 	(i)	the hedging transactions contemplated by paragraph (b) below and documented by the Hedging Agreements; 

  

 95 

	 	(ii)	spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and 

  

	 	(iii)	any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities of a member of the Group and not for
speculative purposes. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall ensure that no later than the date that is 4 weeks after the Closing Date, 50 per cent. of the Term Facility Loans are hedged against interest rate risks for
5 years after the date of this Agreement and that such hedging arrangements are not terminated, varied or cancelled without the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), save (in the case of arrangements documented
by the Hedging Agreements) as permitted by this Agreement. 

  

	(c)	At or before the time that any member of the Group enters into any Hedging Agreement with a Hedge Counterparty after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall ensure that the
counterparty accedes as a Hedge Counterparty to this Agreement. 

  

	24.29	Guarantors 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and (e) below, the Company shall ensure that, at all times on and after the date (the “Guarantee Take-up Date”) four
weeks after the Closing Date: 

  

	 	(i)	each Material Company is a Guarantor; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the aggregate of, respectively, gross assets, net assets, pre-Tax profits and revenues of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all
intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 80 per cent. of, respectively, the consolidated gross assets, net assets, pre-Tax profits or revenues of the Group. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall be required to comply with paragraph (a) above at all times after the Guarantee Take-up Date, provided that: 

  

	 	(i)	if, as a result of an acquisition of any new company or business (an “Additional Acquisition”), one or more Subsidiaries of the Company are required to accede to
this Agreement as Guarantor(s) in order for paragraph (a) above to be complied with, the Company shall ensure that such accession is completed within 45 days from the date of the Additional Acquisition; 

  

	 	(ii)	if any Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements demonstrate that one or more additional Subsidiaries are required to accede to this Agreement as Guarantors in
order to comply with paragraph (a) above (other than as a result of transfers of assets or any other transaction between members of the Group), then the Company shall ensure that such accession(s) is or are completed within 45 days of delivery
of the relevant Annual Financial Statements or Quarterly Financial Statements; and 

  

	 	(iii)	if any transfer of assets or other transaction between members of the Group is proposed, which would result in paragraph (a) not being complied with following such transfer or
other transaction, then the Company must ensure that one or more of its Subsidiaries accede to this Agreement as Guarantor such that paragraph (a) above will be complied with immediately upon completion of such transfer or other transactions.

  

 96 

	(c)	The Company need only perform its obligations under paragraph (a) above if it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor
would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management. Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or
personal liability. This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed. The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

  

	(d)	No breach of paragraphs (a) or (b) above will occur, if the breach is a result of Arcelor Lorraine not being a Guarantor on the Guarantee Take-up Date, provided that
Arcelor Lorraine is a Guarantor at all times on or after the date which is 8 weeks after the Closing Date. 

  

	(e)	The Company shall ensure that at all times on and after the Closing Date, the Target is a Guarantor. 

  

	24.30	Further assurance 

  

	(a)	Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such
documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Security Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its
nominee(s)): 

  

	 	(i)	to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Transaction Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment
or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to
the Finance Documents or by law; 

  

	 	(ii)	to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Finance Parties Security over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the
Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Transaction Security Documents; and/or 

  

	 	(iii)	to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security. 

  

	(b)	Subject to the Agreed Security Principles, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that each member of the Group shall) take all such action as is available to it
(including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or
pursuant to the Finance Documents. 

  

	24.31	Syndication 

 The Company shall provide reasonable
assistance to the Arranger in the syndication of the Facilities (including, without limitation, by making senior management available for the purpose of making presentations to, or meeting, potential lending institutions) and will comply with all
reasonable requests for information from potential syndicate members prior to completion of syndication. 
  

 97 

	24.32	Conditions subsequent 

  

	(a)	The Company shall procure that each member of the Group identified in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent): 

  

	 	(i)	accedes as an Additional Obligor by the date specified in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent); and 

  

	 	(ii)	subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grants the Transaction Security and carries out any action to protect, perfect or give priority to the Transaction Security by the date
specified in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 

  

	(b)	The Company shall procure that: 

  

	 	(i)	each of Arcelor Bremen, Arcelor Genk, Arcelor Gent, Arcelor LWB and Arcelor Zaragoza enters into an Intra-Group Loan Agreement with the person or persons to whom it owes any
intra-Group debt by the Guarantee Take-up Date; and 

  

	 	(ii)	Arcelor Lorraine enters into an Intra-Group Loan Agreement with the person or persons to whom it owes any intra-Group debt by the date which is 8 weeks after the Closing Date.

  

	(c)	The Company shall procure that any restriction on the transfer of shares contained in the constitutional documents of Arcelor LWB is removed by the Guarantee Take-up Date.

  

	(d)	The Company shall procure that an updated version of the steps paper produced by Deloitte (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) is provided to the Agent on or before
14 September 2007. 

  

	(e)	The Company shall supply to the Agent details (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) of all intra-Group loans on or before 14 September 2007.

  

	24.33	Transaction Security 

 No security provider shall
(and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) do anything or omit doing anything which would adversely affect the value, validity or enforceability of the Transaction Security. 
  

	24.34	Transaction Security over shares in Target 

 The
Company shall grant a share pledge (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) in favour of the Secured Parties over all the shares in the Target on the Closing Date. 
  

	25.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT 

 Each of the events or
circumstances set out in this Clause 25 is an Event of Default (save for Clause 25.18 (Acceleration) and Clause 25.19 (Clean-up period)). 
  

	25.1	Non-payment 

 An Obligor does not pay on the due
date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless: 
  

	 	(a)	its failure to pay is caused by administrative or technical error or a Disruption Event; and 

  

 98 

	 	(b)	payment is made within three Business Days of its due date. 

  

	25.2	Financial covenants 

 Any requirement of Clause 23
(Financial covenants) is not satisfied. 
  

	25.3	Other obligations 

  

	(a)	An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 25.1 (Non-payment), Clause 25.2 (Financial covenants)),
Clause 24.32 (Conditions subsequent) and Clause 24.34 (Transaction Security over shares in Target). 

  

	(b)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 10 Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the
Company or relevant Obligor or the Company or an Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply. 

  

	25.4	Misrepresentation 

  

	(a)	Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in
connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading to a material extent when made or deemed to be made. 

  

	(b)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the facts or circumstances underlying the misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are remedied within 10
Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Company or the Company becoming aware of the misrepresentation. 

  

	25.5	Cross default 

  

	(a)	Any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period. 

  

	(b)	Any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event
of default (however described). 

  

	(c)	Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of the Company or any member of the Group as a result
of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(d)	Any creditor of the Company or any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of the Company or any member of the Group due and payable prior to its
specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described). 

  

	(e)	No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 25.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs
(a) to (d) above is less than €1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). 

  

	25.6	Insolvency 

  

	(a)	A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due or is deemed to or declared to be unable to pay its debts under applicable law, suspends or
threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

  

 99 

	(b)	The value of the assets of any Material Company is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities). 

  

	(c)	A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by
that moratorium. 

  

	(d)	Any Dutch Obligor or Material Company incorporated in the Netherlands gives notice under section 36(2) of the Dutch Tax Collection Act 1990 (Invorderingswet 1990).

  

	25.7	Insolvency proceedings 

  

	(a)	Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to: 

  

	 	(i)	the suspension of payments, including emergency regulations (noodregeling), a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by
way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company; 

  

	 	(ii)	a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company; 

  

	 	(iii)	the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company or any of its
assets; or 

  

	 	(iv)	enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Material Company, 

 or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction. 
  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to: 

  

	 	(i)	any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised; or

  

	 	(ii)	any step or procedure contemplated by paragraph (b) of the definition of “Permitted Transaction”. 

  

	25.8	Creditors’ process 

 Any enforcement
proceedings, expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction (including by way of executory attachment (executioriaal beslag) or interlocutory attachment (conservatoir
beslag)) affects any asset or assets of any Material Company having an aggregate value of €1,000,000 and is not discharged within 15 days (or in the case of any Dutch interlocutory attachment (conservatoir beslag)) against any
Material Company incorporated in the Netherlands, is not discharged within 30 days). 
  

	25.9	Unlawfulness and invalidity 

  

	(a)	It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Transaction Security created or expressed to be created or evidenced by
the Transaction Security Documents ceases to be effective or any subordination created under a Subordination Agreement is or becomes unlawful. 

  

 100 

	(b)	Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the
cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(c)	Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or any Transaction Security or any subordination created under a Subordination Agreement ceases to be legal, valid,
binding, enforceable or effective or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective. 

  

	25.10	Subordination Agreement 

 Any party to a
Subordination Agreement (other than a Finance Party) fails to comply with its obligations under a Subordination Agreement and, if the non-compliance is capable of remedy, it is not remedied within 10 Business Days of the earlier of the Agent giving
notice to that party or that party becoming aware of the non-compliance. 
  

	25.11	Cessation of business 

 The Company, the Target or
any Material Company suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business except (other than in the case of the Company or the Target) as a result of a Permitted Disposal or Permitted
Transaction. 
  

	25.12	Change of ownership 

 After the Closing Date, an
Obligor (other than the Company) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company. 
  

	25.13	Audit qualification 

 The Auditors of the Group
qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and that qualification is material in the context of the Group or its financing. 
  

	25.14	Expropriation 

 The authority or ability of any
Material Company to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or
other person in relation to any Material Company or any of its material assets. 
  

	25.15	Repudiation and rescission of agreements 

  

	(a)	An Obligor (or any other relevant Party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an
intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document or any Transaction Security. 

  

	(b)	Any party to the Acquisition Documents rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate any of those agreements in whole or in part where to do so has or is
reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents. 

  

	25.16	Litigation 

 Any litigation, arbitration,
administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in writing in relation to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or against any
member of the Group or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and if adversely determined is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

 101 

	25.17	Material adverse change 

 Any event or circumstance
occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
  

	25.18	Acceleration 

 On and at any time after the
occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company: 
  

	 	(a)	cancel the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; 

  

	 	(b)	declare that all or part of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and
payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; 

  

	 	(c)	declare that all or part of the Utilisations be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders; 

  

	 	(d)	declare all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities to be immediately due and payable, at which time they
shall become immediately due and payable; 

  

	 	(e)	declare that all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities be payable on demand, at which time they shall
immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or 

  

	 	(f)	exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents. 

  

	25.19	Clean-up period 

 Notwithstanding any other
provision of any Finance Document any breach of representation or warranty, breach of covenant and any Event of Default will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of covenant or an Event of Default (as the case may be)
if: 
  

	 	(a)	it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of covenant or an Event of Default only by reason of circumstances relating
exclusively to any member of the Target Group (or any obligation to procure or ensure in relation to a member of the Target Group); and 

  

	 	(b)	it is capable of remedy and evidence (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) has been provided to the Agent to show that reasonable steps are being taken to remedy it; and

  

	 	(c)	the circumstances giving rise to it have not been procured by or approved by the Parent, the Company, any Original Obligor or any of their Affiliates (other than the Target or any
of its Subsidiaries); and 

  

 102 

	 	(d)	it is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

 If the relevant circumstances are continuing on or after the Clean-Up Date, there shall be a breach of representation or warranty, breach of covenant or Event of Default, as the case may be notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice
to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties). 
  

 103 

 SECTION 9 
 CHANGES TO PARTIES 
  

	26.	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS 

  

	26.1	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders 

  

	(a)	Subject to this Clause 26, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may: 

  

	 	(i)	assign any of its rights; or 

  

	 	(ii)	transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations, 

 under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets, provided
that, the value of the rights assigned or transferred is at least EUR 50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies or such other minimum amount as may be specified under the AFS from time to time) or the assignee or transferee otherwise qualifies
as a PMP (the “New Lender”). 
  

	(b)	Any assignment or transfer of part but not all of its share in the Facilities must be in a minimum amount of EUR 3,000,000. 

  

	26.2	Conditions of assignment or transfer 

  

	(a)	The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender unless the assignment or transfer is: 

  

	 	(i)	to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; 

  

	 	(ii)	if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; 

  

	 	(iii)	made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; or 

  

	 	(iv)	an assignment by an Original Lender of any of its rights or a transfer by an Original Lender of any of its rights and obligations, in each case in connection with the Term Facility
provided that following such transfer the Commitment of that Original Lender is not less than the hold amount agreed between that Original Lender and the Company. 

  

	(b)	The consent of the Company pursuant to paragraph (a) above: 

  

	 	(i)	must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and 

  

	 	(ii)	will be deemed to have been given if no express refusal is received by the relevant Existing Lender within 10 Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested the consent of
the Company. 

  

	(c)	An assignment will only be effective on: 

  

	 	(i)	receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New
Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Secured Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment
to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender. 

  

 104 

	(d)	A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with. 

  

	(e)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and 

  

	 	(ii)	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through
its new Facility Office under Clause 15 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 16 (Increased Costs), 

 then,
unless an Event of Default is continuing, the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous
Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. 
  

	26.3	Assignment or transfer fee 

 Unless the Agent
otherwise agrees and excluding an assignment or transfer made in connection with primary syndication of the Facilities, the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee
of €2,000. 
  

	26.4	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders 

  

	(a)	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for: 

  

	 	(i)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents; 

  

	 	(ii)	the financial condition of any Obligor; 

  

	 	(iii)	the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

  

	 	(iv)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document, 

 and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded. 
  

	(b)	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Secured Parties that it: 

  

	 	(i)	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection
with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and

  

	 	(ii)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance
Documents or any Commitment is in force. 

  

 105 

	(c)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to: 

  

	 	(i)	accept a retransfer or reassignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 26; or 

  

	 	(ii)	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

  

	26.5	Procedure for transfer 

  

	(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent
executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, within five Business Days of receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer
Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender upon its completion of all “know your
customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to the transfer to such New Lender. 

  

	(c)	On the Transfer Date: 

  

	 	(i)	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the
Transaction Security each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another
under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”); 

  

	 	(ii)	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and
Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender; 

  

	 	(iii)	the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, the New Lender, the other Lenders and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations
between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that
extent the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent and any relevant Ancillary Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and 

  

	 	(iv)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”. 

  

	(d)	For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that should any transfer effected in accordance with this Clause 26.5 be deemed to constitute a novation within the meaning of Article
1271 et seq. of the French Civil Code, the Security of the Secured Parties against the Obligors, and all rights and remedies thereunder, shall be maintained in full force and effect. 

  

 106 

	26.6	Procedure for assignment 

  

	(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer), an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the
Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly
completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender upon its completion of all “know your
customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to the assignment to such New Lender. 

  

	(c)	On the Transfer Date: 

  

	 	(i)	the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the
assignment in the Assignment Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the “Relevant Obligations”) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and
any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and 

  

	 	(iii)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations. 

  

	(d)	Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 26.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents provided that they comply with the conditions set out
in Clause 26.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer). 

  

	26.7	Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company 

 The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement. 

 

	26.8	Disclosure of information 

  

	(a)	Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and any other person: 

  

	 	(i)	to (or through) whom that Lender assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents;

  

	 	(ii)	with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by
reference to, the Finance Documents or any Obligor; 

  

	 	(iii)	to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation; or 

  

 107 

	 	(iv)	for whose benefit that Lender charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 26.10 (Security over Lenders’ rights); and

  

	(b)	any Finance Party may disclose to a rating agency or its professional advisers, or (with the consent of the Company) any other person, 

 any information about any Obligor, the Group and the Finance Documents as that Lender or other Finance Party shall consider appropriate if in relation to
paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above, the person to whom the information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking. 
 Any
Confidentiality Undertaking signed by a Finance Party pursuant to this Clause 26.8 shall supersede any prior confidentiality undertaking signed by such Finance Party for the benefit of any member of the Group. 
  

	26.9	Changes to Hedge Counterparties 

 A Hedge
Counterparty may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Schedule 16 (Hedge Counterparty provisions). 
  

	26.10	Security over Lenders’ rights 

 In addition to
the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may, without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise)
all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation: 
  

	 	(a)	any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and 

  

	 	(b)	in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustees or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or
securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities, 

 except that no such charge, assignment or
Security shall: 
  

	 	(i)	release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to
any of the Finance Documents; or 

  

	 	(ii)	require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance
Documents. 

  

	27.	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS 

  

	27.1	Assignment and transfers by Obligors 

 No Obligor or
any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents. 
  

	27.2	Additional Borrowers 

  

	(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 22.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request
that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes a Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower if: 

  

	 	(i)	it is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower and the Majority Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary or otherwise if all the Lenders approve the
addition of that Subsidiary; 

  

 108 

	 	(ii)	the Company and that Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; 

  

	 	(iii)	the Subsidiary is (or becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming a Borrower; 

  

	 	(iv)	the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and 

  

	 	(v)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II and, if applicable, Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that
Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence
listed in Part II and, if applicable, Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 

  

	27.3	Resignation of a Borrower 

  

	(a)	In this Clause 27.3, Clause 27.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor) and Clause 27.7 (Resignation and release of Security on disposal), “Third Party
Disposal” means the disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal is permitted under Clause 24.15 (Disposals) or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders (and the Company has
confirmed this is the case). 

  

	(b)	If a Borrower is the subject of a Third Party Disposal, the Company may request that such Borrower ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

  

	(c)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; 

  

	 	(iii)	where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been accepted in accordance with Clause 27.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)), its obligations in its capacity
as Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and

  

	 	(iv)	the Company has confirmed that it shall ensure that any relevant Disposal Proceeds will be applied in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments).

  

	(d)	Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the resignation of a Borrower, that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or
obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower except that the resignation shall not take effect (and the Borrower will continue to have rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) until the date on which the Third Party Disposal
takes effect. 

  

 109 

	(e)	The Agent may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in paragraph (c)(iii) above and the Agent
shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it. 

  

	27.4	Additional Guarantors 

  

	(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Clause 22.10 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request
that any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries become a Guarantor. 

  

	(b)	The Company shall ensure that each member of the Group identified in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) as an Additional Obligor shall become an Additional
Guarantor and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, shall grant the Transaction Security identified opposite the name of that member of the Group in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) on or prior to the date specified in Part
III of that Schedule. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall procure that any other member of the Group which is a Material Company shall, as soon as possible after becoming a Material Company, become an Additional Guarantor
in accordance with paragraph (d) below and, subject to the Agreed Security Principles, grant Security as the Agent may require and shall accede to a Subordination Agreement. 

  

	(d)	A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II and, if applicable, Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that
Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. 

  

	(e)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence
listed in Part II and, if applicable, Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent). 

  

	27.5	Resignation of a Guarantor 

  

	(a)	The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if: 

  

	 	(i)	that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal (as defined in Clause 27.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)) and the Company has confirmed this is the case;
or 

  

	 	(ii)	all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter; 

  

 110 

	 	(ii)	no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 20.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); 

  

	 	(iii)	where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 27.3 (Resignation
of a Borrower); and 

  

	 	(iv)	the Company has confirmed that it shall ensure that the Disposal Proceeds will be applied, in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Application of mandatory prepayments).

  

	(c)	The resignation of that Guarantor shall not be effective until the date of the relevant Third Party Disposal at which time that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have
no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor. 

  

	27.6	Repetition of representations 

 Delivery of an
Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (f) of Clause 21.34 (Times when representations made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the
date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing. 
  

	27.7	Resignation and release of Security on Disposal 

 If
a Borrower or Guarantor is or is proposed to be the subject of a Third Party Disposal then: 
  

	 	(a)	where that Borrower or Guarantor created Transaction Security over any of its assets or business in favour of the Security Agent, or Transaction Security in favour of the Security
Agent was created over the shares (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Guarantor, the Security Agent may, at the cost and request of the Company, release those assets, business or shares (or equivalent) and issue certificates of non-crystallisation;

  

	 	(b)	the resignation of that Borrower or Guarantor and related release of Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (a) above shall not become effective until the date of that
disposal; and 

  

	 	(c)	if the disposal of that Borrower or Guarantor is not made, the Resignation Letter of that Borrower or Guarantor and the related release of Transaction Security referred to in
paragraph (a) above shall have no effect and the obligations of the Borrower or Guarantor and the Transaction Security created or intended to be created by or over that Borrower or Guarantor shall continue in full force and effect.

  

 111 

 SECTION 10 
 THE FINANCE PARTIES 
  

	28.	ROLE OF THE AGENT, THE SECURITY AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND OTHERS 

  

	28.1	Appointment of the Agent and the Security Agent 

  

	(a)	Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Security Agent appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

  

	(b)	Each of the Arranger, the Agent, the Lenders and the Hedge Counterparties appoints the Security Agent to act as security trustee under and in connection with the Finance Documents
in relation to any security interest which is expressed to be or is construed to be governed by English law, or any other law from time to time designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor. 

  

	(c)	Except as expressly provided in paragraph (b) above, and without limiting or affecting Clause 31.11 (Parallel Debt), each other Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty
appoints the Security Agent to act as security agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents. 

  

	(d)	Each of the Arranger, the Lenders and the Security Agent authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in
connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	(e)	Each other Finance Party and each Hedge Counterparty authorises the Security Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to it under or in
connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions. 

  

	(f)	Each other Finance Party and each Hedge Counterparty authorises the Security Agent to execute on its behalf any Transaction Security Document governed by Belgian law.

  

	28.2	Duties of the Agent and the Security Agent 

  

	(a)	The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party. 

  

	(b)	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to
another Party. 

  

	(c)	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the
other Finance Parties. 

  

	(d)	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent, the Arranger or the Security
Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties. 

  

	(e)	The Agent shall promptly send to the Security Agent such certification as the Security Agent may require pursuant to paragraph 7 (Basis of distribution) of Schedule 17
(Security agency provisions). 

  

 112 

	(f)	The duties of the Agent and the Security Agent under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. 

  

	28.3	Role of the Arranger 

 Except as specifically
provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document. 
  

	28.4	Role of the Security Agent 

 The Security Agent
shall not be an agent of (except as expressly provided in any Finance Document) any Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty under or in connection with any Finance Document. 
  

	28.5	No fiduciary duties 

  

	(a)	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent, the Arranger and/or (except as expressly provided in any Finance Document) the Security Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other
person. 

  

	(b)	None of the Agent, the Security Agent, the Arranger or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for
its own account. 

  

	28.6	Business with the Group 

 The Agent, the Security
Agent, the Arranger and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group. 
  

	28.7	Rights and discretions 

  

	(a)	The Agent and the Security Agent may rely on: 

  

	 	(i)	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and 

  

	 	(ii)	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power
to verify. 

  

	(b)	The Agent and the Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders or as the case may be, as security trustee or
security agent for the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties) that: 

  

	 	(i)	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 25.1 (Non-payment)); 

  

	 	(ii)	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and 

  

	 	(iii)	any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

  

	(c)	Each of the Agent and the Security Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts. 

  

 113 

	(d)	Each of the Agent and the Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents. 

  

	(e)	Each of the Agent and the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

  

	(f)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Agent is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it
would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. 

  

	28.8	Majority Lenders’ instructions 

  

	(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent and the Security Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent
or Security Agent (as the case may be) in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent or
Security Agent as the case may be) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders. 

  

	(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties other than the Security Agent
and all the Hedge Counterparties. 

  

	(c)	Each of the Agent and the Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received
such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions. 

  

	(d)	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders), the Agent and the Security Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers
to be in the best interest of the Lenders. 

  

	(e)	Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent is authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings
relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (e) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Transaction Security Documents or enforcement of the
Transaction Security or Transaction Security Documents. 

  

	(f)	The Hedge Counterparties (in their capacity as such) shall have no right to give instructions to the Agent or the Security Agent, and shall be bound by the instructions given by the
Majority Lenders to the Agent or the Security Agent. 

  

	28.9	Responsibility for documentation 

 None of the
Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent or any Ancillary Lender: 
  

	 	(a)	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, an Ancillary
Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document, the Information Memorandum, the Reports or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents; or 

  

 114 

	 	(b)	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document, the Transaction Security or any other agreement, arrangement or
document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security. 

  

	28.10	Exclusion of liability 

  

	(a)	Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 31.10 (Disruption to payment systems etc.), none of the
Agent, the Security Agent or any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document or the
Transaction Security, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct. 

  

	(b)	No Party (other than the Agent, the Security Agent or an Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Security
Agent or any Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent, the Security Agent or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document
or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

  

	(c)	Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent will be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be
paid by it if it has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by it for that purpose. 

  

	(d)	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any
Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

  

	28.11	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent 

 Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent and the Security
Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent or the Security Agent (otherwise than by reason of
the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 31.10 (Disruption to payment systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s or the Security Agent’s negligence,
gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent or the Security Agent, in acting as Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent
has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document). 
  

 115 

	28.12	Resignation of the Agent or the Security Agent 

  

	(a)	The Agent or the Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

  

	(b)	Alternatively, the Agent or the Security Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company)
may appoint a successor Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent. 

  

	(c)	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of
resignation was given, the Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent or Security Agent. 

  

	(d)	The retiring Agent or Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent or Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the
successor Agent or Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent or Security Agent under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(e)	The Agent’s or Security Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor. 

  

	(f)	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent or Security Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain
entitled to the benefit of this Clause 28. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party. 

  

	(g)	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph
(b) above. In this event, the Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. 

  

	28.13	Confidentiality 

  

	(a)	In acting as agent or trustee for the Finance Parties, the Agent and the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate
entity from any other of its divisions or departments. 

  

	(b)	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent or the Security Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall
not be deemed to have notice of it. 

  

	(c)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, the Security Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person
(i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty. 

  

	28.14	Relationship with the Lenders 

  

	(a)	The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business
Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

  

 116 

	(b)	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost
formulae). 

  

	(c)	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security
Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent. Each Lender shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent. 

  

	28.15	Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders 

 Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent and each
Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to: 

 

	 	(a)	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group; 

  

	 	(b)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and the Transaction Security and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into,
made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security; 

  

	 	(c)	whether that Secured Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance
Document, the Transaction Security, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

  

	 	(d)	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum, the Reports and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

  

	 	(e)	the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Charged Property, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any
Security affecting the Charged Property. 

  

	28.16	Reference Banks 

 If a Reference Bank (or, if a
Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank. 
  

	28.17	Agent’s management time 

 Any amount payable to
the Agent or the Security Agent under Clause 17.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 17.4 (Indemnity to the Security Agent), Clause 19 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 28.11 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent and the Security
Agent) shall include the cost of utilising its management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as it may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or
payable to it under Clause 14 (Fees). 
  

 117 

	28.18	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent 

 If any
Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the
Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents, that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted. 
  

	28.19	Reliance and engagement letters 

 Each Secured Party
confirms that each of the Arranger and the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arranger or Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement
letters relating to the Reports or any reports or letters provided by accountants in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those Reports, reports or letters and
to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters. 
  

	28.20	Security Agent 

 Any resignation by the Security
Agent will only take effect upon the execution of all deeds and documents necessary to substitute its successor as holder of the Security comprised in the Security Documents. 
  

	28.21	Role of the Security Agent 

 The Security Agent
shall hold the benefit of the Security Documents on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties and will apply all payments and other benefits received by it under the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents.

  

	28.22	Security Agency provisions 

 The provisions of
Schedule 17 (Security agency provisions) shall bind each Party. 
  

	29.	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES 

 No
provision of this Agreement will: 
  

	 	(a)	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; 

  

	 	(b)	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

  

	 	(c)	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax. 

  

	30.	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES AND HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES 

  

	30.1	Payments to Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties 

 If a Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics) and applies that amount to a payment
due under the Finance Documents, then: 
  

	 	(a)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent; 

  

 118 

	 	(b)	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or
made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and 

  

	 	(c)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or
recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments). 

  

	30.2	Redistribution of payments 

 The Agent shall treat
the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties and Hedge Counterparties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments). 

 

	30.3	Recovering Finance Party’s rights 

  

	(a)	On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 30.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties and Hedge
Counterparties which have shared in the redistribution. 

  

	(b)	If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under paragraph (a) above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering
Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable. 

  

	30.4	Reversal of redistribution 

 If any part of the
Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then: 
  

	 	(a)	each Finance Party and Hedge Counterparty which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to Clause 30.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon request
of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its
proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and 

  

	 	(b)	that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Finance
Party or Hedge Counterparty for the amount so reimbursed. 

  

	30.5	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	This Clause 30 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim
against the relevant Obligor. 

  

 119 

	(b)	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a
result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if: 

  

	 	(i)	it notified the other Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the other Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having
received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings. 

  

	30.6	Ancillary Lenders 

  

	(a)	This Clause 30 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under Clause 25.18
(Acceleration). 

  

	(b)	Following service of notice under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration), this Clause 30 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the
receipt or recovery represents a reduction from the Designated Gross Amount for an Ancillary Facility to its Designated Net Amount. 

  

	30.7	Hedge Counterparties 

 This Clause 30 shall not
apply to any receipt or recovery by a Hedge Counterparty as described in paragraph 4(b) (Restrictions on enforcement by the Hedge Counterparties) of Schedule 16 (Hedge Counterparty provisions) or as a result of the operation of the
close out or netting provisions of the Hedging Agreement following Enforcement Action permitted under paragraph 5(a) (Permitted hedging enforcement) of Schedule 16 (Hedge Counterparty provisions). 
  

 120 

 SECTION 11 
 ADMINISTRATION 
  

	31.	PAYMENT MECHANICS 

  

	31.1	Payments to the Agent 

  

	(a)	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document, that Obligor or
Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of
transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. 

  

	(b)	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating
Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies. 

  

	31.2	Distributions by the Agent 

 Each payment received
by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 31.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 31.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled
to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the
principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London). 
  

	31.3	Distributions to an Obligor 

 The Agent may (with
the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 32 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the
Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied. 
  

	31.4	Clawback 

  

	(a)	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any
related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum. 

  

	(b)	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds
of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of
funds. 

  

	31.5	Partial payments 

  

	(a)	If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an
Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order: 

  

	 	(i)	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Agent under those Finance Documents;

  

 121 

	 	(ii)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of: 

  

	 	(A)	any periodical payments (not being payments as a result of termination or closing out) due but unpaid to a Hedge Counterparty under a Hedging Agreement; and

  

	 	(B)	any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of: 

  

	 	(A)	any payments as a result of termination or closing out due but unpaid to a Hedge Counterparty under a Hedging Agreement; and 

  

	 	(B)	any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and 

  

	 	(iv)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents. 

  

	(b)	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (a)(iv) above. 

  

	(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor. 

  

	31.6	No set-off by Obligors 

 All payments to be made by
an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim. 
  

	31.7	Business Days 

  

	(a)	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business
Day (if there is not). 

  

	(b)	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the
original due date. 

  

	31.8	Currency of account 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) to (c) below, euro is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document. 

 

	(b)	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred. 

  

	(c)	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than euro shall be paid in that other currency. 

  

	31.9	Change of currency 

  

	(a)	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit is at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that
country, then: 

  

	 	(i)	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the
currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and 

  

 122 

	 	(ii)	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or
currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably). 

  

	(b)	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary,
be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency. 

  

	31.10	Disruption to payment systems etc. 

 If either the
Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred: 
  

	 	(a)	the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of
the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances; 

  

	 	(b)	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the
circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes; 

  

	 	(c)	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not
practicable to do so in the circumstances; 

  

	 	(d)	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an
amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 37 (Amendments and waivers); 

  

	 	(e)	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability
whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 31.10; and 

  

	 	(f)	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above. 

  

	31.11	Parallel Debt 

  

	(a)	Each Obligor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent amounts equal to any amounts owing from time to time by that Obligor to any Secured Party
under any Finance Document as and when those amounts are due. 

  

	(b)	 Each Obligor and the Security Agent acknowledge that the obligations of each Obligor under paragraph (a) above are several and are separate and independent
from, and shall not in any way limit or affect, the corresponding obligations of that Obligor 

  

 123 

	 	 
to any Secured Party under any Finance Document (its “Corresponding Debt”) nor shall the amounts for which each Obligor is liable under
paragraph (a) above (its “Parallel Debt”) be limited or affected in any way by its Corresponding Debt provided that: 

  

	 	(i)	the Parallel Debt of each Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged;

  

	 	(ii)	the Corresponding Debt of each Obligor shall be decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably paid or (in the case of guarantee obligations) discharged; and

  

	 	(iii)	the amount of the Parallel Debt of an Obligor shall at all times be equal to the amount of its Corresponding Debt. 

  

	(c)	For the purpose of this Clause 31.11, the Security Agent acts in its own name pursuant to an independent and separate right and not as a trustee, and its claims in respect of the
Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust. The Security granted under the Finance Documents to the Security Agent to secure the Parallel Debt is granted to the Security Agent in its capacity as an independent and separate creditor of the Parallel
Debt and shall not be held on trust. 

  

	(d)	All moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to this Clause 31.11, and all amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent from or by the enforcement of any
Security granted to secure the Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments). 

  

	(e)	Without limiting or affecting the Security Agent’s rights against the Obligors (whether under this Clause 31.11 or under any other provision of the Finance Documents), each
Obligor acknowledges that: 

  

	 	(i)	nothing in this Clause 31.11 shall impose any obligation on the Security Agent to advance any sum to any Obligor or otherwise under any Finance Document, except in its capacity as
Lender; and 

  

	 	(ii)	for the purpose of any vote taken under any Finance Document, the Security Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its
capacity as a Lender. 

  

	32.	SET-OFF 

  

	(a)	A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured
obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market
rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off. 

  

	(b)	Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance
Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms. 

  

 124 

	33.	NOTICES 

  

	33.1	Communications in writing 

 Any communication to be
made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter. 
  

	33.2	Addresses 

 The address and fax number (and the
department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is: 
  

	 	(a)	in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below; 

  

	 	(b)	in the case of each Lender, each Ancillary Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

  

	 	(c)	in the case of the Agent or the Security Agent, that identified with its name below, 

 or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business
Days’ notice. 
  

	33.3	Delivery 

  

	(a)	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective: 

  

	 	(i)	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid by mail in an envelope addressed to it at
that address, 

 and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause
33.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer. 
  

	(b)	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or Security Agent and then only
if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s or Security Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this
purpose). 

  

	(c)	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent. 

  

	(d)	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause 33.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

  

	33.4	Notification of address and fax number 

 Promptly
upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 33.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties. 
  

 125 

	33.5	Electronic communication 

  

	(a)	Any communication to be made between the Agent or the Security Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other
electronic means, if the Agent, the Security Agent and the relevant Lender: 

  

	 	(i)	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication; 

  

	 	(ii)	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

  

	 	(iii)	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them. 

  

	(b)	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any
electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent or Security Agent shall specify for this purpose. 

  

	33.6	Use of websites 

  

	(a)	The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the “Website Lenders”) who accept this method
of communication by posting this information on to an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated Website”) if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method; 

  

	 	(ii)	both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and 

  

	 	(iii)	the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent. 

 If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company shall at its own cost supply the
information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event, the Company shall at its own cost supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

  

	(b)	The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the
Company and the Agent. 

  

	(c)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if: 

  

	 	(i)	the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure; 

  

	 	(ii)	the password specifications for the Designated Website change; 

  

	 	(iii)	any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website; 

  

	 	(iv)	any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted on to the Designated Website is amended; or 

  

 126 

	 	(v)	the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted on to the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the
Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing. 

 

	(d)	Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted on to the Designated Website. The
Company shall at its own cost comply with any such request within 10 Business Days. 

  

	33.7	English language 

  

	(a)	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English. 

  

	(b)	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be: 

  

	 	(i)	in English; or 

  

	 	(ii)	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a
constitutional, statutory or other official document. 

  

	34.	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES 

  

	34.1	Accounts 

 In any litigation or arbitration
proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate. 
  

	34.2	Certificates and determinations 

 Any certification
or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates. 
  

	34.3	Day count convention 

 Any interest, commission or
fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance
with that market practice. 
  

	35.	PARTIAL INVALIDITY 

 If, at any time, any provision
of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of
such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. 
  

	36.	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS 

 No failure to exercise, nor
any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or 

  

 127 

 
other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law. 
  

	37.	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

  

	37.1	Required consents 

  

	(a)	Subject to Clause 37.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such
amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties. 

  

	(b)	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Secured Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 37. 

  

	(c)	Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 37 which is agreed to by the Company. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this
paragraph (c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors. 

  

	37.2	Exceptions 

  

	(a)	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to: 

  

	 	(i)	the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions); 

  

	 	(ii)	an extension of an Availability Period, to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents or an extension of the Termination Date; 

  

	 	(iii)	a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal or interest payable; 

  

	 	(iv)	an increase in or an extension of any Commitment or the Total Commitments; 

  

	 	(v)	a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Obligors); 

  

	 	(vi)	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; 

  

	 	(vii)	the definition of “Majority Lenders”; 

  

	 	(viii)	Clause 2.2(c) (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 26 (Changes to the Lenders) or this Clause 37; 

  

	 	(ix)	the nature or scope of the Charged Property or the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed (except insofar as it relates to a sale or
disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document); or 

  

	 	(x)	the release of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement (except insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction
Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document) or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such
sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, 

  

 128 

 shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders. 
  

	(b)	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, any Ancillary Lender or a Hedge Counterparty may not be effected
without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger, the Security Agent, that Ancillary Lender or that Hedge Counterparty. 

  

	38.	COUNTERPARTS 

 Each Finance Document may be executed
in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document. 
  

 129 

 SECTION 12 
 GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT 
  

	39.	GOVERNING LAW 

 This Agreement is governed by
English law. 
  

	40.	ENFORCEMENT 

  

	40.1	Jurisdiction of English courts 

  

	(a)	The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or
termination of this Agreement) (a “Dispute”). 

  

	(b)	The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

  

	(c)	This Clause 40.1 is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. As a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts
with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions. 

  

	40.2	Service of process 

  

	(a)	Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales): 

  

	 	(i)	irrevocably appoints Arcelor LWB as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and Arcelor by
its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and 

  

	 	(ii)	agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned. 

  

	(b)	If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must
immediately (and in any event within 15 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose. 

  

	(c)	Arcelor LWB expressly agrees and consents to the provisions of this Clause 40 and Clause 39 (Governing law). 

 This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement. 
  

 130 

 SCHEDULE 1 
 THE ORIGINAL PARTIES 
 PART I 
 THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS 
  

			
	Name of Original Borrower	  	Registration number (or equivalent, if any) and Jurisdiction of Incorporation
		
	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V.	  	34274517 The Netherlands
		
	Name of Original Guarantor	  	Registration number (or equivalent, if any) Jurisdiction of Incorporation
		
	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V.	  	34274517 The Netherlands

  

 131 

 PART II 
 THE ORIGINAL LENDERS 
  

							
	 Name of Original Lender
	  	Term Facility
Commitment	  	Revolving Facility
Commitment
	 BNP PARIBAS
	  	€	78,000,000	  	€	40,000,000
			
	 TOTAL
	  	€	78,000,000	  	€	40,000,000

  

 132 

 SCHEDULE 2 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 PART IA 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SIGNING OF THE
AGREEMENT 

	1.	Company 

  

	 	(a)	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Company (including a recent extract from the Dutch trade register (handelsregister) relating to it). 

 

	 	(b)	A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Company: 

  

	 	(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Transaction
Documents to which it is a party; 

  

	 	(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and 

  

	 	(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to
be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party. 

  

	 	(c)	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph (b) above.

  

	 	(d)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above in relation to the Finance Documents and related documents.

  

	 	(e)	If required, a copy of a resolution of the Company’s general meeting of shareholders or board of supervisory directors (if any) approving its execution and the terms of, and
the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents (and, if applicable, appointing one or more authorised persons to represent the Company in case of conflict of interest) and of a concurring unconditional advice of any works council or union
which has advisory rights in respect of the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(f)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing, guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing,
guarantee, security or similar limit binding on the Company to be exceeded. 

  

	 	(g)	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part IA of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full
force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement. 

  

 133 

 PART IB 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION 

	1.	Finance Documents 

  

	 	(a)	This Agreement executed by the Parties. 

  

	 	(b)	The following Ancillary Documents: an overdraft facility agreement between BNP Paribas and the Target. 

  

	 	(c)	The Fee Letters executed by the Company. 

  

	 	(d)	The Subordination Agreement referred to in paragraph (a) of the definition of “Subordination Agreement” in Clause 1 (Definitions) executed by the parties to
that agreement. 

  

	 	(e)	At least two originals of the following Transaction Security Documents executed by the relevant Obligors specified below opposite the relevant Transaction Security Document:

  

			
	 Name of Relevant Obligor
	  	 Transaction Security Document

	The Company	  	Dutch law share pledge over shares in the Target

  

	 	(f)	A copy of all notices required to be sent under the Transaction Security Documents executed by the Company. 

  

	 	(g)	A copy of all share certificates, transfers and stock transfer forms or equivalent duly executed by the Company in blank in relation to the assets subject to or expressed to be
subject to the Transaction Security referred to in paragraph (e) above and other documents of title to be provided under the Transaction Security Documents relating to such Transaction Security. 

  

	2.	Transaction Documents 

 A copy of each of the
Acquisition Documents and the other Transaction Documents (other than the Finance Documents) executed by the parties to those documents. 
  

	3.	Legal opinions 

 The following legal opinions, each
addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Original Lenders and capable of being relied upon by any persons to become Lenders pursuant to the primary syndication of the Facilities: 
  

	 	(a)	a legal opinion of Linklaters LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and the Arranger as to English law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this
Agreement; and 

  

	 	(b)	a legal opinion of Linklaters LLP, legal advisers to the Agent and Arranger as to Dutch law substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this
Agreement. 

  

	4.	Other documents and evidence 

  

	 	(a)	Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 40.2 (Service of process), has accepted its appointment. 

  

 134 

	 	(b)	The Group Structure Chart which shows the Group assuming the Closing Date has occurred, certified by the Company as true, accurate and complete. 

  

	 	(c)	The Base Case Model. 

  

	 	(d)	The Reports. 

  

	 	(e)	A copy, certified by an authorised signatory of the Company to be a true copy, of the Original Financial Statements of the Company. 

  

	 	(f)	Evidence that the relevant provisions of the credit agreement of the Parent have been amended or waived to enable the Parent, the Company and the Obligors to enter into the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. 

  

	 	(g)	The Funds Flow Statement in a form agreed by the Company and the Agent detailing the proposed movement of funds on or before the Closing Date. 

  

	 	(h)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) detailing the estimated Acquisition Costs. 

  

	 	(i)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) certifying that: 

  

	 	(i)	each of the matters specified in clauses 9 and 10 of the Acquisition Agreement has been satisfied or, with the consent of the Agent, waived (other than payment of the purchase price
under clause 4 of the Acquisition Agreement which will be satisfied immediately following utilisation of the Term Facility); 

  

	 	(ii)	no Acquisition Document has been amended, varied, novated, supplemented, superseded, waived or terminated except with the consent of the Agent; 

  

	 	(iii)	the Company is not aware of any breach of any warranty or any claim under the Acquisition Agreement; and 

  

	 	(iv)	all competition clearances have been obtained and no material conditions or undertakings have been imposed upon the Parent, the Company or any other member of the Group.

  

	 	(j)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) in respect of the equity structure of the Borrower and the debt owed by it (other than debt under the Finance Documents) upon
Completion. 

  

	 	(k)	Evidence that all the Target’s debt has been refinanced or will be refinanced and that all Security has been released will be released or in each case within four weeks of the
Closing Date. 

  

	 	(l)	A certificate of the Company (signed by a director) that between 31 December 2006 and the Closing Date, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations,
property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group (including the Target Group) taken as a whole. 

  

	 	(m)	Copies of all necessary competition consents and clearances. 

  

	 	(n)	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 14 (Fees), Clause 15.5 (Stamp taxes), Clause 15.6 (Value added tax) and
Clause 19 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date. 

  

 135 

	 	(o)	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent notifies the Company is reasonably required in connection with the entry into and
performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document. 

  

 136 

 PART II 
 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE 
 DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR 
  

	1.	An Accession Letter executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company. 

  

	2.	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor (including: 

  

	 	(a)	in relation to a Dutch Obligor, a recent extract from the Dutch trade register (handelsregister) relating to it; and 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to a French Obligor, an updated copy of an “extrait Kbis”, a “certificat de non-faillite” and an “état des inscriptions
et privileges”). 

  

	3.	A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor: 

  

	 	(a)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Letter
and any other Finance Document to which it is party; 

  

	 	(b)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter and other Finance Documents on its behalf; 

  

	 	(c)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation
Request or Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and 

  

	 	(d)	authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents 

  

	4.	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3 above. 

  

	5.	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above. 

  

	6.	If applicable, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the
Finance Documents to which the Additional Obligor is a party (and in respect of a Belgian Obligor, specifically acknowledging and approving the terms of the change of control Clause in this Agreement, together with any other Clause in this Agreement
which would result in there being an Event of Default or a mandatory prepayment in the event of a change of control in accordance with Article 556 of the Belgian Company Code, accompanied with evidence that such resolution has been filed with the
Clerk of the Brussels Commercial Court). 

  

	7.	If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in
paragraph 6 above. 

  

	8.	In respect of a Dutch Obligor, if required, a copy of a resolution of its general meeting of shareholders or board of supervisory directors (if any) approving its execution and the
terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and of a concurring advice of any works council or union which has advisory rights in respect of the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents. 

 

 137 

	9.	A certificate of the Additional Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing, guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any
borrowing, guarantee, security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded. 

  

	10.	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and
effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter. 

  

	11.	If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Obligor. 

  

	12.	The following legal opinions, each addressed to the Agent, the Security Agent and the Lenders: 

  

	 	(a)	A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in England, as to English law in substantially the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Letter.

  

	 	(b)	If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as referred to in Clause 21.28 (Centre of main interests
and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent in the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, “centre of main interest” or “establishment” (as applicable) and, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document (the “Applicable Jurisdiction”) as to the law of
each Applicable Jurisdiction and in substantially the form distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Letter. 

  

	13.	If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in Clause 40.2 (Service of
process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor. 

  

	14.	Any security documents which are required by the Agent to be executed by the proposed Additional Obligor in accordance with the Agreed Security Principles. 

 

	15.	Any notices or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents. 

  

	16.	If applicable, an accession memorandum to the relevant Subordination Agreement executed by the Additional Obligor. 

  

	17.	

  

	(a)	If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in England and Wales or Scotland, evidence that, if relevant, the Additional Obligor has done all that is necessary (including, without
limitation, by re-registering as a private company) to follow the procedures set out in sections 151 to 158 of the Companies Act 1985 in order to enable that Additional Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents and perform its obligations under
the Finance Documents. Such evidence shall include copies of the resolutions, statutory declarations, auditor’s report and net assets letter (addressed to the Finance Parties and the Hedge Counterparties) for the Additional Obligor and copies
of the registers of directors and shareholders of the Additional Obligor. 

  

 138 

	(b)	If the Additional Obligor is not incorporated in England and Wales or Scotland, such documentary evidence as legal counsel to the Agent may require, that such Additional Obligor has
complied with any law in its jurisdiction relating to financial assistance or analogous process, if relevant. 

  

	18.	Subject to Clause 24.32(b) (Conditions subsequent), an Intra-Group Loan Agreement, executed by the Additional Obligor and the other parties to that agreement, or, if
relevant, an accession memorandum to an Intra-Group Loan Agreement. 

  

 139 

 PART III 
 TRANSACTION SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND SECURITY-RELATED DOCUMENTS TO BE
DELIVERED BY ADDITIONAL 
 OBLIGORS 
  

											
	 Name of
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Capacity
 (Borrower
 and/or
 Guarantor)
	 	 Date by
 which most
 become
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Description of
 Transaction
 Security
 Document and
 Transaction
 Security
	 	 Date by
 which
 Transaction
 Security
 Document
 to be
 executed
 and
 delivered to
 Agent
	 	 Description of
 action to be taken
 by Additional
 Obligor to protect
 or give priority
to
Transaction
 Security and date
 by which action is
 to be completed

	Target	 	 Borrower and
 Guarantor
	 	Closing Date	 	English law share charge over shares in Arcelor LWB	 	Closing Date	 	Must be submitted for registration at Companies House within 21 days of execution
						
		 		 		 	German law share pledge over shares in Arcelor Bremen	 	Closing Date	 	German law share pledge over shares in Arcelor Bremen must be notarised upon execution
						
		 		 		 	Belgian law share pledge over shares in Arcelor Genk and Arcelor Gent	 	Closing Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
		 		 		 	French law share pledge over shares in Arcelor Lorraine	 	Closing Date	 	Bank account to be opened in France upon payment of proceeds by Arcelor Lorraine in the name of Target (for the payment of dividends in respect of shares in Arcelor Lorraine)
						
		 		 		 	Spanish law share pledge over shares in Arcelor Zaragoza	 	Closing Date	 	Must be executed as a public deed before a notary

  

 140 

											
	 Name of
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Capacity
 (Borrower
 and/or
 Guarantor)
	 	 Date by
 which most
 become
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Description of
 Transaction
 Security
 Document and
 Transaction
 Security
	 	 Date by
 which
 Transaction
 Security
 Document
 to be
 executed
 and
 delivered to
 Agent
	 	 Description of
 action to be taken
 by Additional
 Obligor to protect
 or give priority
to
Transaction
 Security and date
 by which action is
 to be completed

		 		 		 	German law global assignment of intra-group debt owed by Arcelor Bremen to Target	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
		 		 		 	English law security assignment of intra-group debt and receivables owed by Arcelor LWB to Target	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be submitted for registration at Companies House within 21 days of execution
						
		 		 		 	French law pledge over intra-group receivables owed by Arcelor Lorraine to Target	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
		 		 		 	Belgian law receivables pledge granted by private agreement in respect of intra-group receivables owed by Arcelor Gent and Arcelor Genk to Target	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be notified to and acknowledged by Arcelor Gent and Arcelor Genk
						
		 		 		 	Spanish law pledge over intra-group loans owed by Arcelor Zaragoza to Target	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be executed as a public deed before a notary
						
		 		 		 	Subordination Agreement	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Not applicable

  

 141 

											
	 Name of
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Capacity
 (Borrower
 and/or
 Guarantor)
	 	 Date by
 which most
 become
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Description of
 Transaction
 Security
 Document and
 Transaction
 Security
	 	 Date by
 which
 Transaction
 Security
 Document
 to be
 executed
 and
 delivered to
 Agent
	 	 Description of
 action to be taken
 by Additional
 Obligor to protect
 or give priority
to
Transaction
 Security and date
 by which action is
 to be completed

	Arcelor LWB	 	Guarantor	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	None	 	Not applicable	 	Not applicable
						
	Arcelor Bremen	 	Guarantor	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	German law global assignment of receivables agreement	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
		 		 		 	German law security transfer agreement in respect of inventory	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
	Arcelor Lorraine	 	Guarantor	 	8 weeks after the Closing Date	 	French law pledge over ongoing business	 	8 weeks after Closing Date	 	Must be registered in each tribunal where Arcelor Lorraine has a place of business in France
						
	Arcelor Gent	 	Guarantor	 	15 days after the Closing Date	 	Belgian law receivables pledge granted by private agreement	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be notified to and acknowledged by each relevant debtor
						
		 		 		 	Belgian law “gage sur fonds de commerce”	 	15 days after the Closing Date	 	No other action is required to be taken
						
	Arcelor Genk	 	Guarantor	 	15 days after the Closing Date	 	Belgian law receivables pledge granted by private agreement	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be notified to and acknowledged by each relevant debtor.
						
		 		 		 	Belgian law “gage sur fonds de commerce”	 	15 days after the Closing Date	 	No other action is required to be taken

  

 142 

											
	 Name of
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Capacity
 (Borrower
 and/or
 Guarantor)
	 	 Date by
 which most
 become
 Additional
 Obligor
	 	 Description of
 Transaction
 Security
 Document and
 Transaction
 Security
	 	 Date by
 which
 Transaction
 Security
 Document
 to be
 executed
 and
 delivered to
 Agent
	 	 Description of
 action to be taken
 by Additional
 Obligor to protect
 or give priority
to
Transaction
 Security and date
 by which action is
 to be completed

	Arcelor Zaragoza	 	Guarantor	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Spanish law pledge over receivables	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	Must be executed as a public deed before a notary
						
		 		 		 	Spanish law pledge over materials without transfer of possession	 	Guarantee Take-up Date	 	 Must be executed as a public deed before a notary.
 Must
be registered promptly.
 Stamp duty payable within 30 days of execution.

  

 143 

 SCHEDULE 3 
 REQUESTS 
 PART I 
 UTILISATION REQUEST 
 LOANS 

  

	From:	[Borrower] [Company]* 

  

	To:	[Agent] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a
different meaning in this Utilisation Request. 

  

	2.	We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms: 

  

					
	(a)	  	Borrower:	  	[                    ]
			
	(b)	  	Proposed Utilisation Date:	  	[                    ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
Day)
			
	(c)	  	Facility to be utilised:	  	[Term Facility]/[Revolving Facility]**
			
	(d)	  	Amount:	  	[                    ] or, if less, the Available Facility
			
	(e)	  	Interest Period:	  	[                    ]

  

	3.	[The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account]]. 

  

	4.	This Loan [is/is not] an Acquisition Loan. 

  

	5.	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request. 

  

	6.	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable. 

  

									
		 		 	 Yours faithfully
  
	 		 	

 authorised signatory for 
 [the Company on behalf of [insert name of relevant Borrower]]/ [insert name of Borrower]* 
 NOTES: 
  

	*	Amend as appropriate. The Utilisation Request can be given by a Borrower or by the Company. 

	**	Select the Facility to be utilised and delete references to the other Facilities. 

  

 144 

 PART II 
 SELECTION NOTICE 
 APPLICABLE TO
A TERM FACILITY LOAN 
  

	From:	[Borrower] [Company]* 

  

	To:	[Agent] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different
meaning in this Selection Notice. 

  

	2.	We refer to the following Term Facility Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on [            ]**.

  

	3.	[We request that the above Term Facility Loan[s] be divided into [            ] Term Facility Loans with
the following amounts and Interest Periods:]*** 

 or 
 [We request that the next Interest Period for the above Term Facility Loans is
[            ]].**** 
  

	4.	This Selection Notice is irrevocable. 

  

									
		 		 	 Yours faithfully
  
	 		 	

 authorised signatory for 
 [the Company on behalf of] [insert name of Relevant Borrower] * 
 NOTES: 
  

	*	Amend as appropriate. The Selection Notice can be given by a Borrower or the Company. 

	**	Insert details of all Term Facility Loans for the relevant Facility which have an Interest Period ending on the same date. 

	***	Use this option if division of Term Facility Loans is requested. 

	****	Use this option if sub-division is not required. 

  

 145 

 SCHEDULE 4 
 MANDATORY COST FORMULAE 
  

	1.	The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial
Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank. 

  

	2.	On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate”)
for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each
Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum. 

  

	3.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage
will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum
reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office. 

  

	4.	The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows: 

  

	 	(a)	in relation to a sterling Loan: 

  

									
	AB + C(B –D) + E x 0.01	 	per cent. per annum	 		 		 	
	100 – (A + C)	 	 	 	 

  

	 	(b)	in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling: 

  

									
	E x 0.01	 	per cent. per annum.	  		  		  	
	300	 	  	  	  

 Where: 
  

	 	A	is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash
ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements. 

  

	 	 B
	 is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the
additional rate of interest specified in paragraph (a) of Clause 11.3 (Default interest)1) [NB: Footnote?] payable for the
relevant Interest Period on the Loan. 

  

	 	C	is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

  

	 	D	is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits. 

  

 146 

	 	E	is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the
Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000. 

  

	5.	For the purposes of this Schedule: 

  

	 	(a)	“Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998
or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England; 

  

	 	(b)	“Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in
respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits; 

  

	 	(c)	“Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero-rated fee required
pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and 

  

	 	(d)	“Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules. 

  

	6.	In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A
negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places. 

  

	7.	If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable
by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee
Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank. 

  

	8.	Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall
supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender: 

  

	 	(a)	the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and 

  

	 	(b)	any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose. 

 Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph 8. 
  

	9.	The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon
the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same
as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office. 

  

 147 

	10.	The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume
that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects. 

  

	11.	The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the
information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above. 

  

	12.	Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule 4 in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the
absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

	13.	The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Company and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this
Schedule 4 in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces
all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties. 

  

 148 

 SCHEDULE 5 
 FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	[            ] as Agent 

  

	From:	[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”) 

 Dated: 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a
different meaning in this Transfer Certificate. 

  

	2.	We refer to Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer): 

  

	 	(a)	The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and
obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 26.5 (Procedure for transfer). 

  

	 	(b)	The proposed Transfer Date is [            ]. 

  

	 	(c)	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

  

	3.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 26.4 (Limitation of responsibility of
Existing Lenders). 

  

	[4/5].	This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer
Certificate. 

  

	[5/6].	This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law. 

  

	Note:	The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is
the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for
execution of those documents and completion of those formalities. 

  

 149 

 THE SCHEDULE 
 COMMITMENT/RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS TO BE TRANSFERRED 
 Amount and details of Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred: [insert relevant details] 
 [Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,] 
  

			
	[Existing Lender]	 	[New Lender]
		
	By:	 	By:

 This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as
[            ]. 
  

	
	 [Agent]

	
	 By:

  

 150 

 SCHEDULE 6 
 FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT 
  

	To:	[            ] as Agent 

  

	From:	[the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”) 

  

	Dated:	

 Noble European Holdings B.V.—€118,000,000
Facilities Agreement 
 dated [            ] 2007 (the
“Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. 

  

	2.	

  

	 	(a)	We refer to Clause 26.6 (Procedure for assignment). 

  

	 	(b)	The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facilities Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the
Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the Schedule. 

  

	 	(c)	The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments and participations in
Utilisations under the Facilities Agreement specified in the Schedule. 

  

	 	 (d)
	 The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing
Lender is released under paragraph (c) above.2 

  

	3.	The proposed Transfer Date is [            ]. 

  

	4.	On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes: 

  

	 	(a)	party to the Finance Documents as a Lender; and 

  

	 	(b)	party to [other relevant agreements in other relevant capacity]. 

  

	5.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 26.4 (Limitation of responsibility of
Existing Lenders). 

  

	6.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

  

	[7/8].	This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this
Assignment Agreement. 

  

	[8/9].	This Assignment Agreement is governed by English law. 

	 2
	 If the Assignment Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to
avoid a novation of rights/obligations for reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Assignment Agreement due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2(d). 

  

 151 

	[9/10].	This Assignment Agreement has been [executed and delivered as a deed] [entered into] on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement. 

  

	Note:	The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender’s interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is
the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender’s Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for
execution of those documents and completion of those formalities. 

  

 152 

 THE SCHEDULE 
 COMMITMENT/RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS TO BE TRANSFERRED BY ASSIGNMENT,
RELEASE AND ACCESSION 
 [insert relevant details] 
 [Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments] 
  

			
	[Existing Lender]	 	[New Lender]
		
	By:	 	By:

 This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as
[            ]. 
 [Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes
confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party and each Hedge Counterparty.] 
  

	
	 [Agent]

	
	 By:

  

 153 

 SCHEDULE 7 
 FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER 
 PART I 

  

	To:	[            ] as Agent 

  

	From:	[Subsidiary] and [Company] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different
meaning in this Accession Letter. 

  

	2.	[Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents as an Additional
[Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to Clause [27.2 (Additional Borrowers)]/[Clause 27.4 (Additional Guarantors)] of the Facilities Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant
jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number [            ]. 

  

	3.	[Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows: 

 Address: 
 Fax No.: 
 Attention: 
  

	4.	This Accession Letter is governed by English law. 

 [This
Guarantor Accession Letter is entered into by deed.] 
  

					
	[Company]	  	[Subsidiary]	 	

  

 154 

 ACCESSION LETTER 
 PART II 
  

	To:	[            ] as Security Agent 

  

	From:	[Proposed Hedge Counterparty] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in
this Accession Letter. 

  

	2.	[Proposed Hedge Counterparty] agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty. 

  

	3.	[Proposed Hedge Counterparty’s] administrative details are as follows: 

 Address: 
 Fax No: 
 Attention: 
  

	4.	[Details of the Hedging Agreement are as follows: 

 Date:

 Parties: [Proposed Hedge Counterparty] and [the Company] 
 Terms: [Insert brief summary of type of contract].] 
  

	5.	This Accession Letter is governed by English law. 

 [Proposed Hedge Counterparty] 
 By: 
 This Accession Letter is accepted by the Security Agent. 
  

							
	[Security Agent]	 	
				
	By:	 		 	Date:                     	 	

  

 155 

 SCHEDULE 8 
 FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER 
  

	To:	[            ] as Agent 

  

	From:	[resigning Obligor] and [Company] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a
different meaning in this Resignation Letter. 

  

	2.	Pursuant to [Clause 27.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 27.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its
obligations as a [Borrower]/[Guarantor] under the Facilities Agreement and the Finance Documents. 

  

	3.	We confirm that: 

  

	 	(a)	no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and 

  

	 	(b)	*[[this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [resigning Obligor]; 

  

	 	(c)	[the Disposal Proceeds have been or will be applied in accordance with Clause 9.2 (Proceeds);]**] 

  

	 	(d)	[            ]*** 

  

	4.	This letter is governed by English law. 

  

									
	[Company]	 		 	[resigning Obligor]
					
	By:	 		 		 	By:	  	

 NOTES: 
  

	*	Insert where resignation only permitted in case of a Third Party Disposal. 

	**	Amend as appropriate, e.g. to reflect agreed procedure for payment of proceeds into a specified account. 

	***	Insert any other conditions required by the Facilities Agreement. 

  

 156 

 SCHEDULE 9 
 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	[            ] as Agent 

  

	From:	[Company] 

 Dated: 
 Dear Sirs 
 Noble European Holdings
B.V.—€118,000,000 Facilities Agreement 
 dated
[            ] 2007 (the “Facilities Agreement”) 
  

	1.	We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate
unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate. 

  

	2.	We confirm that: 

  

	 	(a)	Fixed Charge Cover is [            ]:1; 

  

	 	(b)	Interest Cover is [            ]:1; 

  

	 	(c)	Leverage is [            ]:1 and that, therefore, the Margin should be
[            ] per cent.; and 

  

	 	(d)	Capital Expenditure is [            ]%. 

  

	 3.
	 [We confirm that no Default is continuing.]** 

  

	4.	[We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement:
[            ].] 

 [We confirm that the aggregate of,
respectively, the gross assets, aggregate net assets, pre-tax profits and revenues of the Guarantors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds
80 per cent. of, respectively, the consolidated gross assets, net assets, pre-tax profits and revenues of the Group]. 
  

									
	Signed	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 	 Director
 of
 [Company]
	 		 	 Director
 of
 [Company]

  

	
	[insert applicable certification language]**
	  

	for and on behalf of

  

	*	If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it. 

	**	To be agreed with the Company’s Auditors and the Lenders prior to signing the Agreement. 

  

 157 

 [name of Auditors of the Company]*** 
 SCHEDULE 10 
 LMA FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING 
  

	
	For the avoidance of doubt, this document is in a non-binding, recommended form. Its intention is to be used as a
starting point for negotiation only. Individual parties are free to depart from its terms and should always satisfy themselves of the regulatory implications of its use.

 [Letterhead of Arranger] 
 To: 
  

			
	 	 	 [insert name of Potential Lender]

	 	

 Re: The Facilit[y/ies] 
  

			
	 Borrower: (the “Borrower”)
  
 Amount:
  

Agent:
	 	

 Dear Sirs 
 We
understand that you are considering participating in the Facilit[y/ies]. In consideration of us agreeing to make available to you certain information and to prevent front-running of the Facilit[y/ies], by your signature of a copy of this letter you
agree as follows: 
  

	(A)	CONFIDENTIALITY 

  

	1.	CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING 

 You undertake: 
  

	 	(a)	to keep the Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone except as provided for by paragraph A2 below and to ensure that the Confidential Information is
protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to your own confidential information; 

  

	 	(b)	to keep confidential and not disclose to anyone except as provided for by paragraph A2 below the fact that the Confidential Information has been made available or that discussions
or negotiations are taking place or have taken place between us in connection with the Facilit[y/ies]; 

  

	 	(c)	to use the Confidential Information only for the Permitted Purpose; and 

	 ***
	 Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the audited financial
statements and is to be signed by the Auditors. To be agreed with the Company’s auditor’s prior to signing the Agreement. 

  

 158 

	 	(d)	to use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that any person to whom you pass any Confidential Information (unless disclosed under paragraph A2(b) below) acknowledges and complies
with the provisions of this letter as if that person were also a party to it. 

  

	2.	PERMITTED DISCLOSURE 

 We agree that you may disclose
Confidential Information and those matters referred to in paragraph A1(b) above: 
  

	 	(a)	to members of the Participant Group and their officers, directors, employees and professional advisers to the extent necessary for the Permitted Purpose and to any auditors of
members of the Participant Group; 

  

	 	(b)	(i) where requested or required by any court of competent jurisdiction or any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body, (ii) where required by the rules
of any stock exchange on which the shares or other securities of any member of the Participant Group are listed or (iii) where required by the laws or regulations of any country with jurisdiction over the affairs of any member of the
Participant Group; or 

  

	 	(c)	with the prior written consent of us and the Borrower. 

  

	3.	NOTIFICATION OF REQUIRED OR UNAUTHORISED DISCLOSURE 

 You
agree (to the extent permitted by law and except where disclosure is to be made to any competent supervisory or regulatory body during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function over you) to inform us of the full circumstances of
any disclosure under paragraph A2(b) above or upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this letter. 
  

	4.	RETURN OF COPIES 

 If we so request in writing, you shall
return all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroy or permanently erase (to the extent technically practicable) all copies of Confidential Information made by you and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that anyone to whom you
have supplied any Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to the extent technically practicable) such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the extent that you or the recipients are required to
retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law, rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal policy, or where the Confidential Information has been
disclosed under paragraph A2(b) above. 
  

	5.	CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS 

 The obligations in this letter are
continuing and, in particular, shall survive the termination of any discussions or negotiations between you and us. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the obligations in this letter shall cease on the earlier of (a) the date you become a
party to or otherwise acquire (by assignment or otherwise) a direct interest in the Facilit[y/ies] [and] (b) 12 Months after you have returned all Confidential Information supplied to you by us and destroyed or permanently erased (to the extent
technically practicable) all copies of Confidential Information made by you (other than any such Confidential Information or copies which have been disclosed under paragraph A2 above (other than paragraph A2(a) above) or which, pursuant to paragraph
A4 above, are not required to be returned or destroyed)[ and (c) in any event [            ] Months from the date of this letter]. 
  

 159 

	6.	NO REPRESENTATION; CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH, ETC 

 You
acknowledge and agree that: 
  

	 	(a)	neither we nor any of our officers, employees or advisers (each, a “Relevant Person”) (i) make any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to, or
assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under
any obligation to update or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information or any other information supplied by us or any member of the Group or be otherwise liable to you or any other person in respect to the Confidential Information or any
such information; and 

  

	 	(b)	we or members of the Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this letter and damages may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person or member of the Group
may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this letter by you. 

  

	7.	NO WAIVER; AMENDMENTS, ETC 

 This letter sets out the full
extent of your obligations of confidentiality owed to us in relation to the information the subject of this letter. No failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege under this letter will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any
single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privileges under this letter. The terms of this letter and your obligations under this letter may only be
amended or modified by written agreement between us. 
  

	8.	INSIDE INFORMATION 

 You acknowledge that some or all of
the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and you
undertake not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose. 
  

	9.	NATURE OF UNDERTAKINGS 

 The undertakings given by you
under Part A of this letter are given to us and (without implying any fiduciary obligations on our part) are also given for the benefit of the Borrower and each other member of the Group. 
  

	(B)	FRONT RUNNING—PARTICIPANT 

 No Front Running
Undertaking 
 You acknowledge and agree that: 
  

	 	(a)	you will not, and you will procure that no other member of the Participant Group will engage in any Front Running; 

  

 160 

	 	 (b)
	 if you or any other member of the Participant Group engages in any Front Running we may suffer loss or damage [and your
position in future financings with us and the Borrower may be prejudiced];* 

  

	 	(c)	if you or any other member of the Participant Group engages in any Front Running we retain the right not to allocate to you a commitment under the Facilit[y/ies]; and

  

	 	 (d)
	 [you confirm that neither you nor any other member of the Participant Group has engaged in any Front Running.]* 

 [When you sign the Facility Agreement and any transfer document under the Facility Agreement (in the case of any transfer document, only if signed within [three/six] Months after [the date of signing of the Facility
Agreement]/[the close of primary syndication]), you will, if we so request, confirm to us in writing that neither you nor any other member of the Participant Group has breached the terms of this Part B of this letter.]* 
 [Any
arrangement, front-end or similar fee which may be payable to you in connection with the Facilit[y/ies] is only payable on condition that neither you nor any other member of the Participant Group has breached the terms of this Part B of this letter.
This condition is in addition to any other conditions agreed between us in relation to your entitlement to any such fee.]* 
  

	(C)	FRONT RUNNING—ARRANGER 

 No Front Running
Undertaking 
 On our receipt of a copy of this letter signed by you, we acknowledge and agree that: 
  

	 	(a)	we will not, and we will procure that no other member of the Arranger Group will engage in any Front Running; 

  

	 	 (b)
	 if we or any other member of the Arranger Group engages in any Front Running you may suffer loss or damage [and our
position in future financings with you and the Borrower may be prejudiced]*; and 

  

	 	 (c)
	 [we confirm that neither we nor any other member of the Arranger Group has engaged in any Front Running.]* 

 [When we sign the Facility Agreement and any transfer document under the Facility Agreement (in the case of any transfer document, only if signed within [three/six] Months after [the date of signing of the Facility
Agreement]/[the close of primary syndication]), we will, if you so request, confirm to you in writing that neither we nor any other member of the Arranger Group has breached the terms of Part C of this letter.]* 
  

	(D)	MISCELLANEOUS 

  

	1.	THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 

  

	(a)	Subject to paragraph A6 and paragraph A9 the terms of this letter may be enforced and relied upon only by you and us and the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act
1999 is excluded. 

	 *
	 Optional 

	 *
	 Optional

  

 161 

	(b)	Notwithstanding any provisions of this letter, the parties to this letter do not require the consent of any Relevant Person or any member of the Group to rescind or vary this letter
at any time. 

  

	2.	GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION 

 This letter (including the
agreement constituted by your acknowledgement of its terms) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and the parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. 
  

	3.	DEFINITIONS 

 In this letter (including the acknowledgement
set out below): 
 “Arranger Group” means us, each of our holding companies and subsidiaries and each subsidiary of each of
our holding companies (as each such term is defined in the Companies Act 1985) and each of our or their directors, officers and employees (including any sales and trading teams) provided that when used in this letter in respect of an Arranger it
applies severally only in respect of that Arranger, each of that Arranger’s holding companies and subsidiaries, each subsidiary of each of its holding companies and each director, officer and employee (including any sales and trading teams) of
that Arranger or any of the foregoing and not, for the avoidance of doubt, those of another Arranger. 
 “close of primary
syndication” means the time we notify the parties participating as lenders of record in primary syndication as to the allocation of commitments relating to the Facilit[y/ies]. 
 “Confidential Information” means any information relating to the Borrower, the Group and the Facilt[y/ies] provided to you by us or any
of our affiliates or advisers, in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but
excludes information that (a) is or becomes public knowledge other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach of this letter or (b) is known by you before the date the information is disclosed to you by us or any of our affiliates
or advisers or is lawfully obtained by you after that date, other than from a source which is connected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as you are aware, has not been obtained in violation of, and is not otherwise subject to, any
obligation of confidentiality. 
 the “Facility Agreement” means the facility agreement to be entered into in relation to the
Facilit[y/ies]. 
 a “Facility Interest” means a legal, beneficial or economic interest acquired or to be acquired expressly
and specifically in or in relation to the Facilit[y/ies], whether as initial lender or by way of assignment, transfer, novation, sub-participation (whether disclosed, undisclosed, risk or funded) or any other similar method. 
 “Front Running” means undertaking any of the following activities prior to the close of primary syndication which is intended to or is
reasonably likely to encourage any person to take a Facility Interest except as a lender of record in primary syndication: 
  

	 	(a)	communication with any person or the disclosure of any information to any person in relation to a Facility Interest; [or] 

  

 162 

	(b)	making a price (whether firm or indicative) with a view to buying or selling a Facility Interest; [or] 

  

	(c)	[entering into (or agreeing to enter into) any agreement, option or other arrangement, whether legally binding or not, giving rise to the assumption of any risk or participation in
any exposure in relation to a Facility Interest], 

 excluding where any of the foregoing is: 
  

	 	(i)	made to or entered into by you with another member of the Participant Group (in the case of the undertaking made by you in this letter) or by us with another member of the Arranger
Group (in the case of the undertaking made by us in this letter); or 

  

	 	(ii)	an act of a member of the Participant Group (in the case of the undertaking made by you in this letter) or the Arranger Group (in the case of the undertaking made by us in this
letter) who in each case is operating on the public side of an information barrier unless such person is acting on the instructions of a person who has received Confidential Information and is aware of the proposed Facility.

 “Group” means the Borrower and each of its holding companies and subsidiaries and each subsidiary of each of
its holding companies (as each such term is defined in the Companies Act 1985). 
 “Participant Group” means you, each of
your holding companies and subsidiaries and each subsidiary of each of your holding companies (as each such term is defined in the Companies Act 1985) and, where such term is used in Part B of this letter and the definition of “Front
Running”, each of your or their directors, officers and employees (including any sales and trading teams). 
 “Permitted
Purpose” means considering and evaluating whether to enter into the Facilit[y/ies]. 
 Please acknowledge your agreement to the above by signing and
returning the enclosed copy. 
  

			
	Yours faithfully
	
	  

	For and on behalf of
	[Arranger]
		
	To:	 	[Arranger]
	
	The Borrower and each other member of the Group
	
	We acknowledge and agree to the above:
	
	  

	For and on behalf of
	[Potential Lender]

  

 163 

 SCHEDULE 11 
 TIMETABLES 
  

			
	 	  	Loans in euro
		
	Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)) or a Selection Notice (Clause 12.1 (Selection of Interest Periods and
Terms)	  	 U-3
 9.30am

		
	Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)	  	 U-3
 Promptly

		
	EURIBOR is fixed	  	Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time)
		
	“U”        = date of Utilisation	  	
		
	“U – X” = X Business Days prior to date of Utilisation	  	

  

 164 

 SCHEDULE 12 
 MATERIAL COMPANIES 
  

			
	 Name of Material Company
	  	 Registration number (or equivalent, if any) and
 jurisdiction of incorporation

	TB HOLDING B.V.	  	24417327 (The Netherlands)
		
	ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK BREMEN GMBH	  	HRB 22678 HB (Germany)
		
	ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK GENK NV	  	0451.418.994 (Belgium)
		
	ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK GENT NV	  	0884.331.578 (Belgium)
		
	ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK LORRAINE SA	  	408 455 426 RCS Thionville (France)
		
	ARCELOR TAILORED BLANK ZARAGOZA SA	  	A-50791482 (Spain)
		
	LASER WELDED BLANKS LIMITED	  	03331364 (England and Wales)

  

 165 

 SCHEDULE 13 
 EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS 
 €2,126,824 capital lease entered into by Arcelor Genk with
Arcelor Finance and Services Belgium. 
 €6,873,574 capital lease entered into by Arcelor Lorraine with BNP Paribas. 
 €26,110 capital lease entered into by Arcelor LWB with ING. 
  

 166 

 SCHEDULE 14 
 EXISTING SECURITY 
 None. 
  

 167 

 SCHEDULE 15 
 AGREED SECURITY PRINCIPLES 
  

	(A)	Agreed Security 

 The Security to be provided in
support of the Facilities (and any related Hedging Agreements) by the Company on the Closing Date is that set out in paragraph 1(e) of Part 1B of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)), subject to any limitations specified in the Security
Memorandum. 
 The Security to be provided in support of the Facilities (and any related Hedging Agreements) by each member of the Group
identified in Part III of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) on the date that it accedes to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor is that set out next to its name in Part III of Schedule 2, subject to any limitations specified in the
Security Memorandum. 
 The additional Security to be provided in support of the Facilities (and any related Hedging Agreements) by each
member of the Group in the event that the Target Group is reorganised by moving New Holdco to be the new direct holding company of the Target Group operating companies is that specified to be provided in such circumstances in the Security
Memorandum, subject to any limitations specified in the Security Memorandum. 
  

	(B)	Considerations 

 In determining what Security will
be provided by any person pursuant to any Finance Document in circumstances other than those described in paragraph (A) above in support of the Facilities (and any related Hedging Agreements) the following matters will be taken into account.
Security shall not be created or perfected to the extent that it would: 
  

	 	(a)	result in any breach of corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference or thin capitalisation laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions) of any applicable
jurisdiction; 

  

	 	(b)	result in a significant risk to the officers of the relevant grantor of Security of contravention of their fiduciary duties and/or of civil or criminal liability; or

  

	 	(c)	result in costs that, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, are disproportionate to the benefit obtained by the beneficiaries of that Security. 

 For the avoidance of doubt, in these Agreed Security Principles, “cost” includes, but is not limited to, income tax cost, registration
taxes payable on the creation or enforcement or for the continuance of any Security, stamp duties, out-of-pocket expenses, and other fees and expenses directly incurred by the relevant grantor of Security or any of its direct or indirect owners,
subsidiaries or Affiliates. 
  

	(C)	Obligations to be Secured 

 Subject to the
considerations set out in paragraph (B), the obligations to be secured by each Transaction Security Document are all present and future obligations and liabilities (whether actual or contingent and whether owned jointly or severally or in any other
capacity whatsoever) of the Obligor granting the Security created by the relevant Transaction Security Document under the Finance Documents together with all costs, charges and expenses incurred by any Secured Party in connection with the
protection, preservation or enforcement of its respective rights against that Obligor under the Finance Documents. 
  

 168 

 The secured obligations will be limited: 
  

	 	(a)	to avoid any breach of corporate benefit, financial assistance, fraudulent preference, thin capitalisation rules or the laws or regulations (or analogous restrictions) of any
applicable jurisdiction; and 

  

	 	(b)	to avoid any significant risk to officers of the relevant member of the Group that is granting Transaction Security of contravention of their fiduciary duties and/or civil or
criminal or personal liability. 

  

	(D)	General 

 Where appropriate, defined terms in the
Transaction Security Documents should mirror those in this Agreement. 
 The parties to this Agreement agree to negotiate the form of each
Transaction Security Document in good faith and will ensure that all documentation required to be entered into as a condition precedent to first drawdown under this Agreement (or immediately thereafter) is in a finally agreed form as soon as
reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement. The form of guarantee is set out in Clause 20 (Guarantee and indemnity) of this Agreement and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the
Accession Letter applicable to such Additional Guarantor. 
 The Security shall, to the extent possible under local law, be enforceable on the
occurrence of an Event of Default. 
  

	(E)	Undertakings/Representations and Warranties 

 Any
representations, warranties or undertakings which are required to be included in any Transaction Security Document shall reflect (to the extent to which the subject matter of such representation, warranty and undertaking is the same as the
corresponding representation, warranty and undertaking in this Agreement) the commercial deal set out in this Agreement (save to the extent that Secured Parties’ local counsel deem it necessary to include any further provisions (or deviate from
those contained in this Agreement) in order to protect or preserve the Security granted to the Secured Parties). 
  

	(F)	Assets over which Security is to be taken 

 In
determining the assets over which Security provided by any person pursuant to any Finance Document in circumstances other than those described in paragraph (A) above is to be taken (and subject to the considerations set out in paragraph
(B) above) the following matters will be taken into account: 
  

	 	(a)	If it is legally possible in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Obligor (the “Relevant Jurisdiction”) to grant Security over all the assets of that
Obligor in a manner which is, in the opinion of the Agent, comparable to an English law “floating charge” (“Floating Charge Security”), the relevant Obligor will grant Floating Charge Security.

  

	 	(b)	If it is not legally possible in the Relevant Jurisdiction for the relevant Obligor to grant Floating Charge Security, that Obligor will, if it is legally possible in the Relevant
Jurisdiction, grant: 

  

	 	(i)	if it is a holding company: 

  

 169 

	 	(x)	a share pledge over each of its Subsidiaries; and 

  

	 	(y)	security over receivables owed (including intercompany debt) to it; and 

  

	 	(ii)	if it is an operating company: 

  

	 	(x)	a share pledge over each of its Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(y)	security over receivables owed (including intercompany debt) to it; and 

  

	 	(z)	security over its inventory. 

  

	 	(c)	If it is not legally possible in the Relevant Jurisdiction for the relevant Obligor to grant either Floating Charge Security or the Security specified in paragraph (b) above or
if the relevant Obligor does not, in the opinion of the Agent, have material assets of the type set out in paragraph (b) above, the relevant Obligor will grant Security over such other assets as may be requested by the Agent (acting
reasonably). 

  

	 	(d)	Where intercompany debt is owed to the relevant Obligor by a member of the Group under an agreement governed by the law of a jurisdiction other than the Relevant Jurisdiction (the
“Intercompany Debt Jurisdiction”), security will be taken over such intercompany debt in the Intercompany Debt Jurisdiction. 

  

	 	(e)	Security shall not be taken over assets which, in the opinion of the Agent, have a de minimis value. 

  

 170 

 SCHEDULE 16 
 HEDGE COUNTERPARTY PROVISIONS 
  

	1.	Definitions 

 In this Schedule: 
 “1992 ISDA Master Agreement” means the 1992 Multicurrency Cross-Border Master Agreement as published by the International Swaps and
Derivatives Association Inc. 
 “2002 ISDA Master Agreement” means the 2002 Master Agreement published by the International
Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc. 
 “Early Termination Date” means an Early Termination Date (as defined in the
relevant Hedging Agreement). 
 “Enforcement Action” means any action of any kind to: 
  

	 	(a)	demand payment, declare prematurely due and payable or otherwise seek to accelerate payment of or place on demand all or any part of any Hedging Debt; 

  

	 	(b)	recover all or any part of any Hedging Debt (including by exercising any set-off, save as required by law); 

  

	 	(c)	exercise or enforce any right under any guarantee or any right in respect of any Security, in each case granted in relation to (or given in support of) all or any part of any
Hedging Debt (including under the Security Documents); 

  

	 	(d)	petition for (or take or support any other step which may lead to) any event described in Clause 25.6 (Insolvency) or Clause 25.7 (Insolvency proceedings) in relation
to any Obligor or Material Company; 

  

	 	(e)	sue, claim or bring proceedings against any Obligor or Material Company; or 

  

	 	(f)	designate an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Agreement, or terminate, or close out any transaction under, any Hedging Agreement, prior to its stated maturity, or demand
payment of any amount which would become payable on or following an Early Termination Date or any such termination or close-out. 

 “Hedging Debt” means all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or incurred from time to time by any Obligor to any Hedge Counterparty under or in connection with any Hedging Agreement (in each case,
whether alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or contingently, and whether as principal, surety or otherwise). 
 “ISDA Master Agreement” means the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement or the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement. 
 “Permitted Hedging Action” means any amendment or payment required by the Borrower to reduce any amount hedged under the Hedging Agreements to an amount which is not less than that required to be hedged under this
Agreement. 
  

 171 

	2.	Hedging Agreements 

  

	 	(a)	Each Hedge Counterparty shall promptly provide to the Security Agent copies of all Hedging Agreements to which that Hedge Counterparty is a party. 

  

	 	(b)	Each Hedging Agreement shall: 

  

	 	(i)	be satisfactory in form and substance to the Security Agent acting reasonably; 

  

	 	(ii)	be based on an ISDA Master Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	in respect of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, provide for two way payments or, in respect of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement, select the “Second Method” and
“Market Quotation” (each as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement), in the event of termination of a transaction, whether upon a Termination Event or an Event of Default (each as defined in the relevant Hedging Agreement); and

  

	 	(iv)	provide that the relevant Hedge Counterparty will, if so requested by the Security Agent under paragraph (b) of paragraph 5 (Permitted hedging enforcement), following
the occurrence of an Event of Default which has resulted in the Agent exercising any of its rights under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration), be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date under or otherwise terminate each Hedging Agreement to
which it is a party and each transaction under the relevant Hedging Agreement. 

  

	3.	Amendments to Hedging Agreements 

  

	(a)	No Obligor or Hedge Counterparty shall amend or give any waiver or consent under any provision of any Hedging Agreement which would result in: 

  

	 	(i)	any Hedging Agreement ceasing to comply with the requirements of this Schedule; 

  

	 	(ii)	any change to the basis on which any amounts (including fees) accrue, are calculated or are payable or any Obligor becoming liable to make an additional payment (or increase an
existing payment) under any Hedging Agreement; 

  

	 	(iii)	any change to the amount to be paid or scheduled payment dates under any Hedging Agreement; or 

  

	 	(iv)	any Obligor being subject to more onerous obligations as a whole than those contained in the Hedging Agreements as originally entered into or obligations which would conflict with
any provision of this Agreement. 

  

	(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any amendment, waiver or consent: 

  

	 	(i)	made with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders; 

  

	 	(ii)	which is minor, technical or administrative or corrects a manifest error; 

  

	 	(iii)	which is a Permitted Hedging Action; or 

  

	 	(iv)	which is contemplated by the Hedging Agreements as originally entered into. 

  

 172 

	4.	Restrictions on enforcement by the Hedge Counterparties 

  

	(a)	No Hedge Counterparty shall take any Enforcement Action in relation to any Hedging Debt except: 

  

	 	(i)	with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders; 

  

	 	(ii)	as a result of a Permitted Hedging Action; 

  

	 	(iii)	in accordance with paragraph 5 (Permitted hedging enforcement); or 

  

	 	(iv)	in accordance with paragraph (b) below. 

  

	(b)	Unless an Event of Default has occurred which has resulted in the Agent exercising any of its rights under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration), the relevant Obligor may pay, and the
relevant Hedge Counterparty may receive and retain, including by way of set off, scheduled payments in respect of Hedging Debt arising under the original form of any Hedging Agreement (or as amended in accordance with this Agreement) and any payment
received as a result of any Permitted Hedging Action. 

  

	(c)	Notwithstanding the terms of any Hedging Agreement, unless required by any relevant ISDA netting opinion, “Automatic Early Termination” shall not apply where the
Obligor is the “Defaulting Party” (each as defined in the ISDA Master Agreement). 

  

	5.	Permitted hedging enforcement 

  

	(a)	If: 

  

	 	(i)	an Obligor fails to make a payment due under any Hedging Agreement within 60 days of its due date; or 

  

	 	(ii)	an Event of Default occurs which results in the Agent exercising any of its rights under Clause 25.18 (Acceleration), 

 and, in each case, that event or circumstance is continuing, a Hedge Counterparty may designate an Early Termination Date in accordance with the relevant
Hedging Agreement or terminate, or close out any relevant transaction under, the relevant Hedging Agreement, provided that no other Enforcement Action is taken. 
  

	(b)	On or following: 

  

	 	(i)	the designation of an Early Termination Date or other termination as provided in paragraph (a) above; or 

  

	 	(ii)	the occurrence of the date (if any) on which the Agent exercises any of its rights under paragraph (b) of Clause 25.18 (Acceleration) or the date (if any) on which the
Facility is cancelled in full under Clause 9.1 (Exit), 

 any amount which falls due from a Hedge Counterparty to any
Obligor shall be paid by that Hedge Counterparty to the Security Agent promptly for application in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments). 
  

 173 

	6.	Accession of Hedge Counterparties 

  

	(a)	No person, other than the Original Hedge Counterparty, entering into any transaction with any Obligor in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate
or price will be entitled to share in any Security created by any Security Document in respect of any of the moneys, debts or liabilities arising under or in connection with that transaction or benefit from any provision of this Agreement unless and
until: 

  

	 	(i)	in relation to the Original Hedge Counterparty, it has entered into those Hedging Agreements on or prior to the date of this Agreement; 

  

	 	(ii)	in relation to the Original Hedge Counterparty (other than any Hedging Agreements which have already been entered into with the Original Hedge Counterparty on or prior to the date
of this Agreement), the Security Agent has agreed in writing to the Hedging Agreements to be entered into by it; or 

  

	 	(iii)	in relation to any other person, the Security Agent has agreed in writing to that person becoming a Hedge Counterparty and to the transactions and the Hedging Agreements to be
entered into by that person and that person has become a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with paragraph (b) below, 

 and
in each case the Hedging Agreements relating to that transaction comply with paragraph (b) of paragraph 2 (Hedging Agreements). 
  

	(b)	Any person (other than the Original Hedge Counterparty) approved by the Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall become a Hedge Counterparty if:

  

	 	(i)	that person delivers to the Security Agent a duly completed and signed Accession Letter; and 

  

	 	(ii)	the Security Agent executes an Accession Letter duly completed and signed on behalf of that person. 

  

	(c)	Each Party (other the relevant proposed Hedge Counterparty under paragraph (a)(iii) above) irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to execute on its behalf any Accession Letter
which has been duly completed and signed on behalf of that proposed Hedge Counterparty. 

  

	(d)	The Borrower shall procure that no Obligor shall enter into any Hedging Agreement (other than any Hedging Agreements which have already been entered into with the Original Hedge
Counterparty prior to the date of this Agreement) unless and until: 

  

	 	(i)	in relation to the Original Hedge Counterparty, the Security Agent has agreed in writing to the Hedging Agreements to be entered into by it; or 

  

	 	(ii)	in relation to any other person, the proposed Hedge Counterparty has become a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with paragraphs (a)(iii) and (b) above. 

 

	7.	Assignments and transfers by Hedge Counterparties 

  

	(a)	No Hedge Counterparty may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Agreement to any person:

  

	 	(i)	except as permitted under the relevant Hedging Agreement; and 

  

 174 

	 	(ii)	unless and until the proposed Hedge Counterparty accedes to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph 6 (Accession of Hedge Counterparties). 

  

	(b)	Each Party (other than the relevant transferee under paragraph (a) above) irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to execute on its behalf any Accession Letter which has been
duly completed and signed on behalf of that transferee. 

  

 175 

 SCHEDULE 17 
 SECURITY AGENCY PROVISIONS 
  

	1.	Definitions 

 In this Schedule: 
 “Security Property” means all right, title and interest in, to and under any Security Document, including: 
  

	 	(a)	the assets over which Security is expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document (the “Charged Assets”); 

  

	 	(b)	the benefit of the undertakings in any Security Document; and 

  

	 	(c)	all sums received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to any Security Document and any assets representing the same. 

  

	2.	Declaration of trust 

  

	 	(a)	The Security Agent and each other Secured Party agree that the Security Agent shall hold the Security Property in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties on the terms of the
Finance Documents. 

  

	 	(b)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Security Document which is expressed to be or is construed to be governed by any law other than
English law or any other law from time to time designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor or any Security Property arising under any such Security Document. 

  

	 	(c)	Paragraph (b) above shall not affect or limit paragraph (d) of Clause 31.11 (Parallel Debt) nor the applicability of the provisions of this Schedule with respect to
any Security Document which is expressed to be or is construed to be governed by any law other than English law or any other law from time to time designated by the Security Agent and an Obligor or any Security Property arising under any such
Security Document. 

  

	3.	Defects in Security 

 The Security Agent shall not
be liable for any failure or omission to perfect, or defect in perfecting, the Security created pursuant to any Security Document, including: 
  

	 	(a)	failure to obtain any Authorisation for the execution, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Security Document; or 

  

	 	(b)	failure to effect or procure registration of or otherwise protect or perfect any of the Security created by the Security Documents under any laws in any territory.

  

	4.	No enquiry 

 The Security Agent may accept without
enquiry, requisition, objection or investigation such title as any Obligor may have to any Charged Assets. 
  

 176 

	5.	Retention of documents 

 The Security Agent may hold
title deeds and other documents relating to any of the Charged Assets in such manner as it sees fit (including allowing any Obligor to retain them). 
  

	6.	Indemnity out of Security Property 

 The Security
Agent and every receiver, delegate, attorney, agent or other similar person appointed under any Security Document may indemnify itself out of the Security Property against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it in that capacity (otherwise than
by reason of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct). 
  

	7.	Basis of distribution 

 To enable it to make any
distribution, the Security Agent may fix a date as at which the Liabilities are to be calculated and may require, and rely on, a certificate from any Party giving details of: 
  

	 	(a)	any sums due or owing to any Party as at that date; and 

  

	 	(b)	such other matters as it thinks fit. 

  

	8.	Rights of Security Agent 

 The Security Agent shall
have all the rights, privileges and immunities which gratuitous trustees have or may have in England, even though it is entitled to remuneration. 
  

	9.	No duty to collect payments 

 The Security Agent
shall not have any duty: 
  

	 	(a)	to ensure that any payment or other financial benefit in respect of any of the Charged Assets is duly and punctually paid, received or collected; or 

  

	 	(b)	to ensure the taking up of any (or any offer of any) stocks, shares, rights, moneys or other property accruing or offered at any time by way of interest, dividend, redemption,
bonus, rights, preference, option, warrant or otherwise in respect of any of the Charged Assets. 

  

	10.	Perpetuity period 

 The perpetuity period for the
trusts created by this Agreement shall be 80 years from this date of this Agreement. 
  

	11.	Appropriation 

  

	 	(a)	Each Party irrevocably waives any right to appropriate any payment to, or other sum received, recovered or held by, the Security Agent in or towards payment of any particular part
of the Liabilities and agrees that the Security Agent shall have the exclusive right to do so. 

  

	 	(b)	Paragraph (a) above will override any application made or purported to be made by any other person. 

  

 177 

	12.	Investments 

 All money received or held by the
Security Agent pursuant to the trusts in this Agreement may, in the name of, or under the control of, the Security Agent: 
  

	 	(a)	be invested in any investment it may select; or 

  

	 	(b)	be deposited at such bank or institution (including itself, any other Secured Party or any Affiliate of any Secured Party) as it thinks fit. 

  

	13.	Suspense account 

 Subject to paragraph 14
(Timing of distributions) below, the Security Agent may: 
  

	 	(a)	hold in an interest bearing suspense account any moneys received by it from any Party; and 

  

	 	(b)	invest an amount equal to the balance from time to time standing to the credit of that suspense account in any of the investments authorised by paragraph 12 (Investments)
above. 

  

	14.	Timing of distributions 

 Distributions by the
Security Agent shall be made as and when determined by it. 
  

	15.	Delegation 

  

	 	(a)	The Security Agent may: 

  

	 	(i)	employ and pay an agent selected by it to transact or conduct any business and to do all acts required to be done by it (including the receipt and payment of money);

  

	 	(ii)	delegate to any person on any terms (including power to sub-delegate) all or any of its functions; and 

  

	 	(iii)	with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders appoint, on such terms as it may determine, or remove, any person to act either as separate or joint security trustee or security
agent with those rights and obligations vested in the Security Agent by this Agreement or any Security Document. 

  

	 	(b)	The Security Agent will not be: 

  

	 	(i)	responsible to anyone for any misconduct or omission by any agent, delegate or security trustee or security agent appointed by it pursuant to paragraph (a) above; or

  

	 	(ii)	bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such agent, delegate or security trustee or security agent, 

 provided that it exercises reasonable care in selecting that agent, delegate or security trustee or security agent. 
  

 178 

	16.	Unwinding 

 Any appropriation or distribution which
later transpires to have been or is agreed by the Security Agent to have been invalid or which has to be refunded shall be refunded and shall be deemed never to have been made. 
  

	17.	Party 

 The Security Agent shall be entitled to
assume that a Party is acting in a particular capacity stated in this Agreement or an Accession Letter unless notified to the contrary. 
  

	18.	Disapplication 

 Section 1 of the Trustee Act
2000 shall not apply to the duties and powers of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by any Finance Document save to the extent required by law. Where there are inconsistencies between the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act
2000 and the express provisions of any such Finance Document, the provisions of such Finance Document shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of such Finance
Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act. 
  

 179 

 SIGNATURES 
  

			
	 THE COMPANY

	
	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V.
		
	By:	 	DAVID FALLON
	Address:	 	 c/o Noble International, Ltd.
 28213 Van Dyke
Ave
 Warren, MI 48093

	Fax:	 	+1 586 751 3618
	Attention:	 	David Fallon/Andrew Tavi
	
	THE ORIGINAL GUARANTOR
	
	NOBLE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS B.V.
		
	By:	 	DAVID FALLON
	Address:	 	 c/o Noble International, Ltd.
 28213 Van Dyke
Ave
 Warren, MI 48093

	Fax:	 	+1 586 751 3618
	Attention:	 	David Fallon/Andrew Tavi
	
	THE ARRANGER
	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	DAVID PEYTHIEU /PATRICK D’HEROUVILLE / SUE MINGAY
	Address:	 	 37 Place du Marché St. Honoré
 Paris
75001

	Fax:	 	+33 1 43 16 90 29
	Attention:	 	David Peythieu
	
	THE AGENT
	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	DAVID PEYTHIEU / PATRICK D’HEROUVILLE / SUE MINGAY
	Address:	 	 Agency European Group
 CIB - Corporate Investment
Banking
 21 Place du Marché St. Honoré
 75031,
Paris Cedex

	Fax:	 	+33 1 42 98 43 17

  

 180 

			
	 THE SECURITY AGENT

	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	DAVID PEYTHIEU / PATRICK D’HEROUVILLE / SUE MINGAY
	Address:	 	 Agency European Group
 CIB - Corporate Investment
Banking
 21 Place du Marché St. Honoré
 Paris 75031

	Fax:	 	+33 1 42 98 43 17
	
	THE ORIGINAL HEDGE COUNTERPARTY
	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	DAVID PEYTHIEU / PATRICK D’HEROUVILLE / SUE MINGAY
	Address:	 	 Herengracht 477
 PO Box 10042-1001
 EA Amsterdam

	Fax:	 	+ 31 (20) 550 1381
	Attention:	 	Herbe van de Merbel
	
	THE LENDERS
	
	BNP PARIBAS
		
	By:	 	DAVID PEYTHIEU / PATRICK D’HEROUVILLE / SUE MINGAY
	Address:	 	 37 Place du Marché St. Honoré
 Paris
75001

	Fax:	 	+33 1 43 16 90 29
	Attention:	 	David Peythieu

  

 181

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00132-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00132-of-00352.parquet"}]]